Quarterlytics / Technology / Computer Hardware / HP / FY2013 Annual Report

HP
Annual Report 2013

HPQ · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker HPQ
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Computer Hardware
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · HP
Loading PDF…
2013 
Annual 
Report

We want to be a company known for its 

ethical leadership —a company where 

employees are proud to work; a company 

with which customers, business partners, 

and suppliers want to do business.

Meg Whitman
President and CEO

Dear Stockholders,
(cid:41)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:43)(cid:51)(cid:111)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:429)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)
(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:76)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:429)(cid:86)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:19)1(cid:22)(cid:3)(cid:90)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)
(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:16)(cid:92)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:88)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:77)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:92)(cid:17)(cid:3)
(cid:58)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:429)(cid:91)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:88)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:90)(cid:72)(cid:3)
(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:78)(cid:72)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:429)(cid:86)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:19)1(cid:22)(cid:15)(cid:3)
(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:78)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:69)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:3) 
(cid:87)(cid:82) (cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72) (cid:86)(cid:88)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:86) (cid:76)(cid:81) (cid:429)(cid:86)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:79) (cid:21)(cid:19)1(cid:23) (cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71) (cid:69)(cid:72)(cid:92)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:17) 

Year in Review
(cid:44)n (cid:429)scal (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22), we focused on impro(cid:89)in(cid:74) our operations, dri(cid:89)in(cid:74) better cash (cid:431)ow and rebuildin(cid:74) our 

balance sheet. (cid:55)hese foundational impro(cid:89)ements were essential to mo(cid:89)in(cid:74) (cid:43)P forward, and (cid:44)(cid:111)m pleased 

with the results we deli(cid:89)ered. 

(cid:41)or the full year, we (cid:74)enerated (cid:7)(cid:20)(cid:20).(cid:25) billion in cash (cid:431)ow from operations, well abo(cid:89)e our outlook as we 

entered the year. We deli(cid:89)ered non(cid:16)(cid:42)(cid:36)(cid:36)P diluted net earnin(cid:74)s per share in (cid:429)scal (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22) within our initial 

outlook ran(cid:74)e.

We also achie(cid:89)ed a ma(cid:77)or milestone— reducin(cid:74) operatin(cid:74) company net debt to appro(cid:91)imately (cid:93)ero—

ahead of schedule.(cid:20) (cid:54)ince the be(cid:74)innin(cid:74) of (cid:429)scal (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:21), we ha(cid:89)e reduced (cid:43)P(cid:111)s total net debt by  

(cid:7)(cid:20)(cid:21).(cid:19) billion.(cid:21) 

(cid:44)n (cid:429)scal (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22), we ad(cid:89)anced inno(cid:89)ation, with research and de(cid:89)elopment spendin(cid:74) of (cid:7)(cid:22).(cid:20) billion.  

We also returned a combined (cid:7)(cid:21).(cid:25) billion to stockholders in the form of share repurchases and 

di(cid:89)idends. (cid:47)ookin(cid:74) ahead, we e(cid:91)pect our stren(cid:74)thened financial position to afford us e(cid:89)en more 

(cid:431)e(cid:91)ibility to return capital to stockholders and make the in(cid:89)estments needed to support our business. 

$11.6B

in cash (cid:431)ow  
from operations  
for (cid:429)scal (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22)

1

When (cid:44) arri(cid:89)ed at (cid:43)P, we had a cost structure that was out of line with the re(cid:89)enue tra(cid:77)ectory of the 

business. (cid:55)o address this, we better ali(cid:74)ned our cost structure and the o(cid:89)erall competiti(cid:89)eness of 

the company, while continuin(cid:74) to in(cid:89)est in strate(cid:74)ic (cid:74)rowth se(cid:74)ments. Our (cid:48)ay (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:21) restructurin(cid:74) 

plan dro(cid:89)e o(cid:89)er (cid:7)(cid:21) billion in labor sa(cid:89)in(cid:74)s in (cid:429)scal (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22), and non(cid:16)labor actions also continue to dri(cid:89)e 

si(cid:74)ni(cid:429)cant cost reductions.

$2B

in labor sa(cid:89)in(cid:74)s  
in (cid:429)scal (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22)

With new leadership in our Enterprise (cid:42)roup and Printin(cid:74) and Personal (cid:54)ystems business, coupled with 

clear (cid:74)o(cid:16)forward strate(cid:74)ies and the assets in place to accelerate pro(cid:74)ress across all our businesses,  

we are well positioned for the future. (cid:44)n particular, our Enterprise (cid:54)er(cid:89)ices business si(cid:74)ni(cid:429)cantly 

impro(cid:89)ed its operatin(cid:74) cadence, helpin(cid:74) it successfully achie(cid:89)e (cid:429)scal (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22) operatin(cid:74) mar(cid:74)in at the hi(cid:74)h 

end of the outlook we pro(cid:89)ided at the be(cid:74)innin(cid:74) of the year. (cid:36)nd with our seasoned leadership team in 

(cid:43)P (cid:54)oftware, we made tremendous strides in brin(cid:74)in(cid:74) the power of the full (cid:54)oftware portfolio to(cid:74)ether. 

(cid:36)lso central to our pro(cid:74)ress in (cid:429)scal (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22) was reconnectin(cid:74) with our customers and partners. (cid:55)his year 

alone, (cid:44) met with close to (cid:20),(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:19) customers and partners, and our other leaders ha(cid:89)e increased their 

en(cid:74)a(cid:74)ement as well. We(cid:111)(cid:89)e also made chan(cid:74)es to our customer co(cid:89)era(cid:74)e models and increased trainin(cid:74) 

for our sales teams. (cid:36)nd we launched the (cid:43)P PartnerOne pro(cid:74)ram, which (cid:74)i(cid:89)es our channel partners the 

pro(cid:74)rammatic support they need to sell and succeed. 

Our focus is on deli(cid:89)erin(cid:74) (cid:74)reat e(cid:91)periences to our customers e(cid:89)ery sin(cid:74)le day, from sales throu(cid:74)h to 

deli(cid:89)ery, and we ha(cid:89)e be(cid:74)un to see the results in the inno(cid:89)ati(cid:89)e work we are doin(cid:74) with companies  

like (cid:37)ritish (cid:55)elecom, (cid:41)acebook, (cid:49)(cid:36)(cid:54)C(cid:36)(cid:53) and (cid:56)nited (cid:36)irlines. We are also seein(cid:74) results in the form of 

new and e(cid:91)citin(cid:74) partnerships, from a collaboration with (cid:42)oo(cid:74)le to o(cid:427)er a one(cid:16)stop(cid:16)shop solution for 

small and medium business customers, to a partnership with (cid:54)alesforce.com to create the (cid:54)uperpod,  

a dedicated instance of (cid:54)alesforce.com runnin(cid:74) on (cid:43)P(cid:111)s Con(cid:89)er(cid:74)ed (cid:44)nfrastructure.

Reigniting Innovation
E(cid:84)ually important in (cid:429)scal (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22), we rei(cid:74)nited inno(cid:89)ation with a commitment to speedin(cid:74) the 

commerciali(cid:93)ation of our best ideas. Our e(cid:427)orts are payin(cid:74) o(cid:427) in the form of new and e(cid:91)citin(cid:74) products, 

ser(cid:89)ices and solutions that map directly to the company(cid:111)s strate(cid:74)y and are more closely ali(cid:74)ned with 

our customers(cid:111) needs today and in the future.

(cid:55)his includes our (cid:48)oonshot ser(cid:89)er system that was created by (cid:43)P (cid:47)abs. (cid:48)oonshot is an entirely new 

cate(cid:74)ory of ser(cid:89)er that reduces ener(cid:74)y consumption by up to (cid:27)(cid:28) percent, takes up to (cid:27)(cid:19) percent less 

space and costs (cid:26)(cid:26) percent less than traditional ser(cid:89)ers. (cid:55)his is a si(cid:74)ni(cid:429)cant opportunity for both (cid:43)P  

and our customers. 

We also announced additions to our Con(cid:89)er(cid:74)ed (cid:54)tora(cid:74)e portfolio that are startin(cid:74) to help o(cid:427)set declines 

in our traditional stora(cid:74)e solutions and are dri(cid:89)in(cid:74) o(cid:89)erall (cid:74)rowth in our (cid:54)tora(cid:74)e business. (cid:44)n terms 

of our Cloud business, we e(cid:91)panded our Con(cid:89)er(cid:74)ed Cloud o(cid:427)erin(cid:74) with a common, Open(cid:54)tack(cid:16)based 

architecture for (cid:43)P(cid:111)s pri(cid:89)ate, mana(cid:74)ed and public cloud o(cid:427)erin(cid:74)s. (cid:36)ppro(cid:91)imately (cid:20),(cid:28)(cid:19)(cid:19) enterprise 

customers are already usin(cid:74) our cloud solutions and ser(cid:89)ices, and we are acceleratin(cid:74) our e(cid:427)orts in 

(cid:429)scal (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:23). 

(cid:44)n software, we launched se(cid:89)eral new inno(cid:89)ations in bi(cid:74) data and security. (cid:55)his includes (cid:43)(cid:36)(cid:57)En,  

a bi(cid:74) data analytics platform that le(cid:89)era(cid:74)es our analytics software, hardware and ser(cid:89)ices to enable 

customers to make decisions in real time. 

$2.6B

returned to 
stockholders in 
the form of share 
repurchases  
and di(cid:89)idends

(cid:21)

We are also inno(cid:89)atin(cid:74) across our Printin(cid:74) and Personal (cid:54)ystems business. (cid:37)usiness model inno(cid:89)ations 

like (cid:44)nk (cid:36)d(cid:89)anta(cid:74)e and new products like our entirely new line of multifunction printers and the (cid:43)P 

O(cid:432)ce(cid:77)et Pro (cid:59) series continue to take hold, with stron(cid:74) customer adoption. Our multi(cid:16)operatin(cid:74) system 

and multi(cid:16)form factor strate(cid:74)ies are dri(cid:89)in(cid:74) new products like the (cid:43)P E(cid:49)(cid:57)(cid:60) (cid:47)eap (cid:48)otion (cid:49)otebook PC 

and the (cid:43)P Elite(cid:37)ook (cid:41)olio.

We continue to enhance and stren(cid:74)then our ser(cid:89)ices o(cid:427)erin(cid:74)s to help customers adapt to a chan(cid:74)in(cid:74) 

technolo(cid:74)y landscape and achie(cid:89)e better results. (cid:44)n Enterprise (cid:54)er(cid:89)ices, we introduced se(cid:89)eral new 

enterprise cloud and security ser(cid:89)ices, includin(cid:74) (cid:43)P (cid:36)s(cid:16)a(cid:16)(cid:54)er(cid:89)ice solutions for (cid:54)(cid:36)P (cid:43)(cid:36)(cid:49)(cid:36), (cid:43)P Cloud 

(cid:54)ecurity (cid:53)isk and Control (cid:36)d(cid:89)isory (cid:54)er(cid:89)ices. (cid:36)lso, in our (cid:55)echnolo(cid:74)y (cid:54)er(cid:89)ices business, our (cid:39)atacenter Care 

and (cid:41)le(cid:91)ible Capacity ser(cid:89)ices enable a(cid:74)ility and (cid:74)i(cid:89)e customers con(cid:429)dence in their (cid:77)ourney to the cloud. 

(cid:44) continue to belie(cid:89)e that (cid:43)P(cid:111)s turnaround will be dri(cid:89)en by (cid:74)reat products and ser(cid:89)ices, and e(cid:91)pect 

inno(cid:89)ation across our businesses to increase in (cid:429)scal (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:23).

HP’s Opportunity
(cid:60)ou ha(cid:89)e heard me talk a lot about what we call (cid:112)(cid:55)he (cid:49)ew (cid:54)tyle of (cid:44)(cid:55)(cid:113) — the shift in how technolo(cid:74)y is 

deli(cid:89)ered, paid for and consumed by our customers and partners. (cid:55)his (cid:49)ew (cid:54)tyle of (cid:44)(cid:55), dri(cid:89)en by forces 

like cloud, bi(cid:74) data, mobility and security, is creatin(cid:74) opportunities for customers to increase their 

a(cid:74)ility, speed inno(cid:89)ation and lower costs. (cid:37)ut it is also applyin(cid:74) intense pressure on their or(cid:74)ani(cid:93)ations 

as many ha(cid:89)e outdated (cid:44)(cid:55) architectures. 

What customers need is a (cid:21)(cid:20)st(cid:16)century (cid:44)(cid:55) architecture capable of handlin(cid:74) today(cid:111)s demands and  

the speci(cid:429)c re(cid:84)uirements of their uni(cid:84)ue businesses. (cid:44)n other words, solutions that brin(cid:74) to(cid:74)ether  

the infrastructure, software, ser(cid:89)ices and inno(cid:89)ation that will enable them to reali(cid:93)e the full promise  

of technolo(cid:74)y. 

(cid:55)his is where our opportunity lies. With the depth and breadth of our portfolio, (cid:43)P can pro(cid:89)ide the  

end(cid:16)to(cid:16)end solutions from the de(cid:89)ice to the data center— from infrastructure to software to ser(cid:89)ices—

to help our customers satisfy their uni(cid:84)ue (cid:44)(cid:55) needs. 

While we ha(cid:89)e more work to do on our turnaround (cid:77)ourney, (cid:44)(cid:111)m e(cid:91)cited about the road ahead and see  

a future where (cid:43)P leads the way in pro(cid:89)idin(cid:74) solutions for the (cid:49)ew (cid:54)tyle of (cid:44)(cid:55). (cid:37)y successfully  

e(cid:91)ecutin(cid:74) on our strate(cid:74)y and maintainin(cid:74) our focus on inno(cid:89)ation, we e(cid:91)pect to rea(cid:432)rm (cid:43)P(cid:111)s position 

as a market leader and create endurin(cid:74) (cid:89)alue for our customers, as well as stockholders, alon(cid:74) the way. 

(cid:55)hank you for your on(cid:74)oin(cid:74) con(cid:429)dence in (cid:43)P. (cid:44) am inspired on a daily basis by our customers, partners, 

employees and stockholders and look forward to updatin(cid:74) you on our performance as the year continues.

(cid:54)incerely,

(cid:48)e(cid:74) Whitman

(cid:20)  Operatin(cid:74) company net debt is a non(cid:16)(cid:42)(cid:36)(cid:36)P measure that is de(cid:429)ned as total company net debt less (cid:43)P (cid:41)inancial (cid:54)er(cid:89)ices (cid:11)(cid:112)(cid:43)P(cid:41)(cid:54)(cid:113)(cid:12) net debt. (cid:55)otal company net debt consists of total 
company (cid:74)ross debt (cid:11)includin(cid:74) the e(cid:427)ects of hed(cid:74)in(cid:74)(cid:12) less total company (cid:74)ross cash, which includes cash and cash e(cid:84)ui(cid:89)alents, short(cid:16)term in(cid:89)estments, and certain li(cid:84)uid lon(cid:74)(cid:16)term 
in(cid:89)estments. (cid:43)P(cid:41)(cid:54) net debt consists of (cid:43)P(cid:41)(cid:54) debt, which includes primarily intercompany e(cid:84)uity that is treated as debt for se(cid:74)ment reportin(cid:74) purposes, intercompany debt and 
borrowin(cid:74) and fundin(cid:74) related acti(cid:89)ity associated with (cid:43)P(cid:41)(cid:54) and its subsidiaries, less (cid:43)P(cid:41)(cid:54) cash. (cid:36)s of October (cid:22)(cid:20), (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22), total company (cid:74)ross debt was (cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:21).(cid:24) billion, total company  
(cid:74)ross cash was (cid:7)(cid:20)(cid:21).(cid:24) billion, total company net debt was (cid:7)(cid:20)(cid:19).(cid:19) billion, (cid:43)P(cid:41)(cid:54) debt was (cid:7)(cid:20)(cid:19).(cid:27) billion, (cid:43)P(cid:41)(cid:54) cash was (cid:7)(cid:19).(cid:26) billion, (cid:43)P(cid:41)(cid:54) net debt was (cid:7)(cid:20)(cid:19).(cid:20) billion, and operatin(cid:74) 
company net debt(cid:18)(cid:11)cash(cid:12) was (cid:7)(cid:11)(cid:19).(cid:20)(cid:12) billion. (cid:55)his additional non(cid:16)(cid:42)(cid:36)(cid:36)P information, as well as the other non(cid:16)(cid:42)(cid:36)(cid:36)P information pro(cid:89)ided herein, is not intended to be considered  
in isolation or as a substitute for the related (cid:42)(cid:36)(cid:36)P (cid:429)nancial information.

(cid:21)  (cid:49)et debt is a non(cid:16)(cid:42)(cid:36)(cid:36)P (cid:429)nancial measure that consists of total debt (cid:11)includin(cid:74) the e(cid:427)ects of hed(cid:74)in(cid:74)(cid:12) less (cid:74)ross cash, which includes cash and cash e(cid:84)ui(cid:89)alents, short(cid:16)term in(cid:89)estments, 
and certain li(cid:84)uid lon(cid:74)(cid:16)term in(cid:89)estments. (cid:36)s of October (cid:22)(cid:20), (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22), total debt (cid:11)includin(cid:74) the e(cid:427)ects of hed(cid:74)in(cid:74)(cid:12) was (cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:21).(cid:25) billion, (cid:74)ross cash was (cid:7)(cid:20)(cid:21).(cid:24) billion, and net debt was (cid:7)(cid:20)(cid:19).(cid:20) billion.

(cid:22)

Members of the Board*

Marc L. Andreessen
(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85) (cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72) (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:28)(cid:15) (cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:72) (cid:23)(cid:21)

Rajiv L. Gupta
(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85) (cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72) (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:28)(cid:15) (cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:72) (cid:25)(cid:27)

(cid:48)r. (cid:36)ndreessen is a co(cid:16)founder of (cid:36)(cid:43) Capital 
(cid:48)ana(cid:74)ement, (cid:47)(cid:47)C, doin(cid:74) business as (cid:36)ndreessen 
(cid:43)orowit(cid:93), a (cid:89)enture capital (cid:429)rm founded in (cid:45)uly 
(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:28). (cid:41)rom (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:28) to (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:26), (cid:48)r. (cid:36)ndreessen ser(cid:89)ed 
as Chairman of Opsware, (cid:44)nc., a software company 
that he co(cid:16)founded. (cid:39)urin(cid:74) a portion of (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:28),  
(cid:48)r. (cid:36)ndreessen ser(cid:89)ed as Chief (cid:55)echnolo(cid:74)y O(cid:432)cer 
of (cid:36)merica Online, (cid:44)nc., a software company.  
(cid:48)r. (cid:36)ndreessen co(cid:16)founded (cid:49)etscape 
Communications Corporation, a software 
company, and ser(cid:89)ed in (cid:89)arious positions, 
includin(cid:74) Chief (cid:55)echnolo(cid:74)y O(cid:432)cer and E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e 
(cid:57)ice President of Products from (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:23) to (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:28). 
(cid:48)r. (cid:36)ndreessen also is a director of e(cid:37)ay (cid:44)nc., 
(cid:41)acebook, (cid:44)nc. and se(cid:89)eral pri(cid:89)ate companies.

Shumeet Banerji
(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85) (cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72) (cid:21)(cid:19)11(cid:15) (cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:72) (cid:24)(cid:23)

(cid:48)r. (cid:37)aner(cid:77)i ser(cid:89)ed as a senior partner of (cid:37)oo(cid:93) (cid:9) 
Company, a consultin(cid:74) company, from (cid:48)ay (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:21) 
until his retirement in (cid:48)arch (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22). Pre(cid:89)iously,  
(cid:48)r. (cid:37)aner(cid:77)i ser(cid:89)ed as Chief E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e O(cid:432)cer of (cid:37)oo(cid:93) (cid:9) 
Company from (cid:45)uly (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:27) to (cid:48)ay (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:21). Prior to that, 
(cid:48)r. (cid:37)aner(cid:77)i ser(cid:89)ed in multiple roles at (cid:37)oo(cid:93) (cid:36)llen 
(cid:43)amilton, a consultin(cid:74) company and predecessor 
to (cid:37)oo(cid:93) (cid:9) Company, while based in o(cid:432)ces in (cid:49)orth 
(cid:36)merica, (cid:36)sia and Europe, includin(cid:74) President of 
the Worldwide Commercial (cid:37)usiness from (cid:41)ebruary 
(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:27) to (cid:45)uly (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:27), (cid:48)ana(cid:74)in(cid:74) (cid:39)irector, Europe from 
(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:26) to (cid:41)ebruary (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:27) and (cid:48)ana(cid:74)in(cid:74) (cid:39)irector, 
(cid:56)nited (cid:46)in(cid:74)dom from (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:22) to (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:26). Earlier in his 
career, (cid:48)r. (cid:37)aner(cid:77)i was a member of the faculty at the 
(cid:56)ni(cid:89)ersity of Chica(cid:74)o (cid:42)raduate (cid:54)chool of (cid:37)usiness.

Robert R. Bennett
(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85) (cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72) (cid:21)(cid:19)1(cid:22)(cid:15) (cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:72) (cid:24)(cid:24)

(cid:48)r. (cid:37)ennett has ser(cid:89)ed as (cid:48)ana(cid:74)in(cid:74) (cid:39)irector of 
(cid:43)illtop (cid:44)n(cid:89)estments, (cid:47)(cid:47)C, a pri(cid:89)ate in(cid:89)estment 
company, since (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:24). Pre(cid:89)iously, (cid:48)r. (cid:37)ennett ser(cid:89)ed 
as President of (cid:39)isco(cid:89)ery (cid:43)oldin(cid:74) Company, a 
media and entertainment company, from (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:24) 
to (cid:54)eptember (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:27). (cid:48)r. (cid:37)ennett also ser(cid:89)ed as 
President and Chief E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e O(cid:432)cer of (cid:47)iberty (cid:48)edia 
Corporation (cid:11)now (cid:47)iberty (cid:44)nteracti(cid:89)e Corporation(cid:12), 
a (cid:89)ideo and on(cid:16)line commerce company, from (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:26) 
until (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:24) and continued as President until (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:25). 
Prior to his tenure at (cid:47)iberty (cid:48)edia, (cid:48)r. (cid:37)ennett 
worked with (cid:55)ele(cid:16)Communications, (cid:44)nc. and (cid:55)he 
(cid:37)ank of (cid:49)ew (cid:60)ork. (cid:48)r. (cid:37)ennett currently ser(cid:89)es 
as a director of (cid:39)isco(cid:89)ery Communications, (cid:44)nc., 
(cid:39)emand (cid:48)edia, (cid:44)nc., (cid:47)iberty (cid:48)edia Corporation and  
(cid:54)print Corporation. (cid:48)r. (cid:37)ennett pre(cid:89)iously ser(cid:89)ed as 
a director of (cid:39)isco(cid:89)ery (cid:43)oldin(cid:74) Company, (cid:47)iberty  
(cid:44)nteracti(cid:89)e Corporation and (cid:54)print (cid:49)e(cid:91)tel Corporation.

(cid:48)r. (cid:42)upta ser(cid:89)ed as (cid:47)ead (cid:44)ndependent (cid:39)irector 
of the (cid:37)oard from (cid:49)o(cid:89)ember (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:20) to (cid:36)pril (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22). 
(cid:48)r. (cid:42)upta has ser(cid:89)ed as Chairman of (cid:36)(cid:89)antor 
Performance (cid:48)aterials, a manufacturer of 
chemistries and materials, since (cid:36)u(cid:74)ust (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:20) and 
as (cid:54)enior (cid:36)d(cid:89)isor to (cid:49)ew (cid:48)ountain Capital, (cid:47)(cid:47)C, 
a pri(cid:89)ate e(cid:84)uity (cid:429)rm, since (cid:45)uly (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:28). Pre(cid:89)iously, 
(cid:48)r. (cid:42)upta ser(cid:89)ed as Chairman and Chief E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e 
O(cid:432)cer of (cid:53)ohm and (cid:43)aas Company, a worldwide 
producer of specialty materials, from (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:28) to  
(cid:36)pril (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:28). (cid:48)r. (cid:42)upta occupied (cid:89)arious other 
positions at (cid:53)ohm and (cid:43)aas after (cid:77)oinin(cid:74) the 
company in (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:26)(cid:20), includin(cid:74) (cid:57)ice Chairman from 
(cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:27) to (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:28), (cid:39)irector of the Electronic (cid:48)aterials 
business from (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:25) to (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:28), and (cid:57)ice President 
and (cid:53)e(cid:74)ional (cid:39)irector of the (cid:36)sia(cid:16)Paci(cid:429)c (cid:53)e(cid:74)ion 
from (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:22) to (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:27). (cid:48)r. (cid:42)upta also is a director of 
(cid:39)elphi (cid:36)utomoti(cid:89)e P(cid:47)C, (cid:55)yco (cid:44)nternational (cid:47)td.,  
(cid:55)he (cid:57)an(cid:74)uard (cid:42)roup and se(cid:89)eral pri(cid:89)ate companies.

Raymond J. Lane
(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85) (cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72) (cid:21)(cid:19)1(cid:19)(cid:15) (cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:72) (cid:25)(cid:26)

(cid:48)r. (cid:47)ane ser(cid:89)ed as e(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e Chairman from 
(cid:54)eptember (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:20) to (cid:36)pril (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22) and as non(cid:16)
e(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e Chairman from (cid:49)o(cid:89)ember (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:19) to 
(cid:54)eptember (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:20). (cid:54)ince (cid:36)pril (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22), (cid:48)r. (cid:47)ane has 
ser(cid:89)ed as Partner Emeritus of (cid:46)leiner Perkins 
Cau(cid:429)eld (cid:9) (cid:37)yers, a pri(cid:89)ate e(cid:84)uity (cid:429)rm, after 
ha(cid:89)in(cid:74) pre(cid:89)iously ser(cid:89)ed as one of its (cid:48)ana(cid:74)in(cid:74) 
Partners from (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:19) to (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22). Prior to (cid:77)oinin(cid:74) 
(cid:46)leiner Perkins, (cid:48)r. (cid:47)ane was President and 
Chief Operatin(cid:74) O(cid:432)cer and a director of Oracle 
Corporation, a software company. (cid:37)efore (cid:77)oinin(cid:74) 
Oracle in (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:21), (cid:48)r. (cid:47)ane was a senior partner 
of (cid:37)oo(cid:93) (cid:36)llen (cid:43)amilton, a consultin(cid:74) company. 
Prior to (cid:37)oo(cid:93) (cid:36)llen (cid:43)amilton, (cid:48)r. (cid:47)ane ser(cid:89)ed 
as a di(cid:89)ision (cid:89)ice president with Electronic (cid:39)ata 
(cid:54)ystems Corporation, an (cid:44)(cid:55) ser(cid:89)ices company that 
(cid:43)P ac(cid:84)uired in (cid:36)u(cid:74)ust (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:27). (cid:48)r. (cid:47)ane is a director 
of se(cid:89)eral pri(cid:89)ate companies and is a former 
director of (cid:52)uest (cid:54)oftware, (cid:44)nc.

Ann M. Livermore
(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85) (cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72) (cid:21)(cid:19)11(cid:15) (cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:72) (cid:24)(cid:24)

(cid:48)s. (cid:47)i(cid:89)ermore ser(cid:89)ed as E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e (cid:57)ice President  
of the former (cid:43)P Enterprise (cid:37)usiness from  
(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:23) until (cid:45)une (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:20) and has ser(cid:89)ed in a 
transitional role since then. Prior to that,  
(cid:48)s. (cid:47)i(cid:89)ermore ser(cid:89)ed in (cid:89)arious other positions  
with (cid:43)P in marketin(cid:74), sales, research and 
de(cid:89)elopment, and business mana(cid:74)ement since 
(cid:77)oinin(cid:74) the company in (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:27)(cid:21). (cid:48)s. (cid:47)i(cid:89)ermore also  
is a director of (cid:56)nited Parcel (cid:54)er(cid:89)ice, (cid:44)nc.

(cid:23)

Raymond E. Ozzie
(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85) (cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72) (cid:21)(cid:19)1(cid:22)(cid:15) (cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:72) (cid:24)(cid:27)

James A. Skinner
(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85) (cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72) (cid:21)(cid:19)1(cid:22)(cid:15) (cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:72) (cid:25)(cid:28)

(cid:48)r. O(cid:93)(cid:93)ie has ser(cid:89)ed as Chief E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e O(cid:432)cer of 
(cid:55)alko (cid:44)nc., a mobile communications applications 
and ser(cid:89)ices company, since foundin(cid:74) the company 
in (cid:39)ecember (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:20). Pre(cid:89)iously, (cid:48)r. O(cid:93)(cid:93)ie ser(cid:89)ed as 
Chief (cid:54)oftware (cid:36)rchitect of (cid:48)icrosoft Corporation 
from (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:25) until (cid:39)ecember (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:19) after ha(cid:89)in(cid:74) 
ser(cid:89)ed as Chief (cid:55)echnical O(cid:432)cer of (cid:48)icrosoft from 
(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:24) to (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:25). (cid:48)r. O(cid:93)(cid:93)ie (cid:77)oined (cid:48)icrosoft in (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:24) 
after (cid:48)icrosoft ac(cid:84)uired (cid:42)roo(cid:89)e (cid:49)etworks, (cid:44)nc., a 
collaboration software company he founded in (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:26).

Gary M. Reiner
(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85) (cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72) (cid:21)(cid:19)11(cid:15) (cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:72) (cid:24)(cid:28)

(cid:48)r. (cid:53)einer has ser(cid:89)ed as Operatin(cid:74) Partner at 
(cid:42)eneral (cid:36)tlantic, a pri(cid:89)ate e(cid:84)uity (cid:429)rm, since 
(cid:49)o(cid:89)ember (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:20). Pre(cid:89)iously, (cid:48)r. (cid:53)einer ser(cid:89)ed as 
(cid:54)pecial (cid:36)d(cid:89)isor to (cid:42)eneral (cid:36)tlantic from (cid:54)eptember 
(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:19) to (cid:49)o(cid:89)ember (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:20). Prior to that, (cid:48)r. (cid:53)einer  
ser(cid:89)ed as (cid:54)enior (cid:57)ice President and Chief 
(cid:44)nformation O(cid:432)cer at (cid:42)eneral Electric Company, a 
technolo(cid:74)y, media and (cid:429)nancial ser(cid:89)ices company, 
from (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:25) until (cid:48)arch (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:19). (cid:48)r. (cid:53)einer pre(cid:89)iously 
held other e(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e positions with (cid:42)E since 
(cid:77)oinin(cid:74) the company in (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:20). Earlier in his career,  
(cid:48)r. (cid:53)einer was a partner at (cid:37)oston Consultin(cid:74) 
(cid:42)roup, a consultin(cid:74) company, where he focused 
on strate(cid:74)ic and process issues for technolo(cid:74)y 
businesses. (cid:48)r. (cid:53)einer also is a director of 
Citi(cid:74)roup (cid:44)nc. and se(cid:89)eral pri(cid:89)ate companies and  
is a former director of (cid:42)enpact (cid:47)imited.

Patricia F. Russo
(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85) (cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72) (cid:21)(cid:19)11(cid:15) (cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:72) (cid:25)1

(cid:48)s. (cid:53)usso ser(cid:89)ed as Chief E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e O(cid:432)cer of 
(cid:36)lcatel(cid:16)(cid:47)ucent, a communications company, 
from (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:25) to (cid:54)eptember (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:27). Pre(cid:89)iously, she 
ser(cid:89)ed as Chairman of (cid:47)ucent (cid:55)echnolo(cid:74)ies (cid:44)nc., a 
communications company, from (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:22) to (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:25) and 
Chief E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e O(cid:432)cer and President of (cid:47)ucent from 
(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:21) to (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:25). (cid:48)s. (cid:53)usso also is a director of (cid:36)lcoa, 
(cid:44)nc., (cid:42)eneral (cid:48)otors Company and (cid:48)erck (cid:9) Co., (cid:44)nc. 

(cid:44)n addition to her other public company 
directorships, she is a director of (cid:46)(cid:46)(cid:53) 
(cid:48)ana(cid:74)ement (cid:47)(cid:47)C, the mana(cid:74)in(cid:74) partner of  
(cid:46)(cid:46)(cid:53) (cid:9) Co., (cid:47).P. (cid:48)s. (cid:53)usso ser(cid:89)ed as a director  
of (cid:54)cherin(cid:74)(cid:16)Plou(cid:74)h Corporation from (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:24)  
until its mer(cid:74)er with (cid:48)erck in (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:28).

(cid:48)r. (cid:54)kinner has ser(cid:89)ed as non(cid:16)e(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e Chairman 
of Wal(cid:74)reen Co. since (cid:45)uly (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:21) and has ser(cid:89)ed 
as a director of Wal(cid:74)reen since (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:24). Pre(cid:89)iously, 
(cid:48)r. (cid:54)kinner ser(cid:89)ed as (cid:57)ice Chairman and Chief 
E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e O(cid:432)cer of (cid:48)c(cid:39)onald(cid:111)s Corporation, a 
(cid:74)lobal restaurant chain, from (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:23) to (cid:45)une (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:21). 
Prior to that, (cid:48)r. (cid:54)kinner ser(cid:89)ed as (cid:57)ice Chairman 
of (cid:48)c(cid:39)onald(cid:111)s from (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:22) to (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:23); as President and 
Chief Operatin(cid:74) O(cid:432)cer of (cid:48)c(cid:39)onald(cid:111)s (cid:53)estaurant 
(cid:42)roup durin(cid:74) a portion of (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:21); as President and 
Chief Operatin(cid:74) O(cid:432)cer of (cid:48)c(cid:39)onald(cid:111)s Europe, (cid:36)sia(cid:18)
Paci(cid:429)c, (cid:48)iddle East and (cid:36)frica from (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:20) to (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:21); 
and as President of (cid:48)c(cid:39)onald(cid:111)s(cid:16)Europe from (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:26) 
to (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:20). (cid:48)r. (cid:54)kinner currently ser(cid:89)es as a director 
of (cid:44)llinois (cid:55)ool Works (cid:44)nc. and pre(cid:89)iously ser(cid:89)ed as  
a director of (cid:48)c(cid:39)onald(cid:111)s.

Margaret C. Whitman
(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85) (cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72) (cid:21)(cid:19)11(cid:15) (cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:72) (cid:24)(cid:26)

(cid:48)s. Whitman has ser(cid:89)ed as President and Chief 
E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e O(cid:432)cer since (cid:54)eptember (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:20) and as a 
member of the (cid:37)oard since (cid:45)anuary (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:20). (cid:41)rom 
(cid:48)arch (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:20) to (cid:54)eptember (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:20), (cid:48)s. Whitman 
ser(cid:89)ed as a part(cid:16)time strate(cid:74)ic ad(cid:89)isor to (cid:46)leiner 
Perkins Cau(cid:429)eld (cid:9) (cid:37)yers, a pri(cid:89)ate e(cid:84)uity (cid:429)rm. 
Pre(cid:89)iously, (cid:48)s. Whitman ser(cid:89)ed as President and 
Chief E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e O(cid:432)cer of e(cid:37)ay (cid:44)nc., an online 
marketplace and payments company, from (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:27) 
to (cid:48)arch (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:27). Prior to (cid:77)oinin(cid:74) e(cid:37)ay, (cid:48)s. Whitman 
held e(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e(cid:16)le(cid:89)el positions at (cid:43)asbro (cid:44)nc., a toy 
company, (cid:41)(cid:55)(cid:39), (cid:44)nc., a (cid:431)oral products company, (cid:55)he 
(cid:54)tride (cid:53)ite Corporation, a footwear company, (cid:55)he 
Walt (cid:39)isney Company, an entertainment company, 
and (cid:37)ain (cid:9) Company, a consultin(cid:74) company.  
(cid:48)s. Whitman also ser(cid:89)es as a director of (cid:55)he 
Procter (cid:9) (cid:42)amble Company and is a former director 
of (cid:39)reamWorks (cid:36)nimation (cid:54)(cid:46)(cid:42), (cid:44)nc. and (cid:61)ipcar, (cid:44)nc.

Ralph V. Whitworth
(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85) (cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72) (cid:21)(cid:19)11(cid:15) (cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:72) (cid:24)(cid:27)

(cid:48)r. Whitworth was appointed Chairman in (cid:36)pril 
(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22). (cid:48)r. Whitworth has been a principal of 
(cid:53)elational (cid:44)n(cid:89)estors (cid:47)(cid:47)C, a re(cid:74)istered in(cid:89)estment 
ad(cid:89)isor, since (cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:25). (cid:43)e also is a former director 
of (cid:42)en(cid:93)yme Corporation, (cid:54)o(cid:89)erei(cid:74)n (cid:37)ancorp, (cid:44)nc., 
(cid:54)print (cid:49)e(cid:91)tel Corporation and se(cid:89)en other  
public companies.

(cid:24)

Executive Team*

John M. Hinshaw
E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e (cid:57)ice President,  
(cid:55)echnolo(cid:74)y and Operations

Abdo George Kadifa
E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e (cid:57)ice President,  
(cid:43)P (cid:54)oftware

Tracy S. Keogh
E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e (cid:57)ice President,  
(cid:43)uman (cid:53)esources

Catherine A. Lesjak
E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e (cid:57)ice President and  
Chief (cid:41)inancial O(cid:432)cer

Todd R. Morgenfeld
(cid:54)enior (cid:57)ice President, Corporate (cid:39)e(cid:89)elopment  
and Corporate (cid:36)nalytics and (cid:55)reasurer

Michael G. Nefkens
E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e (cid:57)ice President,  
Enterprise (cid:54)er(cid:89)ices

Je(cid:427) T. Ricci
(cid:57)ice President, Controller and  
Principal (cid:36)ccountin(cid:74) O(cid:432)cer

John F. Schultz
E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e (cid:57)ice President,  
(cid:42)eneral Counsel and (cid:54)ecretary

William L. Veghte
E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e (cid:57)ice President and  
(cid:42)eneral (cid:48)ana(cid:74)er, Enterprise (cid:42)roup

Dion J. Weisler
E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e (cid:57)ice President,  
Printin(cid:74) and Personal (cid:54)ystems (cid:42)roup

Margaret C. Whitman
President and Chief E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e O(cid:432)cer

(cid:13)(cid:48)embers of the (cid:37)oard and E(cid:91)ecuti(cid:89)e (cid:55)eam as of (cid:39)ecember (cid:22)(cid:20), (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22).

(cid:25)

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

(cid:2) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13  OR  15(d) OF  THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT  OF  1934

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2013

Or

(cid:3)

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT  TO  SECTION 13  OR  15(d) OF  THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from 

 to 

Commission file number 1-4423

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified  in its  charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction  of
incorporation or  organization)

3000 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California
(Address of principal  executive offices)

94-1081436
(I.R.S.  employer
identification no.)

94304
(Zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number,  including area  code:  (650)  857-1501

Securities registered pursuant  to Section 12(b) of  the  Act:

Title of each class

Name of  each exchange on which registered

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share

New York Stock  Exchange

Securities registered  pursuant to  Section  12(g) of  the  Act:
None

Indicate  by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned  issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:2) No (cid:3)

Indicate  by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports  pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2)

Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all  reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or  for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been  subject to such filing requirements for the past  90 days. Yes (cid:2) No (cid:3)

Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or
for such shorter  period that the registrant was required to  submit  and  post such files). Yes (cid:2) No (cid:3)

Indicate  by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers  pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and  will

not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:3)

Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant is a large  accelerated filer, an accelerated filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer, or a smaller
reporting company. See the definitions of ‘‘large accelerated  filer,’’  ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer (cid:2)

Smaller reporting company (cid:3)

Accelerated filer (cid:3)

Non-accelerated filer (cid:3)
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)

Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2)

The  aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was $38,923,374,469 based on the last sale

price of  common  stock on April 30, 2013.

The  number of shares of HP common stock outstanding as of  November 30, 2013 was 1,908,777,048 shares.

DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the  Registrant’s proxy statement related to its 2014 Annual  Meeting of Stockholders to be filed
pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after Registrant’s  fiscal year end of October 31, 2013 are incorporated
by reference into Part III of this Report.

10-K PART

III

Hewlett-Packard Company

Form 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2013

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.
Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1A. Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 2.
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 3.
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.
Item 7.

PART II
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity,  Related Stockholder  Matters and  Issuer

Purchases of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and Results of

Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative  Disclosures about Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 8.
Changes in and Disagreements  with Accountants on Accounting and  Financial
Item 9.

Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9B. Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers  and  Corporate  Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 11.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related
Item 12.

Item 13.
Item 14.

Stockholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,  and Director Independence . . . . . .
Principal Accounting Fees and  Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

3
17
35
35
36
36

37
39

40
74
76

166
166
166

167
167

167
168
168

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

169

PART IV

Forward-Looking Statements

This  Annual Report on Form 10-K, including ‘‘Management’s Discussion and  Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations’’  in Item  7, contains forward-looking statements that involve  risks,
uncertainties and assumptions. If the risks or uncertainties ever materialize  or  the assumptions  prove
incorrect, the results of Hewlett-Packard Company and its consolidated subsidiaries (‘‘HP’’)  may differ
materially from those expressed or implied  by  such forward-looking statements and assumptions. All
statements other than statements of historical fact  are  statements that could be deemed  forward-looking
statements, including but not limited to  any projections of revenue,  margins,  expenses, HP’s effective tax rate,
earnings, net earnings per share, cash flows, benefit  plan funding, share  repurchases, currency  exchange  rates
or other financial items; any projections  of the amount, timing  or impact of cost savings  or restructuring
charges; any statements of the plans, strategies and  objectives of management  for future operations,
including the execution of restructuring  plans and any resulting cost savings  or  revenue  or profitability
improvements; any statements concerning  the expected  development,  performance, market  share or
competitive performance relating to products or services;  any statements regarding current or future
macroeconomic trends or events and the impact of those  trends  and events on HP  and its financial
performance; any statements regarding pending  investigations, claims or disputes; any statements of
expectation or belief; and any statements  of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Risks, uncertainties
and assumptions include the need to address the many challenges  facing  HP’s businesses;  the competitive
pressures faced by HP’s businesses; risks  associated with executing  HP’s strategy  and plans  for future
operations; the impact of macroeconomic and geopolitical  trends  and  events; the need  to manage  third party
suppliers and the distribution of HP’s products and services effectively; the  protection  of HP’s intellectual
property assets, including intellectual property licensed from third  parties; risks associated with HP’s
international operations; the development and transition of  new products and services and the  enhancement
of existing products and services to meet customer needs and respond to emerging technological trends; the
execution and performance of contracts  by HP and  its  suppliers,  customers,  clients and partners; the hiring
and retention of key employees; integration and other  risks  associated with business combination  and
investment transactions; the execution, timing  and results of restructuring plans, including  estimates  and
assumptions related to the cost and the anticipated benefits of implementing those plans; the resolution of
pending investigations, claims and disputes; and other risks that are described herein, including but not
limited to the items discussed in ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in Item 1A  of this report, and  that  are  otherwise described
or updated from time to time in HP’s Securities and Exchange Commission reports. HP  assumes no
obligation and does not intend to update  these forward-looking  statements.

ITEM 1. Business.

PART I

We  are a leading global provider of products, technologies, software, solutions and services to
individual consumers, small- and medium-sized  businesses (‘‘SMBs’’), and large enterprises,  including
customers in the government, health  and  education  sectors.  Our offerings span the following:

• personal computing and other access devices;

• imaging and printing-related products and services;

• enterprise information technology  (‘‘IT’’) infrastructure, including enterprise server and storage

technology,  networking  products  and  solutions,  technology  support  and  maintenance;

• multi-vendor  customer  services,  including  infrastructure  technology  and  business  process

outsourcing,  application  development  and  support  services,  and  consulting  and  integration
services; and

• IT management software, information management solutions and security intelligence/risk

management solutions.

3

HP was incorporated in 1947 under the laws of  the state of California as  the successor to a
partnership founded in 1939 by William R. Hewlett and  David  Packard. Effective in May 1998, we
changed our state of incorporation from California to Delaware.

HP Products and Services; Segment  Information

We  offer one of the IT industry’s broadest  portfolio of products and  services  that  brings together
infrastructure, software, and services  through innovation to enable our customers to create  value and
solve business problems. As consumers and  enterprises shift  the  way technology is delivered, consumed,
and paid for, they are demanding a foundation that will support much greater agility, lower cost,
facilitate quicker time-to-market, and  provide a  higher degree  of  accessibility by end-users to that
technology. We design our solutions to provide that foundation, particularly in the areas of  security,
cloud, mobility, and big data, by leveraging the breadth of our offerings and the strengths  and
capabilities of our individual business units.

Our operations are organized into seven  business  segments: Personal Systems; Printing; the

Enterprise Group (‘‘EG’’); Enterprise  Services (‘‘ES’’);  Software; HP  Financial Services  (‘‘HPFS’’); and
Corporate Investments. In each of the  past three  fiscal years, notebooks, desktops, printing supplies,
industry standard servers and infrastructure technology  outsourcing services each  accounted for  more
than 10% of our consolidated net revenue.

The Personal Systems segment and the  Printing  segment are structured beneath a broader Printing
and Personal Systems Group (‘‘PPS’’). While PPS is  not  a reportable segment, HP sometimes  provides
financial data aggregating the Personal Systems  and Printing  segments within  it in  order  to  provide a
supplementary view of its business.

A  summary  of  our  net  revenue,  earnings  from  operations  and  assets  for  our  segments  and  business
units along with a description of our  fiscal 2013  organizational realignments is  found in Note 18 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements in  Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.  A discussion of
factors potentially  affecting our operations is  set forth in  ‘‘Risk Factors’’  in Item 1A,  which is
incorporated herein by reference.

Printing and Personal Systems Group

The mission of PPS is to leverage the respective  strengths of the  Personal Systems business and  the

Printing business by creating a unified business that is customer-focused  and poised  to  capitalize on
rapidly shifting industry trends. Each  of  the business segments within PPS is  described in  detail below.

Personal Systems

Personal Systems provides commercial personal computers (‘‘PCs’’),  consumer PCs,  workstations,
thin  clients,  tablets,  retail  point-of-sale  (‘‘POS’’)  systems,  calculators  and  other  related  accessories,  HP
and third-party software, and support and  services for the  commercial and  consumer markets. We
group commercial notebooks, commercial  desktops,  commercial tablets  and workstations into
commercial clients and consumer notebooks,  consumer desktops and  consumer tablets into consumer
clients  when describing our performance  in  these markets. Both commercial  and consumer  PCs and
tablets are based predominately on the Windows operating system and  use processors from  Intel
Corporation (‘‘Intel’’) and Advanced  Micro  Devices, Inc.  (‘‘AMD’’).  Personal  Systems  is also  pursuing a
multi-operating  system,  multi-architecture  strategy  and  launched  Android  and  Chrome  operating  system
tablets and notebooks during fiscal 2013.

Commercial PCs. Commercial  PCs  are  optimized  for  commercial  uses,  including  for  enterprise

and SMB customers, and for connectivity, reliability  and manageability in  networked environments.
Commercial PCs include the HP ProBook and HP  EliteBook lines of notebooks,  the HP Pro  and HP

4

Elite lines of business desktops and all-in-ones, retail POS systems, HP  Thin Clients and  HP ElitePad
Tablet PCs. Commercial PCs also include workstations,  such as  Z desktop workstations,  Z all-in-ones
and Z mobile workstations, that are designed and  optimized for high-performance and demanding
application environments.

Consumer PCs. Consumer PCs include the HP Spectre, HP ENVY, HP Pavilion, HP
Chromebooks and  HP Split series of multi-media consumer notebooks, consumer tablets, hybrids
(detachable tablets) and desktops, as well  as the TouchSmart line of touch-enabled notebooks and
all-in-one desktops. Consumer PCs also use the  Compaq  and  Slate  sub-brands for certain product
offerings.

Printing

Printing provides consumer and commercial printer hardware,  supplies, media,  software and
services, as well as scanning devices. Printing is also focused on imaging  solutions  in the commercial
markets.  These  solutions  range  from  managed  print  services  to  areas  such  as  industrial  applications,
outdoor signage, and the graphic arts  business. We  group LaserJet, large format and Indigo  printers
into commercial hardware and inkjet printers into consumer  hardware when  describing our
performance in these markets.

Inkjet and Printing Solutions.

Inkjet and Printing Solutions delivers  our consumer  and  SMB inkjet

solutions (hardware, supplies, media,  and  web-connected hardware and services). It includes both
single-function and all-in-one inkjet printers.  Ongoing initiatives and programs, such  as Ink in the
Office and Ink Advantage, and new initiatives, such  as Instant  Ink, provide innovative printing  solutions
to consumers and SMBs. Our Ink in  the  Office initiative is focused on  providing inkjet printing
solutions to SMBs through our Officejet  Premium and Officejet Pro  inkjet  portfolio.  Our Ink
Advantage program aims to provide savings on the overall cost  of  printing in emerging  markets.  HP
Instant Ink is an ink replacement service that allows customers to pay a monthly fee to print a specified
number of pages per month.

LaserJet and Enterprise Solutions. LaserJet  and  Enterprise  Solutions  delivers  our  commercial  and
LaserJet products, services and solutions  to  the SMB and enterprise segments. Those products, services
and solutions include LaserJet printers  and supplies  (toner), multi-function devices, scanners,
web-connected hardware, managed services, and enterprise software solutions, such as Exstream
Software and Web Jetadmin. Our managed services include managed service products, support and
solutions delivered to SMB and enterprise  customers partnering with third-party software providers to
offer workflow solutions.

Graphics Solutions. Graphics Solutions offers large format printing (Designjet and  Scitex) and

supplies, Indigo digital presses and supplies, inkjet high-speed production solutions and supplies,
specialty printing systems and graphics  services. Graphic  Solutions targets  print service providers,
architects, engineers, designers, photofinishers and industrial solution providers.

Software and Web Services. Software and Web Services delivers a suite of offerings,  including
photo-storage and printing offerings (such  as Snapfish), document storage, entertainment services,
web-connected printing, and PC back-up  and  related services.

Enterprise Group

EG provides a broad portfolio of enterprise  technology  infrastructure solutions for a variety of

operating environments that address a wide  range of customer challenges, including the need to
increase agility and accelerate innovation in order  to  drive revenue, manage  risk and lower costs. Our
enterprise technology infrastructure portfolio  of servers, storage, networking and technology services
combined with HP’s Cloud solutions  allows customers to adopt a holistic approach to building a

5

technology infrastructure that supports their current business and consumer demands and next
generation applications and web services.  HP’s Converged Systems portfolio simplifies IT  through quick
deployment, intuitive management and  system-level support. Optimized for key workloads such as
virtualization, cloud and big data, these  complete, integrated solutions  enable  organizations of all sizes
to efficiently utilize IT staffing resources and deploy applications faster.

Industry Standard Servers.

Industry  Standard  Servers  offers  entry-level  through  premium  ProLiant
servers, which run primarily Windows,  Linux and virtualization  platforms  from software providers, such
as Microsoft Corporation (‘‘Microsoft’’)  and VMware,  Inc. (‘‘VMware’’), and open sourced software
from other major vendors while leveraging  x86 processors from Intel and AMD.  The  business  spans  a
range of server product lines, including microservers, towers, traditional  rack, density-optimized  rack
and  blades,  as  well  as  hyperscale  solutions  for  large,  distributed  computing  companies  who  buy  and
deploy nodes at a massive scale. In fiscal 2013, we launched our HP Moonshot servers  that  operate  on
ARM-based and Intel Atom-based processors  and offer reduced cost, space, energy and complexity
compared to some traditional servers.

Business Critical Systems. Business  Critical  Systems  delivers  our  mission-critical  systems  with  a

portfolio of HP Integrity servers based  on  the Intel Itanium  processor that run  the HP-UX and
OpenVMS operating systems, as well as  HP Integrity  NonStop solutions.  Our Integrity  servers feature
scalable blades built on a blade infrastructure with our  unique  Blade  Link technology and the
Superdome 2 server solution. Business  Critical Systems also offers our mission critical x86 ProLiant
servers for scalability of systems that  have more  than four industry standard processors.

Storage. Our storage offerings include storage platforms for enterprise and SMB environments.

Our flagship product is the HP 3PAR  StoreServ  Storage Platform,  which is designed for virtualization,
cloud  and  IT-as-a-service.  Traditional  Storage  solutions  include  tape,  storage  networking  and  legacy
external disk products such as EVA and XP.  Converged Storage solutions include  3PAR, StoreOnce,
StoreVirtual and StoreAll products. These offerings enable customers to optimize their existing  storage
systems, build new virtualization solutions and plan  their transition to cloud computing.

Networking. Our switch, router and wireless LAN  products deliver open, scalable, secure, agile
and consistent solutions for data center, campus and branch networks. Our  networking solutions are
based on our FlexNetwork architecture,  which is  designed to enable simplified server virtualization,
unified  communications  and  multi-media  application  delivery  for  the  enterprise.  Software-defined
networking provides an end-to-end solution to automate the network from data center to campus  and
branch.

Technology Services. Technology Services provides professional and support services and

technology  consulting.  Support  services  offerings  span  various  customer  support  needs  and  include:  HP
Foundation Care, our portfolio of reactive  hardware and software support services;  HP Proactive Care,
which combines remote support technology for real-time  monitoring with rapid  access to our technical
experts; HP Datacenter Care, a comprehensive and flexible  end-to-end support for HP and
multi-vendor systems that enables customers to build,  operate  or  consume  IT  in traditional, cloud or
hybrid cloud environments; and Lifecycle  Event services,  which are event-based services offering our
technology expertise and consulting for each  phase of the technology life cycle. Our technology services
offerings are available in the form of service contracts, pre-packaged offerings (HP Care Pack  services)
or on a customized basis. The technology consulting portfolio includes cloud, big data and mobility
consulting services, and provides IT organizations with  advice,  design, implementation, migration and
optimization  of  our  EG  platforms:  servers,  storage,  networking  and  converged  infrastructure.

6

Enterprise Services

ES provides technology consulting, outsourcing and support services across infrastructure,
applications  and  business  process  domains.  ES  delivers  to  our  clients  by  leveraging  investments  in
consulting and support professionals, infrastructure  technology, applications, standardized
methodologies, and global supply and  delivery.  ES also creates opportunities for us to sell additional
hardware and software by offering solutions that encompass both products  and services.  ES is divided
into two business units, Infrastructure  Technology Outsourcing  and Application  and Business Services.

Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing.

Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing delivers

comprehensive  services  that  streamline  and  optimize  our  clients’  technology  infrastructure  to  efficiently
enhance performance, reduce costs, mitigate  risk  and  enable business change. These services encompass
the management of data centers, IT security,  cloud computing, workplace technology, networks, unified
communications and enterprise service  management. We also offer a set  of managed services that
provide a cross-section of our broader infrastructure  services for  smaller, discrete engagements.

Application and Business Services. Application  and  Business  Services  helps  our  clients  develop,
revitalize and manage their applications  and  information assets. This full application life cycle approach
encompasses application development,  testing, modernization, system integration, maintenance and
management for both packaged and  custom-built applications and cloud offerings. The Application and
Business Services portfolio also includes intellectual property-based  industry solutions, services  and
technologies to help clients better manage critical business processes,  such as customer relationship
management, finance and administration,  human resources, payroll and document processing.

Software

Software provides IT management, big data and security solutions for businesses and enterprises of
all sizes. Our IT management solutions help customers deliver  applications and services  that  perform to
defined  standards  and  automate  the  underlying  infrastructure,  be  it  traditional,  cloud  or  hybrid.  Our  big
data solutions include the HP HAVEn Big  Data Platform,  which, together with the Autonomy and
Vertica products, is designed to help  customers manage, govern and get faster  answers from all of their
structured and unstructured information.  Our security solutions provide customers with security at all
levels  of  the  enterprise—from  the  infrastructure  through  applications  and  information.  Our  Software
offerings  are  delivered  in  the  form  of  traditional  software  licenses  or  software-as-a-service  and  are
augmented by support and professional  services in  order to provide an end-to-end  solution to
customers.

HP Financial  Services

HPFS supports and enhances our global product, software and services solutions by providing  a

broad range of value-added asset management  and  financing services. HPFS, through innovative
financings, enables HP’s worldwide customers to acquire complete IT solutions, including hardware,
software and  services. HPFS offers leasing, financing,  utility programs, and asset management services
for  large  enterprise  customers.  HPFS  also  provides  an  array  of  financial  options  to  SMBs  and
educational  and  governmental  entities.  HPFS  offers  innovative,  customized  and  flexible  solutions  to
balance unique customer cash flow, technology obsolescence and capacity needs.

Corporate Investments

Corporate Investments includes HP Labs, the  webOS business and certain business incubation

projects.

7

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

We  manage our business and report  our financial results  based on the business segments  described

above. Our customers are organized by  consumer and commercial  customer groups,  and purchases of
HP products, solutions and services may be fulfilled  directly  by HP or indirectly through  a variety  of
partners, including:

• retailers that sell our products to the public through  their own physical or  Internet stores;

• resellers that sell our products and services, frequently with their  own value-added products or

services, to targeted customer groups;

• distribution partners that supply our solutions to resellers;

• original equipment manufacturers  (‘‘OEMs’’) that integrate our  products  and services with their

own products and services, and sell the integrated solution;

• independent software vendors that  provide their clients with specialized software  products and

often assist us in selling our products  and services to clients purchasing  their products;

• systems integrators that provide expertise in  designing and  implementing custom IT  solutions
and often partner with us to extend their  expertise or influence the  sale of our products and
services; and

• advisory firms that provide various levels of management and IT  consulting, including  some
systems integration work, and typically partner with us on  client solutions that require our
unique products and services.

The mix of our business by channel or direct sales differs substantially by business and region.  We
believe that customer buying patterns  and  different regional market conditions require us to tailor our
sales, marketing and distribution efforts accordingly.  We are focused on driving the  depth and  breadth
of our coverage, in addition to efficiencies and productivity, gains in  both our  direct and indirect
businesses. So, while each of our business segments manages  the execution of its own go-to-market  and
distribution strategy, our business segments also  collaborate to ensure strategic and process alignment
where  appropriate. For example, we typically assign  an account manager, generally from  EG or ES, to
manage relationships across our business  with  large enterprise customers. The account manager is
supported by a team of specialists with  product and services expertise.  For other customers and for
consumers, PPS typically manages direct  online  sales as  well as  channel  relationships with retailers,
while our business segments collaborate to manage relationships with commercial  resellers targeting
SMBs where appropriate.

Manufacturing and Materials

We  utilize a significant number of outsourced manufacturers (‘‘OMs’’) around  the world to

manufacture HP-designed products. The use of OMs is intended  to  generate cost efficiencies  and
reduce time to market for HP-designed  products. We use multiple  OMs to maintain flexibility  in our
supply chain and manufacturing processes. In  some circumstances,  third-party OEMs manufacture
products that we purchase and resell under the  HP brand. In  addition to our use of OMs,  we currently
manufacture a limited number of finished products from components  and subassemblies that we
acquire from a wide range of vendors.

We  utilize two primary methods of fulfilling demand for products: building products to order and

configuring products to order. We build products  to  order to maximize  manufacturing  and logistics
efficiencies  by  producing  high  volumes  of  basic  product  configurations.  Alternatively,  configuring
products to order permits configuration  of units to a  customer’s particular  hardware and  software
customization requirements. Our inventory management  and  distribution  practices in both building

8

products to order and configuring products to order  seek  to  minimize inventory holding periods by
taking delivery of the inventory and manufacturing immediately prior  to  the sale  or distribution of
products to our customers.

We  purchase materials, supplies and  product subassemblies  from  a substantial number  of  vendors.

For most of our products, we have existing  alternate sources of supply or such sources are  readily
available. However, we do rely on sole sources for  laser printer engines, LaserJet  supplies, certain
customized parts and parts for products  with short life cycles (although  some of these sources have
operations in multiple locations in the event of a  disruption). We  are  dependent upon Intel and AMD
as suppliers of processors and Microsoft for various software  products; however, we believe that
disruptions with these suppliers would  result  in industry-wide dislocations  and therefore  would not
disproportionately disadvantage us relative  to  our  competitors. See ‘‘Risk  Factors—We depend on
third-party  suppliers,  and  our  financial  results  could  suffer  if  we  fail  to  manage  suppliers  properly,’’  in
Item 1A,  which  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.

Like other participants in the IT industry, we ordinarily acquire materials and components through

a combination of blanket and scheduled purchase orders to support our  requirements for periods
averaging 90 to 120 days. From time to time, we  may experience significant  price volatility or supply
constraints for certain components that  are not available from multiple sources. Frequently, we are able
to obtain scarce components for somewhat higher prices on  the open  market, which may have an
impact on our gross margin but does not generally  disrupt production. We  also aim to acquire
component inventory in anticipation  of  supply constraints or enter  into longer-term pricing
commitments with vendors to improve  the priority,  price and  availability of supply. See ‘‘Risk Factors—
We  depend on third-party suppliers,  and  our  financial results could  suffer  if  we fail to manage suppliers
properly,’’ in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference.

International

Our products and services are available worldwide.  We  believe this geographic  diversity allows us
to meet demand on a worldwide basis for  both  consumer and enterprise customers, draws on  business
and technical expertise from a worldwide  workforce,  provides stability to  our operations, allows us  to
drive economies of scale, provides revenue  streams to offset  geographic economic trends and offers us
an opportunity to access new markets for  maturing products. In  addition,  we believe  that  future growth
is dependent in part on our ability to  develop  products and sales models  that target developing
countries. In this regard, we believe that  our broad geographic presence gives us a solid base on which
to build such future growth.

A summary of our domestic and international net  revenue and net  property,  plant  and equipment

is set forth in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8,  which is  incorporated herein
by reference. Approximately 64% of  our  overall  net revenue in fiscal  2013 came from  outside the
United States.

For a  discussion of risks attendant to HP’s international  operations,  see ‘‘Risk Factors—Due to the

international nature of our business, political or economic changes  or  other factors could harm  our
future revenue, costs and expenses, and  financial condition,’’ in Item 1A,  ‘‘Quantitative and  Qualitative
Disclosure about Market Risk’’ in Item 7A and Note  9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in
Item 8, which are incorporated herein  by reference.

Research and Development

Innovation is a key element of our culture. Our  development efforts are focused on designing and
developing products, services and solutions that anticipate  customers’ changing needs and  desires, and
emerging technological trends. Our efforts also are focused on  identifying the  areas where we believe

9

we can make a unique contribution and  the areas where partnering with other leading technology
companies will leverage our cost structure  and maximize our customers’ experiences.

HP  Labs,  together  with  the  various  research  and  development  groups  within  our business

segments, are responsible for our research and development  efforts. HP  Labs is part of our Corporate
Investments segment.

Expenditures for research and development were  $3.1 billion  in fiscal 2013,  $3.4 billion in fiscal
2012 and $3.3 billion in fiscal 2011. We  anticipate that we  will continue to have significant research and
development expenditures in the future to support the  design and  development of innovative,
high-quality products and services to  maintain  and  enhance our competitive position.

For a  discussion of risks attendant to our  research and  development activities,  see ‘‘Risk Factors—

If we  cannot successfully execute on  our strategy and continue to develop, manufacture and market
products, services and solutions that  meet customer requirements  for innovation and quality, our
revenue and gross margin may suffer,’’ in  Item 1A,  which is incorporated herein by reference.

Patents

Our general policy has been to seek patent protection  for  those inventions likely to be

incorporated into our products and services  or where  obtaining such proprietary rights  will improve  our
competitive position. At October 31,  2013, our worldwide patent portfolio included over 38,000 patents,
which  represented a slight increase over  the number of patents in our  patent portfolio at  the end of
fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011.

Patents generally have a term of twenty years from the  date they  are  filed. As our  patent  portfolio
has  been  built  over  time,  the  remaining  terms  of  the  individual  patents  across  our  patent  portfolio  vary.
We  believe that our patents and patent  applications are  important  for  maintaining  the competitive
differentiation of our products and services, enhancing our freedom  of action to sell our products and
services in markets in which we choose to participate, and maximizing our return on  research  and
development investments. No single patent is in itself  essential to HP  as a whole or to any of HP’s
business segments.

In addition to developing our patent  portfolio, we license  intellectual property from third parties as
we  deem  appropriate.  We  have  also  granted  and  continue  to  grant  to  others  licenses  under  our  patents
when we consider these arrangements to be in  our  interest. These license arrangements include a
number of cross-licenses with third parties.

For a  discussion of risks attendant to intellectual  property  rights, see  ‘‘Risk Factors—Our revenue,

cost of sales, and expenses may suffer if  we  cannot continue  to  license or  enforce  the intellectual
property rights on which our business  depends or if  third-parties assert that we violate  their intellectual
property rights,’’ in Item 1A, which is  incorporated herein by reference.

Backlog

We  believe  that  backlog  is  not  a  meaningful  indicator  of  future  business  prospects  due  to  our
diverse products and services portfolio, including the large volume of products delivered from  shelf or
channel  partner inventories and the shortening  of  product life cycles. Therefore, we believe that
backlog information is not material to  an  understanding  of our  overall business.

Seasonality

General economic conditions have an impact on  our business and financial results. From  time to

time, the markets in which we sell our  products and services experience  weak  economic conditions  that
may negatively affect sales. We experience some seasonal trends in  the sale  of our  products and

10

services. For example, European sales  often are weaker in the summer  months and consumer sales
often are stronger  in the fourth calendar quarter. Demand during the spring and  early summer  months
also may be adversely impacted by market  anticipation  of  seasonal trends. See ‘‘Risk Factors—Our
sales cycle makes planning and inventory  management  difficult and future financial results  less
predictable,’’ in Item 1A, which is incorporated  herein by reference.

Competition

We  encounter aggressive competition in all areas of our business activity. We compete  primarily on
the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, reputation, distribution,  range of
products and services, ease of use of our products, account  relationships, customer training, service and
support, security, availability of application software,  and internet infrastructure offerings.

The markets for each of our business  segments are characterized by  vigorous  competition among

major corporations with long-established positions  and a  large number  of new and rapidly growing
firms. Most product life cycles are short, and to remain competitive we  must  develop  new products and
services, periodically enhance our existing  products and services and compete effectively on the basis of
the factors listed above. In addition,  we compete with many  of  our current and potential partners,
including OEMs that design, manufacture and often  market  their products under their own brand
names. Our successful management of these  competitive partner relationships will  be  critical  to  our
future success. Moreover, we anticipate that  we will have to continue to adjust prices  on many of  our
products and services to stay competitive.

We  have a broad technology portfolio spanning personal computing and  other access devices,
imaging  and  printing-related  products  and  services,  enterprise  IT  infrastructure products  and  solutions,
multi-vendor customer services and IT management software  and solutions. We are the leader or
among  the  leaders  in  each  of  our  business  segments.

The competitive environments in which each segment operates  are described  below:

Personal Systems. The markets in which Personal Systems operates  are intensely  competitive and
are  characterized  by  price  competition  and  inventory  depreciation.  Contraction  in  the  PC  market  and
the  ongoing  shift  in  customers  to  tablets  and  other  form  factors  has  further  intensified  competition  in
the PC market. Our primary competitors are Lenovo  Group Limited, Dell Inc. (‘‘Dell’’),  Acer Inc.,
ASUSTeK Computer Inc., Apple Inc.,  Toshiba Corporation  and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
(‘‘Samsung’’) (for tablets). In particular regions, we also experience competition from  local companies
and  from generically-branded or ‘‘white box’’ manufacturers. Our competitive advantages include  our
broad product portfolio, our innovation and research and development capabilities, our brand and
procurement leverage, our ability to cross-sell our  portfolio of offerings, our extensive service and
support offerings and the accessibility  of  our products through  a broad-based  distribution strategy from
retail and commercial channels to direct sales.

Printing. The markets for printer hardware and associated supplies  are highly competitive.

Printing’s  key  customer  segments  each  face  competitive  market  pressures in  pricing  and  the
introduction of new products. Our primary competitors include Canon U.S.A., Inc., Lexmark
International, Inc., Xerox Corporation, Seiko Epson Corporation, Ricoh Company Ltd,  Samsung  and
Brother Industries, Ltd. In addition,  independent  suppliers offer  refill  and remanufactured alternatives
for  HP  original  inkjet  and  toner  supplies,  which  are  often  available  for  lower  prices  but  generally  offer
lower print quality and reliability. Other competitors  also  have developed and marketed new
compatible cartridges for HP’s laser and inkjet products, particularly outside of the United States where
intellectual property protection is inadequate or ineffective. Printing is  focused  on growth  through
innovation and growing long-term, high-value recurring business, accelerating the transition from  analog
to digital printing in graphics, commercial and  production environments, driving  web and mobile
content solutions through our installed  base  of web-connected ePrinters and  growing  cloud-based,

11

document-centric commercial solutions  and services. Our competitive advantages include our
comprehensive solutions for the home,  office and publishing environments, our innovation  and research
and development capabilities, our brand, and the accessibility  of  our products  through a broad-based
distribution strategy from retail and commercial channels to direct  sales.

Enterprise Group. EG operates in the highly competitive enterprise technology infrastructure
market that is characterized by rapid  and  ongoing technological innovation and price  competition. Our
primary competitors include technology  vendors  such as International Business Machines Corporation
(‘‘IBM’’), Dell, EMC Corporation (‘‘EMC’’),  Cisco Systems, Inc. (‘‘Cisco’’),  VMware, Microsoft and
Amazon.com Inc. In particular regions,  we also experience competition from  local companies and  from
generically-branded or ‘‘white-box’’ manufacturers.  Our  strategy is  to  deliver  superior products,
high-value  technology  support  services  and  differentiated  integrated  solutions  that  combine  our
infrastructure, software and services capabilities. Our competitive advantages are our broad end-to-end
solutions portfolio, supported by our strong  intellectual property portfolio  and research and
development know-how, coupled with our  global  reach  and  partner  ecosystem.

Enterprise Services. ES competes in the IT services, consulting and  integration, infrastructure
technology outsourcing, business process  outsourcing and application service markets. Our  primary
competitors include IBM Global Services,  Computer Sciences Corporation, systems integration firms
such as Accenture Ltd. and offshore  companies such as Fujitsu Limited and India-based competitors
Wipro Limited, Infosys Limited and Tata Consultancy Services Ltd.  We also  compete with  other
traditional hardware providers, such  as  Dell, which  are increasingly  offering services to support their
products, new players in emerging areas like Cloud, and smaller local players.  Many of  our competitors
offer a wide range of global services,  and  some of our  competitors  enjoy significant brand  recognition.
ES teams with many companies to offer  services, and those arrangements  allow  us to extend our reach
and augment our capabilities. Our competitive advantages  include our  deep technology expertise,
especially in complex multi-vendor environments,  differentiated intellectual property  (‘‘IP’’), our  strong
track record of collaboration with clients  and  partners, and the combination of our expertise in
infrastructure management with skilled global resources on  platforms  from SAP, Oracle  Corporation
(‘‘Oracle’’) and Microsoft, among others.

Software. The markets in which Software operates are fueled by rapidly changing customer

requirements and technologies. We design  and develop enterprise IT management  software in
competition with IBM, CA Technologies,  Inc., VMware, BMC Software,  Inc. and  others. Our big data
solutions, which include data analytics,  information  governance and digital  marketing  offerings
incorporating both structured and unstructured data, compete with products from  companies like
Adobe Systems Inc., IBM, EMC, Open Text Corporation, Oracle and  Symantec Corporation. We also
deliver enterprise security/risk intelligence solutions  that compete with  products from  EMC,  IBM, Cisco
and McAfee, Inc. As customers are becoming increasingly  comfortable with  newer delivery mechanisms
such as software-as-a-service, we are facing competition from smaller, less traditional  competitors,
particularly for customers with smaller  IT  organizations.  Our differentiation lies in the  breadth and
depth of our software and services portfolio and the  scope  of our  market  coverage.

HP Financial Services.

In our financing business, our competitors are  captive financing companies,

mainly IBM Global Financing, as well  as banks and other financial  institutions. We believe  our
competitive  advantage  in  this  business  over  banks  and  other  financial  institutions  is  our  ability  to
finance products, services and total solutions.

For a  discussion of risks attendant to these competitive factors, see  ‘‘Risk Factors—Competitive

pressures could harm our revenue, gross margin  and prospects,’’ in Item 1A, which is incorporated
herein by reference.

12

Environment

Our operations are subject to regulation  under various federal,  state, local and  foreign laws

concerning the environment, including  laws addressing  the discharge of pollutants  into  the air and
water, the management and disposal of  hazardous  substances and wastes, and  the cleanup of
contaminated sites. We could incur substantial costs,  including  cleanup costs, fines and  civil or criminal
sanctions, and third-party damage or personal  injury claims,  if we were to violate or become liable
under environmental laws.

Many of our products are subject to various  federal,  state, local  and foreign laws governing

chemical substances in products and their safe use, including  laws regulating the manufacture  and
distribution of chemical substances and laws restricting the presence  of  certain substances  in electronics
products. Some of our products also are,  or  may  in the future be, subject to requirements applicable to
their energy consumption. In addition,  we face increasing  complexity  in our product design and
procurement operations as we adjust  to  new and future requirements relating to the  chemical and
materials composition of our products, their safe use, and  their  energy efficiency,  including
requirements relating to climate change.  We also  are subject  to  legislation in an increasing number of
jurisdictions that makes producers of electrical  goods, including  computers and  printers,  financially
responsible for specified collection, recycling,  treatment and disposal of past and  future covered
products (sometimes referred to as ‘‘product take-back  legislation’’). In  the event our products become
non-compliant with these laws, our products could be restricted from entering certain jurisdictions, and
we could face other sanctions, including fines.

Our operations and ultimately our products are expected  to become increasingly subject  to  federal,

state, local and foreign laws and regulations  and international treaties  relating to climate change. As
these laws, regulations and treaties and  similar initiatives and  programs are adopted and implemented
throughout the world, we will be required  to comply or  potentially face market access  limitations or
other sanctions, including fines. However,  we believe that technology  will be fundamental to finding
solutions to achieve compliance with and manage those  requirements, and we are collaborating with
industry, business groups and governments to find and  promote ways  that HP technology  can be used
to  address  climate  change  and  to  facilitate  compliance  with  related  laws,  regulations  and  treaties.

We  are committed to maintaining compliance with  all environmental laws applicable to our
operations, products and services and to reducing our environmental impact across all aspects of  our
business. We meet this commitment with a  comprehensive environmental, health and  safety policy,
strict environmental management of  our operations and  worldwide environmental programs and
services.

A  liability  for  environmental  remediation  and  other  environmental  costs  is  accrued  when  we
consider it probable a liability has been  incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.
Environmental costs and accruals are presently not material to our operations, cash  flows  or financial
position. Although there is no assurance that  existing or future environmental laws applicable to our
operations  or  products  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations,  cash  flows,  or
financial condition, we do not currently anticipate material capital  expenditures for environmental
control facilities.

For a  discussion of risks attendant to these environmental factors,  see ‘‘Risk  Factors—Unforeseen
environmental costs could adversely affect  our  business  and  results of operations,’’ in Item  1A, which is
incorporated herein by reference. In addition,  for a  discussion of our environmental  contingencies see
Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial  Statements in Item 8, which is also incorporated herein by
reference.

13

Executive Officers

The following are our current executive  officers:

John M. Hinshaw; age 43; Executive  Vice  President, Technology and Operations

Mr. Hinshaw has served as Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations  since
November 2011. Previously, Mr. Hinshaw served as Vice President  and General Manager  of
Information Solutions at The Boeing Company,  an aerospace company,  from  January 2011 to
October 2011 and as Global Chief Information  Officer for  Boeing  from June 2007 to December 2010.

Abdo George Kadifa; age 54; Executive Vice President, HP  Software

Mr. Kadifa has served as Executive Vice President, HP Software since  May 2012.  Previously, he

served as a director of Silver Lake, a private equity firm, from June  2007 to May  2012.

Tracy  S. Keogh; age 52; Executive Vice President, Human Resources

Ms. Keogh has served as Executive Vice President, Human Resources  since  April 2011.  Previously,

Ms. Keogh served as Senior Vice President of Human Resources at Hewitt Associates,  a provider of
human resources consulting services,  from May 2007 until March  2011.

Catherine A. Lesjak; age 54; Executive Vice President and  Chief  Financial Officer

Ms. Lesjak has served as Executive Vice President and  Chief Financial  Officer since  January 2007.
Ms. Lesjak served as interim Chief Executive Officer from  August 2010 until November  2010. She also
serves as a director of SunPower Corporation.

Todd R. Morgenfeld; age 41; Senior Vice  President, Corporate  Development  and Corporate  Analytics,

and Treasurer

Mr. Morgenfeld has served as Senior  Vice  President, Corporate Development and Corporate
Analytics, and Treasurer since November  2013. Previously, Mr. Morgenfeld served as  Senior Vice
President, HP Mobility, supporting our strategy of providing  integrated solutions  for the  rapidly
changing  information technology landscape, from June 2013 to October 2013.  Prior to that,
Mr. Morgenfeld served in several roles at Silver  Lake, a global technology investment  firm,  from 2004
until May 2013, most recently serving as a director.

Michael G. Nefkens; age 44; Executive  Vice President, Enterprise Services

Mr. Nefkens has served as Executive Vice President, Enterprise  Services since December 2012.
Previously, he served in that role in an  acting capacity since August  2012. Prior to that, Mr. Nefkens
served as Senior Vice President and  General Manager  of Enterprise  Services in the  EMEA region from
November 2009 to August 2012, after having served in client-facing roles  for some of Enterprise
Services’ largest clients since joining  the business  in 2001.

Jeff T. Ricci; age 52; Vice President, Controller and  Principal Accounting Officer

Mr. Ricci has served as interim Controller  and  Principal Accounting Officer  since November 2013

and as Vice President of Finance for our  Technology and Operations organization since May 2012.
Previously, Mr. Ricci served as Vice President  of Finance for Global  Accounts and HP  Financial
Services from March 2011 to May 2012 and Vice President  of  Finance for HP Software from
March 2009 to March 2011. Prior to  joining HP, Mr. Ricci  served  as Senior Vice President  of  Finance
for BEA Systems, Inc., an enterprise software company, from  2000 until June 2008.

14

John F. Schultz; age 49; Executive Vice President, General Counsel and  Secretary

Mr. Schultz has served as Executive Vice  President, General Counsel  and Secretary since

April 2012. Previously, he served as Deputy General Counsel for Litigation, Investigations and Global
Functions from September 2008 to April 2012.  From March  2005 to September 2008,  Mr.  Schultz was  a
partner in the litigation practice at Morgan,  Lewis  &  Bockius LLP, where, among other clients,  he
supported HP as external counsel on a variety of litigation and regulatory matters.

William L. Veghte; age 46; Executive  Vice  President and General Manager, Enterprise Group

Mr. Veghte has served as Executive Vice  President and General Manager  of  the Enterprise  Group

since August 2013. Previously, he served as Chief Operating  Officer from May 2012 to August  2013.
Prior to that, Mr. Veghte served as Executive Vice  President of HP Software  from May  2010 to
May 2012. Prior to joining HP, Mr. Veghte served as  Senior Vice President  of  the Windows  business
group at Microsoft Corporation, a software company, from February 2008 until January  2010.

Dion  J. Weisler; age 46; Executive Vice  President, Printing and  Personal Systems Group

Mr. Weisler has served as Executive  Vice President of the Printing  and Personal Systems Group
since June 2013. Previously, he served  as Senior Vice  President and Managing Director, Printing  and
Personal Systems, Asia Pacific and Japan  from January 2012 to June  2013. Prior  to  joining HP,  he was
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer  of the Product and Mobile Internet Digital Home Groups
at Lenovo Group Ltd., a technology company, from January  2008 to December 2011.

Margaret C. Whitman; age 57; President  and  Chief  Executive Officer

Ms. Whitman has served as President and Chief Executive Officer since  September 2011 and as a

member of HP’s Board of Directors  since  January  2011. From  March 2011 to September  2011,
Ms. Whitman served as a part-time strategic advisor to Kleiner  Perkins Caufield & Byers, a  private
equity firm. Previously, Ms. Whitman  served as  President and  Chief  Executive Officer of eBay Inc.,  an
online marketplace and payments company, from  1998 to March  2008. Prior to joining eBay,
Ms. Whitman held executive-level positions  at Hasbro Inc., a toy company, FTD, Inc.,  a floral products
company, The Stride Rite Corporation,  a footwear company,  The  Walt Disney Company, an
entertainment company, and Bain & Company,  a consulting company.  Ms. Whitman also serves  as a
director of The Procter & Gamble Company and is a former director of DreamWorks  Animation
SKG, Inc. and Zipcar, Inc.

Employees

We  had approximately 317,500 employees worldwide  as of October 31, 2013.

Available  Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form  10-Q, Current  Reports on  Form 8-K

and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant  to  Sections 13(a)  and 15(d)  of  the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available  on our website  at  http://www.hp.com/investor/home, as
soon as reasonably practicable after HP electronically files  such reports  with, or furnishes those reports
to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. HP’s  Corporate Governance Guidelines,  Board of
Directors’ committee charters (including the  charters  of  the Audit Committee, HR and  Compensation
Committee, and Nominating and Governance Committee) and code of ethics entitled ‘‘Standards of

15

Business Conduct’’ also are available at that same location  on our website. Stockholders may  request
free copies of these documents from:

Hewlett-Packard Company
Attention: Investor Relations
3000 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, CA 94304
http://www.hp.com/investor/informationrequest

Additional Information

Microsoft(cid:4) and Windows(cid:4) are U.S.-registered trademarks of Microsoft  Corporation. Intel(cid:4),
Itanium(cid:4) and Intel Itanium(cid:4) are  trademarks  of  Intel  Corporation  in  the  United  States  and  other
countries. AMD is a trademark of Advanced Micro  Devices, Inc. ARM(cid:4) is a registered trademark of
ARM  Limited.  UNIX(cid:4) is a registered trademark of The Open Group.

16

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors.

The following discussion of risk factors contains forward-looking statements. These risk  factors may

be important for understanding any statement  in this Form  10-K  or elsewhere. The following
information should be read in conjunction with Part  II, Item 7,  ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operation’’  and  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and
related notes in Part II, Item 8, ‘‘Financial Statements and Supplemental Data’’ of this Form 10-K.

Because of the following factors, as well as other variables affecting our results of operations, past

financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of  future performance, and historical  trends
should not be used to anticipate results  or  trends in future periods.

If we are unsuccessful at addressing our  business challenges, our business and results of operations may be
adversely affected and our ability to invest in  and  grow our business could be  limited.

We  are  in  the  process  of  addressing  many  challenges  facing  our  business.  One  set  of  challenges
relates  to  dynamic  and  accelerating  market  trends,  such  as  the  decline  in  the  PC  market,  the  growth  of
multi-architecture devices running competing operating systems, the market shift towards tablets within
mobility,  the  market  shift  to  cloud-related  infrastructure,  software,  and  services,  and  the  growth  in
software-as-a-service business models.  Another set of challenges relates  to  changes in the competitive
landscape.  Our  major  competitors  are  expanding  their  product  and  service  offerings  with  integrated
products and solutions; our business-specific competitors  are exerting  increased competitive  pressure  in
targeted areas and are going after new  markets;  our emerging competitors are  introducing new
technologies and business models; and our alliance partners in some businesses  are increasingly
becoming our competitors in others.  A  third set of challenges relates to business model and
go-to-market execution. In addition, we  are facing a series of significant  macroeconomic challenges,
including weakness across many geographic regions, particularly in the United States, Western  and
Northern Europe, and certain countries and businesses in Asia. We  may  experience delays  in the
anticipated timing of activities related  to  these efforts and higher than expected or unanticipated
execution costs. In addition, we are vulnerable to increased risks associated with these efforts given our
large portfolio of businesses, the broad range of  geographic regions in which we  and our customers and
partners operate, and the integration of  acquired businesses. If we  do not succeed in  these  efforts, or if
these efforts are more costly or time-consuming than expected, our  business and results  of operations
may be adversely affected, which could limit our ability to invest in  and grow our business.

In May 2012, we announced a company-wide restructuring plan expected  to  be  implemented

through the end of fiscal 2014. The restructuring plan  includes both voluntary early retirement
programs and non-voluntary workforce reductions. Significant risks associated  with these actions that
may impair our ability to achieve anticipated cost reductions or that  may  otherwise harm our business
include delays in implementation of anticipated workforce  reductions in  highly regulated  locations
outside of the United States, particularly  in Europe and Asia, decreases in employee morale and  the
failure to meet operational targets due  to  the  loss of employees. In  addition,  our ability  to  achieve  the
anticipated cost savings and other benefits from  these actions within  the expected  time frame  is subject
to many estimates and assumptions. These estimates  and assumptions  are subject  to  significant
economic, competitive and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond  our control.  If these
estimates and assumptions are incorrect, if we  experience  delays, or if other  unforeseen  events occur,
our  business and financial results could  be  adversely affected.

Competitive pressures could harm our revenue,  gross margin and prospects.

We  encounter aggressive competition from numerous  and  varied competitors in  all  areas of our
business, and our competitors may target our key market segments. We compete primarily  on the  basis
of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, reputation, distribution,  range of products
and services, ease of use of our products, account relationships,  customer training, service and support,

17

security,  availability  of  application  software,  and  internet  infrastructure  offerings.  If  our  products,
services, support and cost structure do not enable  us  to  compete successfully  based on any  of  those
criteria, our results of operations and prospects  could be harmed.

We  have a large portfolio of businesses  and  must allocate resources across all of those  businesses

while competing with companies that  have much smaller portfolios or specialize in one  or more of
these product lines. As a result, we may  invest less in certain  areas of our businesses than our
competitors do, and these competitors  may have greater financial, technical and marketing resources
available to them than our businesses  that compete against them.  Industry consolidation also  may affect
competition by creating larger, more  homogeneous and potentially stronger competitors in  the markets
in which we compete, and our competitors  also may affect our business  by  entering into exclusive
arrangements with existing or potential customers  or suppliers.

Companies  with  whom  we  have  alliances  in  some  areas  may  be  competitors  in  other  areas.  In

addition, companies with whom we have  alliances  also may acquire or form alliances with  our
competitors, which could reduce their business  with us. If we are unable to  effectively manage these
complicated relationships with alliance  partners, our cash flows  and results of operations could be
adversely affected.

We  face aggressive price competition  for our products  and services and,  as a result,  we may have
to continue lowering the prices of many of our products and  services to stay  competitive, while at the
same  time  trying  to  maintain  or  improve  revenue  and  gross  margin.  In  addition,  competitors  who  have
a greater presence in some of the lower-cost markets in which we compete may  be  able to offer lower
prices than we are able to offer. Our cash flows, results  of operations and  financial condition  may be
adversely affected by these and other industry-wide pricing  pressures.

Because our business model is based  on providing innovative and high-quality  products, we may
spend a proportionately greater amount on research  and development  than some of our competitors. If
we cannot proportionately decrease our cost structure on  a timely basis  in response to competitive price
pressures, our gross margin and, therefore,  our  profitability could be adversely affected. In addition,  if
our  pricing and other factors are not  sufficiently  competitive,  or if there  is an adverse reaction  to  our
product  decisions, we may lose market share in certain  areas, which  could  adversely affect  our revenue
and prospects.

Even if we are able to maintain or increase market share for a particular product,  revenue could

decline  because the product is in a maturing  industry  or market segment or  contains technology that is
becoming obsolete. For example, our  Storage business unit is experiencing the effects of a  market
transition towards converged products  and solutions,  which has  led  to  a decline in  demand for  our
traditional storage products. In addition, the  performance of our  Business Critical Systems business unit
has been affected by the decline in demand for UNIX servers and concerns about the  development of
new versions of software to support our Itanium-based products.  Revenue and  margins also  could
decline  due to increased competition  from other types of products. For  example, growing demand for
an increasing array of mobile computing  devices  and the  development of cloud-based solutions has
reduced demand for some of our existing  hardware products. In addition, refill  and remanufactured
alternatives for some of HP’s LaserJet  toner  and  inkjet cartridges  compete with  our  printing supplies
business.

If we cannot successfully execute on our  strategy and continue to  develop, manufacture and market  products,
services and solutions that meet customer  requirements for innovation and quality,  our  revenue and gross
margin may suffer.

Our long-term strategy is focused on leveraging our portfolio of hardware, software and services as

we adapt to a changing and hybrid model of IT delivery and consumption driven by the growing
adoption of cloud computing and increased demand  for integrated  IT solutions. To successfully execute

18

on this strategy, we need to continue  evolving our focus towards the  delivery of integrated IT solutions
for our  customers and to continue to  invest  and expand into cloud computing, security,  big data and
mobility. Any failure to successfully execute this strategy, including  any failure to invest sufficiently  in
strategic growth areas, could adversely  affect our business, results of  operation and financial results.

The process of developing new high-technology  products, software, services and solutions and

enhancing existing hardware and software  products,  services and solutions  is complex,  costly and
uncertain, and any failure by us to anticipate customers’  changing needs and emerging  technological
trends  accurately could significantly harm  our market share  and  results of operations. For example, as
the transition to an environment characterized by cloud-based computing  and software being delivered
as a service progresses, we must continue to successfully develop and  deploy cloud-based solutions for
our  customers. We must make long-term investments,  develop or obtain, and  protect, appropriate
intellectual  property,  and  commit  significant  research  and  development  and  other  resources  before
knowing whether our predictions will accurately reflect customer  demand for our  products, services  and
solutions. In addition, after we develop a  product, we must be able to manufacture appropriate volumes
quickly while also managing costs and  preserving margins.  To accomplish  this, we must accurately
forecast volumes, mixes of products and configurations that  meet  customer requirements, and  we may
not succeed at doing so within a given product’s  life cycle or at all.  Any  delay in the development,
production or marketing of a new product, service  or solution could result in  us  not  being  among  the
first to market, which could further harm  our competitive position.

In the course of conducting our business,  we must adequately address  quality issues associated with

our  products, services and solutions,  including defects in our  engineering, design  and manufacturing
processes and unsatisfactory performance  under service contracts, as well as defects  in third-party
components  included  in  our  products  and  unsatisfactory  performance  or  even  malicious  acts  by  third-
party contractors or subcontractors or the  employees  of  those  contractors or subcontractors. In order to
address quality issues, we work extensively with our  customers and suppliers and engage in  product
testing to determine the causes of problems  and to develop and implement appropriate solutions.
However, the products, services and solutions that  we offer are complex, and our  regular testing and
quality control efforts may not be effective in  controlling or detecting all  quality  issues  or errata,
particularly with respect to faulty components manufactured by third-parties. If we are unable to
determine the cause, find an appropriate solution or  offer a temporary  fix (or ‘‘patch’’) to address
quality issues with our products, we may  delay  shipment to customers,  which would  delay revenue
recognition and could adversely affect  our revenue and  reported results.  Addressing quality issues can
be expensive and may result in additional  warranty,  replacement  and  other  costs, adversely  affecting
our  profits. If new or existing customers  have  difficulty operating our products  or are dissatisfied with
our  services or solutions, our results of  operations could  be  adversely affected,  and we could face
possible claims if we fail to meet our customers’  expectations. In addition, quality issues can impair our
relationships with new or existing customers and adversely  affect our brand  and reputation, which
could, in turn, adversely affect our results  of  operations.

Economic weakness and uncertainty could adversely affect our revenue,  gross  margin and expenses.

Our revenue and gross margin depend  significantly  on worldwide  economic conditions and the
demand for technology hardware, software and services in the  markets in which  we compete.  Economic
weakness and uncertainty have resulted, and may result in  the future,  in decreased revenue,  gross
margin, earnings or growth rates and  in  increased expenses and  difficulty in managing  inventory  levels.
For example, we are continuing to experience macroeconomic weakness across many geographic
regions, particularly in the Europe, the  Middle  East  and Africa (‘‘EMEA’’)  region, China and other
high-growth markets. The U.S. federal  government spending cuts that went into effect on March 1,
2013 may further reduce demand for  our products, services and solutions from organizations  that
receive funding from the U.S. government and could negatively affect macroeconomic conditions  in the
United States, which could further reduce demand for our products,  services and  solutions.  Economic

19

weakness and uncertainty may adversely  affect demand for our products, services and  solutions,  may
result in increased expenses due to higher allowances for  doubtful accounts and potential goodwill and
asset impairment charges, and may make it more difficult for us to make accurate forecasts of revenue,
gross  margin, cash flows and expenses.

We  also  have  experienced,  and  may  experience  in  the  future,  gross  margin  declines  in  certain

businesses, reflecting the effect of items such as  competitive  pricing pressures and  increases in
component and manufacturing costs resulting  from higher labor and material costs borne by our
manufacturers  and  suppliers  that,  as  a  result  of  competitive  pricing  pressures  or  other  factors,  we  are
unable to pass on to our customers. In addition, our business may be disrupted if we are unable  to
obtain  equipment,  parts  or  components  from  our  suppliers—and  our  suppliers  from  their  suppliers—
due to the insolvency of key suppliers  or  the inability of key suppliers  to  obtain  credit.

Economic weakness and uncertainty  could cause our expenses  to  vary  materially from our

expectations. Any financial turmoil affecting the  banking system and  financial markets or any significant
financial services institution failures could negatively  impact our  treasury operations, as the  financial
condition of such parties may deteriorate  rapidly and  without  notice in times  of market  volatility  and
disruption. Poor financial performance of  asset markets combined with lower interest rates and the
adverse effects of fluctuating currency exchange rates could lead to higher  pension and post-retirement
benefit expenses. Interest and other expenses  could vary materially from expectations depending  on
changes in interest rates, borrowing costs, currency exchange rates,  costs  of  hedging activities and the
fair value of derivative instruments. Economic downturns also may lead to restructuring  actions and
associated expenses.

The revenue and profitability of our operations have  historically varied, which makes our future  financial
results less predictable.

Our revenue, gross margin and profit vary among our products and services, customer  groups and
geographic markets and therefore will likely be different in future periods than  our current results.  Our
revenue depends on the overall demand  for our products  and services. Delays or reductions in  IT
spending could have a material adverse effect on demand for  our products  and services, which could
result in a significant decline in revenue. In  addition,  revenue declines in some  of our  businesses,
particularly  our  services  businesses,  may  affect  revenue  in  our  other  businesses  as  we  may  lose
cross-selling opportunities. Overall gross margins and profitability in any given period are dependent
partially on the product, service, customer and geographic mix reflected in  that  period’s  net revenue.
Competition, lawsuits, investigations and  other risks affecting  those businesses  therefore may have a
significant impact on our overall gross  margin and  profitability. Certain  segments have a higher fixed
cost structure and more variation in gross margins across their business units and product portfolios
than others and may therefore experience  significant operating profit volatility on a quarterly basis. In
addition, newer geographic markets may be relatively less profitable due to investments  associated with
entering those markets and local pricing  pressures, and we  may have difficulty establishing and
maintaining the operating infrastructure  necessary  to  support the high growth rate  associated with  some
of those markets. Market trends, industry shifts, competitive pressures, commoditization  of  products,
seasonal rebates, increased component  or  shipping costs, regulatory impacts and other factors may
result in reductions in revenue or pressure  on gross margins  of  certain segments in  a given period,
which  may lead to adjustments to our  operations. Moreover, our efforts to address the  challenges
facing our business could increase the level of variability  in our  financial results  because the rate at
which  we are able to realize the benefits from those efforts may vary from period to period.

20

If we do not effectively manage our product  and  services transitions, our revenue, gross margins  and
profitability may suffer.

Many of the markets in which we compete are  characterized  by rapid technological advances in

hardware performance and software features  and functionality,  frequent introduction of new  products,
short product life cycles, and continual  improvement  in product price  characteristics relative  to  product
performance. To maintain our competitive position in these markets,  we  must successfully develop and
introduce new products and services.  Among the risks associated with the introduction of new  products
and services are: delays in development or manufacturing, variations  in costs, delays in  customer
purchases or reductions in the price of  existing  products in  anticipation  of new introductions, difficulty
in predicting customer demand for the new offerings and challenges of  effectively managing inventory
levels so that they are in line with anticipated demand;  risks associated with new products  meeting
customer qualifications and customer evaluation  of  new  products;  and  the  risk that new products may
have quality or other defects or may not be supported adequately by application software. If  we do not
make an effective transition from existing  products and services to future offerings, our revenue and
gross  margins may decline and our profitability may be harmed.

Our revenue and gross margin also may  suffer as a  result of the  timing of product  or service

introductions by our suppliers and competitors.  This is  especially challenging when  a product  has a
short life cycle or a competitor introduces a  new product just before our  own product introduction.
Furthermore, sales of our new products  and  services may replace sales or  result in discounting of some
of our current offerings, offsetting the benefit of even a  successful introduction. There also may be
overlaps  in  our  current  products  and  services  and  portfolios  we  have  acquired  through  mergers  and
acquisitions that we must manage. In  addition, it may be difficult  to  ensure performance of new
customer contracts in accordance with our revenue, margin  and cost estimates  and to achieve
operational efficiencies embedded in  our estimates.  Given the  competitive  nature of our industry, if any
of these  risks materializes, future demand  for our  products and services and our results of  operations
may suffer.

If we fail to manage the distribution of  our products and services  properly, our  revenue, gross margins and
profitability could suffer.

We  use a variety of distribution methods to sell  our products and  services, including third-party

resellers and distributors and both direct and indirect sales to enterprise accounts and consumers.
Successfully managing the interaction  of our direct  and indirect channel efforts  to  reach various
potential customer segments for our products and services  is a complex process. Moreover, since each
distribution method has distinct risks and  gross margins,  our  failure to implement the  most
advantageous balance in the delivery  model  for our products and services could adversely affect our
revenue and gross margins and therefore our profitability.  Other distribution risks are described below.

• Our financial results could be materially adversely affected due to channel conflicts  or if  the

financial conditions of our channel partners were to weaken.

Our results of operations may be adversely  affected by any  conflicts that might  arise between
our  various sales channels, the loss or deterioration of any  alliance  or distribution arrangement
or the loss of retail shelf space. Moreover, some of our  wholesale and retail distributors may
have insufficient financial resources and  may  not  be  able  to withstand  changes in  business
conditions, including economic weakness and industry consolidation. Many of our significant
distributors operate on narrow product  margins and have been negatively  affected by business
pressures. Considerable trade receivables  that are not covered  by collateral or credit insurance
are outstanding with our distribution  and retail channel partners. Revenue from indirect sales
could suffer, and we could experience disruptions in distribution, if  our distributors’ financial
conditions, abilities to borrow funds in the credit markets or operations weaken.

21

• Our inventory management is complex as we continue  to  sell  a  significant mix of  products

through distributors.

We  must manage inventory effectively, particularly with respect to sales to distributors, which
involves forecasting demand and pricing issues.  Distributors may increase orders during periods
of product shortages, cancel orders if their inventory is too high  or  delay orders in anticipation
of new products. Distributors also may adjust their orders in response to the supply of our
products and the products of our competitors and seasonal fluctuations in end-user demand. Our
reliance upon indirect distribution methods may reduce visibility  to  demand and  pricing issues,
and therefore make forecasting more difficult. If we  have excess or obsolete  inventory,  we may
have to reduce our prices and write down inventory.  Moreover, our  use of indirect distribution
channels may limit our willingness or ability to adjust prices quickly and  otherwise to respond to
pricing changes by competitors. We also may  have limited ability to estimate  future product
rebate redemptions in order to price our products  effectively.

We depend on third-party suppliers, and our  financial results  could suffer if we fail to manage suppliers
properly.

Our operations depend on our ability  to  anticipate our needs for components, products  and
services, as well as our suppliers’ ability  to deliver sufficient quantities of quality components,  products
and services at reasonable prices and in  time  for us  to  meet  critical  schedules. Given the wide  variety
of systems, products and services that we offer,  the large number of our suppliers and contract
manufacturers that are located around  the world, and the long lead times required  to  manufacture,
assemble and deliver certain components and products, problems could  arise in  production, planning,
and inventory management that could  seriously harm us.  In  addition, our ongoing efforts to optimize
the efficiency of our supply chain could  cause supply disruptions and be more expensive,
time-consuming and resource intensive  than expected.  Other supplier problems  that  we could face
include component shortages, excess supply,  risks related to the terms  of our contracts  with suppliers,
risks associated with contingent workers, and risks  related to our relationships with single source
suppliers, as described below.

• Shortages. Occasionally we may experience a shortage  of,  or a delay in receiving, certain

components as a result of strong demand,  capacity constraints, supplier financial weaknesses,
inability of suppliers to borrow funds in the  credit markets,  disputes with suppliers  (some of
whom are also customers), disruptions in the operations of component suppliers, other problems
experienced by suppliers or problems faced during the transition to new suppliers.  For example,
our PC business relies heavily upon OMs  to  manufacture its products and is therefore
dependent upon the continuing operations of  those OMs to  fulfill demand  for our PC products.
HP represents a substantial portion of the business  of  some  of these  OMs, and any changes to
the nature or volume of business transacted  by HP with  a  particular OM  could  adversely affect
the operations and financial condition of the OM and lead to shortages or delays in receiving
products from that OM. If shortages or delays persist, the  price of certain components  may
increase, and we may be exposed to quality  issues  or  the components  may  not  be  available at all.
We may not be able to secure enough  components at reasonable prices  or of acceptable  quality
to build products or provide services in a  timely  manner  in  the quantities or according to the
specifications needed. Accordingly, our revenue  and gross margin could suffer as we could lose
time-sensitive sales, incur additional freight costs or be unable to pass  on price increases to our
customers. If we cannot adequately address  supply issues, we  might have to reengineer some
products or services offerings, which could result in further costs and  delays.

• Oversupply. In order to secure components for the provision of products or services, at  times we

may make advance payments to suppliers or enter into non-cancelable  commitments with
vendors. In addition, we may purchase components  strategically in advance  of  demand to take

22

advantage of favorable pricing or to  address concerns about  the availability of  future
components. If we fail to anticipate customer  demand properly,  a  temporary oversupply could
result in excess or obsolete components, which could adversely affect our gross margin.

• Contractual terms. As a result of binding price or purchase commitments with vendors, we may

be obligated to purchase components  or services at prices that  are  higher than those  available in
the current market and be limited in  our ability  to  respond to changing market conditions. If we
commit to purchasing components or services for prices  in excess of the then-current  market
price, we may be at a disadvantage to competitors  who have access to components or services  at
lower prices, our gross margin could suffer,  and  we could incur additional charges  relating to
inventory obsolescence. In addition, many of our competitors obtain  products or  components
from the same OMs and suppliers that we utilize. Our competitors may obtain better pricing,
more favorable contractual terms and conditions, and more favorable allocations of  products and
components during periods of limited supply, and our ability to engage  in relationships with
certain OMs and suppliers could be limited. The practice employed by  our PC business of
purchasing product components and  transferring  those components to its OMs  may create large
supplier receivables with the OMs that,  depending on the financial  condition  of  the OMs, may
create  collectibility risks. In addition,  certain of our OMs  and suppliers  may decide  to
discontinue conducting business with us. Any of these actions by our  competitors,  OMs or
suppliers could adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition.

• Contingent workers. We also rely on third-party suppliers for  the provision of contingent workers,
and our failure to manage our use of such workers effectively could adversely affect our  results
of operations. We have been exposed  to  various legal  claims relating to the  status  of  contingent
workers in the past and could face similar claims  in the future. We may  be subject  to  shortages,
oversupply or fixed contractual terms relating  to  contingent workers.  Our  ability  to  manage the
size of, and costs associated with, the contingent workforce may  be  subject to additional
constraints imposed by local laws.

• Single source suppliers. Our use of single source suppliers for certain  components  could

exacerbate any supplier issues. We obtain a significant number  of  components from single
sources due to technology, availability, price, quality or  other  considerations. For example,  we
rely on Intel to provide us with a sufficient  supply of processors for many of our PCs,
workstations and servers and AMD to provide us  with a sufficient supply of processors for other
products. Some of those processors are customized  for  our products. New products  that  we
introduce may utilize custom components obtained from only  one source initially until we  have
evaluated whether there is a need for additional suppliers.  Replacing a single source supplier
could delay production of some products  as replacement suppliers may be subject  to  capacity
constraints or other output limitations. For  some components,  such as customized components
and some of the processors that we obtain from Intel, alternative sources either may not exist  or
may be unable to produce the quantities of those components  necessary  to satisfy our
production requirements. In addition, we sometimes purchase  components from single source
suppliers under short-term agreements that contain  favorable pricing and other terms but that
may be unilaterally modified or terminated by the supplier with limited notice and  with little  or
no penalty. The performance of such single source  suppliers under those agreements (and the
renewal or extension of those agreements upon similar terms) may affect the quality, quantity
and price of components to HP. The loss of a  single source supplier, the  deterioration of our
relationship with a single source supplier, or any unilateral modification to the  contractual  terms
under which we are supplied components by a single source supplier could adversely affect  our
revenue, gross margin and cash flows.

23

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future  revenue and  financial condition  and increase our  costs
and expenses.

Our worldwide operations could be disrupted by earthquakes, telecommunications  failures, power

or water shortages, tsunamis, floods,  hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical
epidemics or pandemics and other natural or manmade disasters or catastrophic events, for which  we
are predominantly self-insured. The occurrence of  any of these business disruptions  could  result in
significant losses, seriously harm our revenue,  profitability and  financial condition, adversely  affect our
competitive position, increase our costs  and  expenses, and require substantial expenditures  and recovery
time in order to fully resume operations. Our corporate headquarters  and a portion of our research
and development activities are located  in  California, and other  critical  business operations and some  of
our  suppliers are located in California  and  Asia, near  major earthquake faults  known  for seismic
activity. In addition, six of our principal worldwide IT data centers are  located in the southern United
States, making our operations more vulnerable to natural disasters or other business disruptions
occurring in that geographical area. The manufacture  of product components,  the final  assembly  of  our
products and other critical operations are concentrated in certain  geographic locations,  including
Shanghai, Singapore and India. We also rely on major  logistics hubs primarily in Asia to manufacture
and distribute our products and in the  southwestern United  States to import products  into  the
Americas region. Our operations could  be  adversely affected  if manufacturing, logistics or other
operations in these locations are disrupted for  any  reason, including natural  disasters, information
technology system failures, military actions or economic,  business, labor,  environmental, public health,
regulatory or political issues. The ultimate impact  on us, our significant suppliers and our  general
infrastructure of being located near locations  more vulnerable to the occurrence of the aforementioned
business disruptions, such as near major  earthquake faults, and being consolidated in  certain
geographical areas is unknown and remains  uncertain.

Our sales cycle makes planning and inventory  management difficult and future financial results less
predictable.

In some of our segments, our quarterly sales often have reflected a pattern  in which a

disproportionate percentage of each  quarter’s total sales occurs towards  the end of such quarter. This
uneven  sales pattern makes predicting revenue,  earnings, cash flow from operations and working  capital
for each  financial period difficult, increases the risk of unanticipated  variations in quarterly results and
financial condition and places pressure on our  inventory management  and logistics systems.  If predicted
demand is substantially greater than orders, there may  be  excess  inventory. Alternatively, if orders
substantially exceed predicted demand,  we may  not  be  able  to  fulfill all of the  orders  received in the
last few weeks of each quarter. Depending on when they  occur in  a  quarter, developments such as a
systems failure, component pricing movements, component shortages  or  global logistics  disruptions,
could adversely impact inventory levels and results of operations in  a manner that is disproportionate
to the number of days in the quarter  affected.

We  experience some seasonal trends  in  the sale  of  our  products that  also may produce variations

in quarterly results and financial condition. For  example,  sales  to  governments (particularly  sales to the
U.S. government) are often stronger in  the third calendar quarter, consumer sales are  often  stronger  in
the fourth calendar quarter, and many customers whose fiscal and calendar  years  are the same  spend
their remaining capital budget authorizations  in the fourth calendar quarter  prior to new  budget
constraints in the first calendar quarter  of the  following  year. European  sales are often weaker during
the summer months. Demand during the  spring  and  early summer also may be adversely  impacted  by
market anticipation of seasonal trends. Moreover, to the  extent that  we  introduce new products  in
anticipation of seasonal demand trends,  our  discounting of existing  products may  adversely affect our
gross  margin prior to or shortly after  such product launches. Typically, our third fiscal quarter is our
weakest and our fourth fiscal quarter is  our strongest.  Many of the factors  that  create and affect
seasonal trends are beyond our control.

24

Due to the international nature of our  business,  political or economic changes  or other factors  could harm
our future revenue, costs and expenses, and financial condition.

Sales outside the United States make up approximately 64% of our net revenue. In addition,  an

increasing portion of our business activity is being conducted in emerging  markets,  including Brazil,
Russia, India and China. Our future  revenue,  gross margin, expenses and financial condition could
suffer due to a variety of international  factors, including:

• ongoing instability or changes in a country’s  or region’s economic or political conditions,

including inflation, recession, interest rate  fluctuations and actual or  anticipated military  or
political conflicts;

• longer collection cycles and financial  instability among customers;

• trade regulations and procedures and actions affecting production, pricing and  marketing of

products;

• local labor conditions and regulations, including local labor  issues  faced by specific  HP suppliers

and OMs;

• managing a geographically dispersed  workforce;

• changes in the regulatory or legal environment;

• differing technology standards or customer  requirements;

• import, export or other business licensing requirements  or requirements  relating to making

foreign direct investments, which could  increase our cost  of  doing business in certain
jurisdictions, prevent us from shipping products to particular countries or  markets,  affect our
ability to obtain favorable terms for components, increase our  operating costs or lead to
penalties or restrictions;

• difficulties associated with repatriating  earnings generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient

manner and changes in tax laws; and

• fluctuations in freight costs, limitations on shipping and receiving capacity,  and other  disruptions
in the transportation and shipping infrastructure at important geographic points of exit  and entry
for our products and shipments.

The factors described above also could disrupt our product and  component manufacturing and key
suppliers located outside of the United States.  For example, we rely on manufacturers in  Taiwan for  the
production of notebook computers and other suppliers in Asia for  product assembly and manufacture.

Currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including the euro,  the British pound,  Chinese  yuan

renminbi and the Japanese yen, can  have an impact  on our  results (expressed in U.S.  dollars).  In
particular, the economic uncertainties relating to European sovereign and other debt obligations and
the related European financial restructuring efforts may cause the  value of  the euro to fluctuate.
Currency variations also contribute to variations in sales of products and services in impacted
jurisdictions. For example, in the event that one or more European  countries were  to  replace the euro
with another currency, our sales into  such  countries, or into Europe generally, would likely  be  adversely
affected until stable exchange rates are established. Accordingly, fluctuations  in foreign currency rates,
most notably the strengthening of the dollar against  the euro, could adversely  affect our revenue
growth in future periods. In addition, currency variations can adversely affect margins on sales of our
products in countries outside of the United States and  margins on sales of products  that  include
components obtained from suppliers  located outside of the  United States. We  use a  combination  of
forward contracts and options designated  as cash  flow  hedges to protect against foreign  currency
exchange rate risks. The effectiveness of  our  hedges depends on our ability to accurately forecast future
cash flows, which is particularly difficult during periods of uncertain demand for our products  and

25

services and highly volatile exchange rates.  We  may incur significant  losses from our hedging activities
due to factors such as volatility and currency variations. In addition, our hedging  activities may be
ineffective or may not offset any or more  than  a portion of the adverse  financial impact resulting from
currency variations. Losses associated  with  hedging activities also may impact our revenue  and to a
lesser extent our cost of sales and financial condition.

In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it is common  to  engage

in business practices that are prohibited by  laws and regulations  applicable to us, such as the Foreign
Corrupt Practices Act (the ‘‘FCPA’’). For example, as discussed in Note 17 to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements, the German Public  Prosecutor’s Office, the  U.S. Department of Justice and the
Securities and Exchange Commission  have  been investigating allegations that  certain current and
former employees  of HP engaged in  bribery, embezzlement and tax evasion.  In addition, the  U.S.
enforcement authorities, as well as the Polish Central Anti-Corruption  Bureau, are conducting
investigations into potential FCPA violations  by a  former employee  of an HP subsidiary in  connection
with certain public-sector transactions in  Poland, and  the U.S. enforcement authorities  are conducting
investigations into certain other public-sector transactions in  Russia, Poland,  the Commonwealth  of
Independent States and Mexico, among other  countries. Although we implement policies and
procedures designed to facilitate compliance with  these laws, our  employees, contractors and agents, as
well as those companies to which we  outsource certain of our business operations, may take actions in
violation of our policies. Any such violation,  even  if  prohibited by  our policies,  could  have an adverse
effect on our business and reputation.

Any failure by us to identify, manage, complete and integrate acquisitions, divestitures and other significant
transactions successfully could harm our  financial  results,  business and prospects, and  the costs, expenses and
other financial and  operational effects associated  with managing,  completing and integrating acquisitions may
result in financial results that are different  than expected.

As part of our business strategy, we may  acquire companies or businesses, divest  businesses or

assets, enter into strategic alliances and joint ventures  and  make investments  to  further our business
(collectively, ‘‘business combination and  investment transactions’’). In order  to  pursue this strategy
successfully, we must identify candidates  for and successfully  complete business combination and
investment transactions, some of which may be large  or complex, and manage post-closing issues such
as the integration of acquired businesses, products, services or  employees. Risks associated  with
business combination and investment  transactions include  the following, any  of  which could adversely
affect our revenue, gross margin, profitability and financial results:

• Managing business combination and investment transactions  requires varying levels of

management resources, which may divert our attention from other business  operations.

• We may not fully realize all of the anticipated  benefits of any business combination and

investment transaction, and the timeframe for realizing benefits  of a business combination and
investment transaction may depend  partially upon the actions of employees, advisors,  suppliers
or other third-parties.

• Business combination and investment  transactions have resulted,  and in the future may result,  in
significant costs and expenses and charges to earnings,  including  those related to severance pay,
early retirement costs, employee benefit costs,  goodwill and  asset  impairment charges, charges
from the elimination of duplicative facilities and contracts, asset impairment charges, inventory
adjustments, assumed litigation and other  liabilities, legal, accounting  and financial advisory fees,
and required payments to executive officers and key employees under retention plans.

• Any increased or unexpected costs, unanticipated delays  or failure to meet contractual

obligations could make business combination and  investment transactions  less  profitable  or
unprofitable.

26

• Our ability to conduct due diligence with respect to business combination and investment

transactions, and our ability to evaluate the results  of  such due diligence, is  dependent upon the
veracity and completeness of statements  and  disclosures made or actions taken by third-parties
or their representatives.

• Our due diligence process may fail to identify significant  issues with the acquired company’s
product quality, financial disclosures, accounting  practices  or internal  control deficiencies.

• The pricing and other terms of our contracts for business combination and investment

transactions require us to make estimates and assumptions at the  time we enter into these
contracts, and, during the course of our  due  diligence, we may  not  identify all of  the factors
necessary to estimate accurately our costs, timing and other  matters or we may incur costs if a
business combination is not consummated.

• In  order to complete a business combination and investment transaction,  we may issue common

stock, potentially creating dilution for existing stockholders.

• We may borrow to finance business combination and investment transactions, and  the amount
and terms of any potential future acquisition-related  or other borrowings,  as well as  other
factors, could affect our liquidity and  financial  condition.

• Our effective tax rate on an ongoing basis is uncertain, and business combination and  investment

transactions could  adversely impact our effective tax rate.

• An announced business combination and investment transaction may not  close timely or at all,

which  may cause our financial results to differ from expectations in a  given quarter.

• Business combination and investment  transactions may lead to litigation.

• If we fail to identify and successfully complete and  integrate  business combination  and

investment transactions that further our strategic objectives, we  may  be  required  to  expend
resources to develop products, services  and technology internally, which  may put us at  a
competitive disadvantage.

We  have incurred  and will incur additional depreciation and amortization expense over the  useful

lives of certain assets acquired in connection with business combination  and investment  transactions,
and, to the extent that the value of goodwill or intangible assets acquired in  connection with  a business
combination and investment transaction becomes impaired, we may be required to incur additional
material charges relating to the impairment of those assets. For example, in our third fiscal quarter of
2012, we recorded an $8.0 billion impairment charge relating to the goodwill associated  with our
enterprise services reporting unit within  our former Services segment and a  $1.2 billion impairment
charge  as a result of an asset impairment analysis  of  the ‘‘Compaq’’ trade name acquired in  2002. In
addition, in our fourth fiscal quarter  of  2012,  we recorded an $8.8 billion  impairment charge  relating to
the goodwill and intangible assets associated with Autonomy. If there are  future decreases in our stock
price or significant changes in the business climate or results  of  operations of our reporting units,  we
may incur additional charges, which may include  goodwill impairment  or  intangible asset charges.

Integration issues are often complex, time-consuming  and  expensive  and,  without proper planning
and implementation, could significantly  disrupt our business and the acquired business. The challenges
involved in integration include:

• combining product and service offerings  and  entering or  expanding into markets in  which we are

not experienced or are developing expertise;

• convincing customers and distributors that the  transaction will not diminish client service

standards or business focus, persuading  customers and distributors to not defer purchasing
decisions or switch to other suppliers  (which could  result in  our incurring additional obligations

27

in order to address customer uncertainty),  minimizing  sales force attrition  and expanding and
coordinating sales, marketing and distribution efforts;

• consolidating and rationalizing corporate IT infrastructure, which may include multiple legacy

systems from various acquisitions and  integrating software code  and  business processes;

• minimizing the diversion of management  attention from ongoing business concerns;

• persuading employees that business cultures  are compatible, maintaining employee morale and

retaining key employees, engaging with employee  works councils representing an acquired
company’s non-U.S. employees, integrating employees into HP,  correctly estimating employee
benefit costs and implementing restructuring programs;

• coordinating  and  combining  administrative,  manufacturing,  research  and  development  and  other
operations, subsidiaries, facilities and relationships with  third-parties in  accordance with local
laws and other obligations while maintaining  adequate standards, controls and  procedures;

• achieving savings from supply chain integration;  and

• managing integration issues shortly after or  pending the  completion  of other independent

transactions.

While we do not currently plan to divest any of our major businesses, we do regularly evaluate the
potential disposition of assets and businesses that may no longer help  us meet our objectives. When we
decide to sell assets or a business, we may encounter  difficulty in  finding buyers or alternative exit
strategies on acceptable terms in a timely manner, which  could delay the achievement of our strategic
objectives. We may also dispose of a  business at  a price or on terms  that are less desirable than  we had
anticipated. In addition, we may experience greater dis-synergies than expected,  and the  impact  of  the
divestiture on our revenue growth may  be  larger than projected. After  reaching an  agreement with a
buyer or seller for the acquisition or  disposition of  a business,  we  are  subject to satisfaction of
pre-closing conditions as well as to necessary regulatory and  governmental approvals on  acceptable
terms, which, if not satisfied or obtained, may  prevent us from completing the transaction.  Dispositions
may also involve continued financial  involvement in the  divested business, such as  through continuing
equity ownership, guarantees, indemnities  or other financial  obligations. Under  these arrangements,
performance by the divested businesses or other conditions outside of our control could affect our
future financial results.

Our revenue, cost of sales, and expenses may  suffer if  we cannot continue to license or enforce the intellectual
property rights on which our businesses depend  or if third-parties assert that we violate their intellectual
property rights.

We  rely  upon patent, copyright, trademark and trade  secret  laws in the United States, similar laws

in other countries, and agreements with our employees, customers,  suppliers and other parties,  to
establish and maintain intellectual property  rights in  the products and services we sell,  provide or
otherwise use in our operations. However, any of our intellectual property rights  could  be  challenged,
invalidated, infringed or circumvented,  or  such intellectual  property rights  may not be sufficient to
permit us to take advantage of current market trends or to otherwise provide competitive advantages,
either of which could result in costly  product redesign  efforts, discontinuance of certain  product
offerings or other harm to our competitive position.  Further,  the  laws of certain countries do not
protect proprietary rights to the same  extent as  the laws of the United States. Therefore, in  certain
jurisdictions we may be unable to protect  our  proprietary technology adequately  against unauthorized
third-party copying or use; this, too,  could adversely affect  our competitive position.

Because of the rapid pace of technological change  in the information technology  industry,  much  of
our  business and many of our products rely on key technologies  developed or  licensed by third-parties.

28

We  may not be able to obtain or continue  to obtain licenses and technologies from  these  third-parties
at all or on reasonable terms, or such third-parties may demand cross-licenses to our  intellectual
property. In addition, it is possible that as a  consequence of a  merger or acquisition, third-parties  may
obtain licenses to some of our intellectual property rights or our business may be subject  to  certain
restrictions that were not in place prior  to  the transaction. Consequently,  we may  lose a competitive
advantage with respect to these intellectual property rights  or we  may be required to enter into costly
arrangements in order to terminate or limit these rights.

Third-parties also may claim that we  or customers indemnified by  us are infringing upon  their
intellectual property rights. For example, individuals  and groups  may  purchase intellectual  property
assets for the purpose of asserting claims of infringement  and attempting to extract settlements  from
companies such as HP and its customers. The number  of these claims has increased in recent periods
and may continue  to increase in the future. If we cannot  or do not license infringed intellectual
property at all or on reasonable terms, or if we are  required to substitute similar technology  from
another source, our operations could  be  adversely affected. Even if we  believe that intellectual  property
claims are without merit, they can be time-consuming and costly to defend  against and may divert
management’s attention and resources away from our business. Claims of intellectual property
infringement also might require us to redesign affected  products, enter into  costly  settlement or license
agreements, pay costly damage awards,  or  face a temporary or  permanent injunction  prohibiting us
from importing, marketing or selling  certain of our products.  Even if we  have an agreement to
indemnify us  against such costs, the indemnifying party  may  be  unable  or  unwilling to uphold its
contractual obligations to us.

Finally, our results of operations and cash flows have been and could continue  to  be  affected in

certain periods and on an ongoing basis  by the imposition, accrual and  payment of copyright levies or
similar fees. In certain countries (primarily in Europe), proceedings are ongoing or have  been
concluded involving HP in which groups representing  copyright  owners have  sought or  are seeking to
impose upon and collect from HP levies upon  equipment (such as PCs, MFDs and  printers) alleged to
be copying devices under applicable laws. Other such groups have also  sought to modify existing  levy
schemes  to  increase  the  amount  of  the  levies  that  can  be  collected  from  us.  Other  countries  that  have
not imposed levies on these types of  devices are  expected to extend existing levy  schemes, and countries
that do not currently have levy schemes may  decide to impose copyright levies on  these  types of
devices. The total amount of the copyright levies will depend on  the types of products determined to be
subject to the levy, the number of units of those products sold during the  period covered by the levy,
and the per unit fee for each type of  product, all of which are affected by several factors, including  the
outcome of ongoing litigation involving  us and other industry participants and possible action by the
legislative bodies in the applicable countries, and could be substantial. Consequently, the  ultimate
impact of these copyright levies or similar fees, and our ability to recover such  amounts  through
increased prices, remains uncertain.

Our revenue and profitability could suffer if  we  do not manage the risks  associated with our services business
properly.

The risks that accompany our services  business differ from those  of  our other  businesses and

include the following:

• The success of our services business  is to a significant degree dependent  on our ability to retain
our  significant services clients and maintain or increase the level  of revenues from these clients.
We  may lose clients due to their merger or acquisition, business failure,  contract  expiration or
their selection of a competing service provider or decision  to  in-source services. In addition, we
may not be able to retain or renew relationships with our significant  clients. As a result  of
business downturns or for other business  reasons,  we are  also vulnerable to reduced processing
volumes from our clients, which can  reduce the scope of  services provided and the prices for

29

those services. We may not be able to replace  the revenue and earnings from  any such lost
clients or reductions in services. In addition,  our contracts may  allow a client  to  terminate  the
contract for convenience, and we may not be able to fully recover our  investments in  such
circumstances.

• The pricing and other terms of some of our IT services  agreements,  particularly our long-term
IT outsourcing services agreements, require us to make estimates and assumptions  at the time
we enter into these contracts that could  differ  from actual results. Any increased or unexpected
costs or unanticipated delays in connection  with the performance of  these engagements,
including delays caused by factors outside  our control, could  make these agreements less
profitable or unprofitable, which could have  an adverse effect  on the profit margin of our IT
services business.

• Some of our IT services agreements  require significant  investment in the early stages  that  is
expected to be recovered through billings over the  life of the agreement.  These agreements
often involve the construction of new IT systems and communications  networks  and the
development and deployment of new technologies. Substantial performance risk  exists in  each
agreement with these characteristics, and some or all elements  of service  delivery under these
agreements are dependent upon successful completion of  the development, construction and
deployment phases. Any failure to perform satisfactorily  under these agreements may  expose us
to legal liability, result in the loss of customers and  harm our reputation, which could decrease
the revenues and profitability of our IT services business.

• Some of our outsourcing services agreements contain  pricing provisions that permit a client to
request a benchmark study by a mutually acceptable third-party.  The benchmarking process
typically compares the contractual price of our  services against the price of similar services
offered by other specified providers in a  peer comparison group, subject to agreed upon
adjustment and normalization factors. Generally, if the benchmarking study shows that our
pricing has a difference outside a specified range,  and the  difference is not  due  to  the unique
requirements of the client, then the parties will negotiate in good  faith  any  appropriate
adjustments to the pricing. This may result  in the reduction of our rates  for  the benchmarked
services performed after the implementation of those  pricing  adjustments, which could decrease
the cash flows of our IT services business.

• If we do not hire, train, motivate and  effectively utilize  employees  with the  right mix of skills
and experience in the right geographic regions to meet the needs of our services  clients, our
profitably could suffer. For example,  if our employee  utilization rate is too low, our profitability
and the level of engagement of our employees  could suffer. If that utilization rate  is too high, it
could have an adverse effect on employee engagement and attrition  and  the  quality of the  work
performed, as well as our ability to staff projects. If we  are unable to hire and retain a sufficient
number of employees with the skills or backgrounds to meet current  demand, we might  need  to
redeploy existing personnel, increase our  reliance on  subcontractors or increase employee
compensation levels, all of which could also  negatively affect our  profitability. In addition, if we
have more employees than we need with  certain skill  sets or  in certain geographies, we may
incur increased costs as we work to rebalance our supply of skills and resources  with client
demand in those geographies.

Failure to comply with our customer contracts or  government contracting regulations could adversely affect
our revenue and results of operations.

Our contracts with our customers may include unique and specialized performance  requirements.
In particular, our contracts with federal, state,  provincial and  local  governmental customers are subject
to various procurement regulations, contract provisions and  other requirements relating to their

30

formation, administration and performance. Any failure  by us  to  comply with the  specific provisions in
our  customer contracts or any violation of government contracting  regulations could result in the
imposition of various civil and criminal penalties, which may include termination of  contracts, forfeiture
of profits, suspension of payments and, in  the case  of our government  contracts, fines and  suspension
from future government contracting. In  addition, we have in the  past  been, and may in  the future  be,
subject to qui tam litigation brought  by  private  individuals on  behalf of the government relating  to  our
government contracts, which could include claims for up to  treble damages.  Further,  any negative
publicity related to our customer contracts  or any proceedings surrounding them, regardless of its
accuracy, may damage our business by affecting our ability to compete  for new contracts.  If our
customer contracts are terminated, if  we are suspended or disbarred from government work, or if our
ability to compete for new contracts  is  adversely affected, we  could suffer a reduction in expected
revenue.

HP’s stock price has historically fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate, which  may make future  prices of
HP’s stock difficult to predict.

HP’s stock price, like that of other technology companies,  can be volatile. Some of the  factors that

could affect our stock price are:

• speculation, coverage or sentiment in the media or the  investment community about, or actual
changes in, our business, strategic position,  market  share, organizational structure, operations,
financial condition, financial reporting and results,  effectiveness  of cost-cutting  efforts, value  or
liquidity of our investments, exposure to market volatility, prospects, business combination  or
investment transactions, future stock  price  performance, board of directors, executive team,  our
competitors or our industry in general;

• the announcement of new, planned or contemplated products,  services, technological

innovations, acquisitions, divestitures or  other  significant transactions  by HP or its competitors;

• quarterly increases or decreases in  revenue, gross margin, earnings  or cash flows, changes in
estimates by the investment community or  financial  outlook provided by HP and variations
between actual and estimated financial results;

• announcements  of actual and anticipated financial  results by HP’s  competitors  and other

companies in the IT industry;

• developments relating to pending investigations, claims and disputes; and

• the timing and amount of share repurchases by HP.

General or industry specific market conditions or stock market performance or domestic or
international macroeconomic and geopolitical factors unrelated to HP’s performance  also may affect
the price of HP stock. For these reasons,  investors  should  not rely on recent or historical trends to
predict future stock prices, financial  condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition,  as
discussed in Note 17 to the Consolidated  Financial Statements, we are  involved in  several securities
class action litigation matters. Additional volatility  in the price  of  our securities could result in the filing
of additional securities class action litigation matters, which  could result in  substantial costs and  the
diversion of management time and resources.

Failure to maintain our credit ratings could  adversely affect  our liquidity, capital position, borrowing  costs
and access to capital markets.

Our  credit  risk  is  evaluated  by  the  major  independent  rating  agencies.  Two  of  those  rating
agencies,  Moody’s  Investors  Service  and  Standard  &  Poor’s  Ratings  Services,  downgraded  our  ratings
once during fiscal 2012, and a third rating agency, Fitch Ratings, downgraded our ratings twice during

31

that  fiscal  year.  In  addition,  Moody’s  Investors  Service  downgraded  our  ratings  again  in  November
2012. Our credit ratings remain under  negative outlook  by Moody’s Investors  Service. These
downgrades have increased the cost of borrowing  under our credit  facilities, have reduced market
capacity  for our commercial paper, and  may require  the posting of additional collateral under  some of
our  derivative contracts. There can be no  assurance  that  we will  be  able to maintain our current  credit
ratings, and any additional actual or  anticipated  changes or downgrades in our credit ratings, including
any announcement that our ratings are under  further review for  a downgrade, may  further impact us in
a similar manner and may have a negative impact on our  liquidity, capital position and  access to capital
markets.

We make estimates and assumptions in  connection with the preparation of HP’s Consolidated Financial
Statements, and any changes to those estimates  and assumptions could adversely affect  our results of
operations.

In connection with the preparation of HP’s Consolidated  Financial  Statements, we use certain

estimates and assumptions based on historical experience and other factors.  Our most critical
accounting estimates are described in  ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations’’ in Item 7  of  this report. In addition, as  discussed  in Note  17 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements, we make certain  estimates, including decisions related to provisions
for legal proceedings and other contingencies. While  we believe that  these estimates  and assumptions
are reasonable under the circumstances, they are subject to significant  uncertainties, some of which are
beyond our control. Should any of these estimates  and assumptions  change or prove to have been
incorrect, it could adversely affect our results  of  operations.

Unanticipated changes in our tax provisions, the adoption of new tax legislation or  exposure to  additional  tax
liabilities  could affect our profitability.

We  are subject to income and other taxes in  the United  States  and  numerous foreign jurisdictions.

Our  tax  liabilities  are  affected  by  the  amounts  we  charge  in  intercompany  transactions  for  inventory,
services, licenses, funding and other  items. We  are subject  to  ongoing tax audits in  various jurisdictions.
Tax  authorities may disagree with our  intercompany charges, cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing or
other matters and assess additional taxes.  We  regularly  assess the likely  outcomes of these audits in
order to determine the appropriateness of  our tax provision. However, there can be no  assurance that
we will accurately predict the outcomes of  these audits, and the amounts  ultimately paid upon
resolution of audits could be materially  different from the  amounts previously  included in our  income
tax expense and therefore could have  a material impact on  our tax provision, net income and cash
flows. In addition, our effective tax rate in  the future  could be adversely affected  by  changes to our
operating structure, changes in the mix of  earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates,
changes in the valuation of deferred tax  assets  and liabilities, changes  in tax laws and the discovery of
new information in the course of our tax return preparation process.  In particular,  the carrying value of
deferred tax assets, which are predominantly in the United States,  is dependent  on our ability to
generate  future  taxable  income  in  the  United  States.  In  addition,  there  are  proposals  for  tax  legislation
that have been introduced or that are  being  considered that could have  a significant adverse effect  on
our  tax rate, the carrying value of deferred  tax  assets, or our deferred  tax  liabilities. Any of these
changes could affect our profitability.

In order to be successful, we must attract, retain, train, motivate, develop and  transition key employees, and
failure to do so could seriously harm us.

In order to be successful, we must attract, retain, train, motivate, develop and transition qualified
executives and other key employees, including those  in managerial, technical, sales, marketing and IT
support positions. Identifying, developing  internally or hiring externally,  training and  retaining qualified

32

executives, engineers, skilled solutions  providers in the  IT support business and qualified sales
representatives are critical to our future, and competition  for experienced employees  in the IT industry
can be intense. In order to attract and  retain executives and other key employees in a competitive
marketplace, we must provide a competitive compensation package, including cash-  and share-based
compensation. Our share-based incentive  awards  include stock options,  restricted stock units and
performance-based restricted units, some  of  which contain  conditions  relating  to  HP’s stock price
performance and HP’s long-term financial  performance that  make the  future value of those awards
uncertain. If the anticipated value of  such share-based incentive awards  does  not  materialize,  if  our
share-based compensation otherwise ceases  to  be  viewed  as a  valuable benefit,  if our total
compensation package is not viewed as  being competitive, or  if we do not obtain the  shareholder
approval needed to continue granting share-based incentive awards in  the amounts we  believe are
necessary, our ability to attract, retain, and  motivate  executives  and  key  employees could be weakened.
The failure to successfully hire executives  and  key  employees  or the loss of any executives and  key
employees could have a significant impact on our operations.  Further, changes  in our management
team may be disruptive to our business, and any failure to successfully transition and assimilate  key
new hires or promoted employees could  adversely affect our  business and results of operations.

System security risks, data protection breaches, cyber attacks  and systems integration issues could  disrupt our
internal operations or information technology  services provided to customers,  and any such disruption  could
reduce our expected revenue, increase our  expenses, damage our reputation and  adversely affect our stock
price.

Experienced computer programmers and hackers  may be able  to  penetrate our network security

and misappropriate or compromise our  confidential information or that of third-parties, create  system
disruptions or cause shutdowns. Computer  programmers and  hackers  also may be able to develop and
deploy viruses, worms, and other malicious  software programs that attack our products  or otherwise
exploit any security vulnerabilities of  our products. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating
system software and applications that we  produce  or procure from third-parties may contain defects  in
design or manufacture, including ‘‘bugs’’ and other problems  that could unexpectedly interfere with  the
operation of the system. The costs to  us  to eliminate or  alleviate cyber or other security problems,
bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs  and  security vulnerabilities  could  be  significant, and
our  efforts to address these problems may not be successful and could  result in interruptions, delays,
cessation of service and loss of existing  or  potential customers  that may  impede  our sales,
manufacturing, distribution or other critical functions.

We  manage and store various proprietary  information and sensitive  or confidential  data  relating  to

our  business. In addition, our outsourcing services business routinely processes,  stores and transmits
large amounts of data for our clients,  including  sensitive and  personally identifiable information.
Breaches of our security measures or  the accidental  loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved
dissemination of proprietary information  or  sensitive or confidential data about  us, our  clients or
customers, including the potential loss  or  disclosure of such information or  data  as a result  of fraud,
trickery or other forms of deception, could expose  us,  our customers or  the individuals affected  to  a
risk of loss or misuse of this information, result in litigation and  potential liability for  us, damage our
brand and reputation or otherwise harm our business.  We  also  could lose existing or  potential
customers of outsourcing services or other IT solutions or incur  significant expenses in connection  with
our  customers’ system failures or any actual or perceived security vulnerabilities  in our products  and
services. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of  implementing  further data protection
measures could be significant.

Portions  of our IT infrastructure also  may experience interruptions,  delays or cessations of  service
or produce errors in connection with  systems integration or migration work  that  takes place from time
to time. We may not be successful in  implementing new systems and transitioning data, which  could

33

cause  business disruptions and be more expensive, time-consuming, disruptive and resource intensive.
Such disruptions could adversely impact  our ability to fulfill orders and respond  to  customer requests
and interrupt other processes. Delayed sales, lower  margins or  lost customers resulting from these
disruptions could reduce our expected  revenue, increase our expenses, damage our reputation and
adversely affect our stock price.

Terrorist acts, conflicts, wars and geopolitical uncertainties  may seriously harm our business and revenue,
costs and expenses and financial condition  and stock price.

Terrorist acts, conflicts or wars (wherever located around the  world)  may  cause  damage or
disruption to our business, our employees, facilities, partners, suppliers, distributors,  resellers  or
customers or adversely affect our ability to manage logistics,  operate our  transportation and
communication systems or conduct certain other critical business operations. The potential for future
attacks, the national and international responses to attacks or perceived threats to national  security,
and other actual or potential conflicts  or  wars have created many economic and political  uncertainties.
In addition, as a major multinational  company with  headquarters and  significant operations located in
the United States, actions against or  by  the United States may impact our business or employees.
Although it is impossible to predict the occurrences or consequences of any such events, if  they occur,
they could result in a decrease in demand  for our products, make  it difficult or impossible to provide
services or deliver products to our customers or  to  receive components from  our suppliers,  create
delays and inefficiencies in our supply  chain and result in the need to impose employee travel
restrictions. We are predominantly uninsured for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist acts,
conflicts and wars.

Unforeseen environmental costs could adversely affect our business and  results of operations.

We  are subject to various federal, state, local  and foreign  laws and regulations concerning

environmental protection, including laws  addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water,
the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the  cleanup  of contaminated sites,
the content of our products and the recycling, treatment and disposal  of  our products,  including
batteries. In particular, we face increasing  complexity in  our product design  and procurement
operations as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the chemical and materials
composition of our products, their safe use, the  energy consumption associated with those products,
climate change laws and regulations,  and product take-back legislation. If we were to violate or become
liable under environmental laws or if  our products become non-compliant with environmental laws, we
could incur substantial costs or face other  sanctions,  which may include restrictions  on our products
entering certain jurisdictions. Our potential  exposure includes fines  and civil or criminal  sanctions,
third-party property damage, personal  injury claims and clean-up  costs.  Further,  liability  under some
environmental laws relating to contaminated sites can be imposed  retroactively,  on a joint and several
basis, and without any finding of noncompliance or fault. The  amount  and timing  of costs to comply
with environmental laws are difficult to predict.

Some anti-takeover provisions contained  in our  certificate of incorporation and bylaws,  as  well as provisions
of Delaware law, could impair a takeover  attempt.

We  have provisions in our certificate  of  incorporation and bylaws, each of which  could  have the

effect of rendering more difficult or  discouraging an acquisition of  HP deemed undesirable by our
Board of Directors. These include provisions:

• authorizing blank check preferred stock, which we  could issue with  voting, liquidation, dividend

and other rights superior to our common stock;

• limiting  the  liability  of,  and  providing  indemnification  to,  our  directors  and  officers;

34

• specifying that our stockholders may  take  action only at  a  duly called annual  or special  meeting

of stockholders and otherwise in accordance with  our  bylaws and  limiting the ability of our
stockholders to call special meetings;

• requiring advance notice of proposals by our stockholders  for business  to  be  conducted at

stockholder meetings and for nominations of  candidates for election to our Board  of  Directors;
and

• controlling  the  procedures  for  conduct  of  our  Board  of  Directors  and  stockholder  meetings  and

election,  appointment  and  removal  of  our  directors.

These provisions, alone or together,  could  deter or  delay hostile takeovers,  proxy contests  and
changes in control or management of HP. As a  Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions
of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which  prevents
some stockholders from engaging in certain business combinations without approval  of the holders of
substantially all of our outstanding common  stock.

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or  Delaware law that has the effect of

delaying or deterring a change in control of  HP could limit the opportunity  for our stockholders to
receive a premium for their shares of  HP stock and also  could affect the price that some  investors are
willing  to  pay  for  HP  stock.

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

ITEM 2. Properties.

As of October 31, 2013, we owned or  leased approximately 67 million square feet of space

worldwide, a summary of which is provided below. We believe  that our  existing properties are in good
condition and are  suitable for the conduct  of our business.

Fiscal year ended October  31

Owned

Leased

Total

Administration and support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Core data centers, manufacturing plants,  research and development facilities,
and warehouse operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total(1)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Square feet in million
19
61%

12
39%

31
100%

14
48%
26
43%

15
52%
34
57%

29
100%
60
100%

(1) Excludes 7 million square feet of vacated space, of which 2 million square feet  is leased to third

parties.

We  have seven business segments: Personal  Systems, Printing, Enterprise Group, Enterprise
Services, Software, HP Financial Services and Corporate Investments. Because of the  interrelation of
these segments, a majority of these segments use  substantially all  of the properties  at least in part,  and
we retain the flexibility to use each of  the  properties in whole  or in part for each of the  segments.

Principal Executive Offices

Our principal executive offices, including our  global headquarters, are located at  3000 Hanover

Street, Palo Alto, California, United States  of  America.

35

Headquarters of Geographic Operations

The locations of our geographic headquarters at October 31, 2013  were as  follows:

Americas
Houston, United States
Miami, United States
Mississauga, Canada

Europe, Middle East, Africa
Geneva, Switzerland

Asia Pacific
Singapore
Tokyo, Japan

Product  Development, Services and Manufacturing

The locations of our major product development, manufacturing, data centers, and HP Labs

facilities at October 31, 2013 were as  follows:

Americas

Europe,  Middle East, Africa

Canada—Markham, Mississauga

Ireland—Leixlip

Puerto Rico—Aguadilla

Israel—Kiryat-Gat, Nes Ziona, Netanya

United States—Alpharetta, Andover, Auburn Hills,
Austin,  Blue Ash, Boise, Charlotte, Colorado
Springs, Corvallis,  Des Moines, Fort  Collins,
Hockley, Houston, Indianapolis, LaVergne, Palo
Alto, Plano, Rancho Cordova, Roseville, San
Diego, Sandston, Suwanee, Tulsa

Spain—Sant Cugat del Valles

United Kingdom—Billingham, Erskine, Norwich,

Sunderland

Asia Pacific

China—ChongQing

India—Bangalore, Udham Singh Nagar

Japan—Tokyo

New Zealand—Auckland

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings.

HP Labs

China—Beijing

Israel—Haifa

Russia—St. Petersburg

United Kingdom—Bristol

United States—Palo Alto

Information with respect to this item may be found in  Note 17  to  the Consolidated Financial

Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated  herein  by reference.

ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

36

PART II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity,  Related Stockholder Matters  and Issuer Purchases

of Equity Securities.

Information regarding the market prices of  HP common stock and the markets for that stock may

be found in the ‘‘Quarterly Summary’’  in Item 8  and on the cover page of this Annual Report  on
Form 10-K, respectively, which are incorporated  herein  by reference. We  have declared and  paid cash
dividends  each  fiscal  year  since  1965.  Dividends  declared  and  paid  per  share  by  fiscal  quarter  in  2013
and 2012 were as follows:

2013

2012

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Dividends declared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividends paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— $0.29
$0.15

$0.15

— $0.26
$0.13

$0.13

— $0.26
$0.13

$0.13

— $0.24
$0.12

$0.12

As  of  November  30,  2013,  there  were  approximately  100,804  stockholders  of  record.  Additional
information  concerning  dividends  may  be  found  in  ‘‘Selected  Financial  Data’’  in  Item  6  and  Note 14  to
the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item  8, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Recent  Sales of Unregistered Securities

There were no unregistered sales of equity  securities in fiscal 2013.

Issuer  Purchases of Equity Securities

Period

Month #1

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased

Average
Price Paid
per Share

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans  or
Programs

Approximate
Dollar Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased under the
Plans or Programs

In thousands, except per share amounts

(August 2013) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,919

$22.33

3,919

$8,036,016

Month #2

(September 2013) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10,203

$22.11

10,203

$7,810,407

Month #3

(October 2013) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,410

$22.34

7,410

$7,644,850

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

21,532

$22.23

21,532

HP repurchases shares under an ongoing program when sufficient liquidity exists,  the shares are

trading at a discount relative to estimated intrinsic  value, and  there  is no alternative investment
opportunity expected to generate a higher risk-adjusted return  on investment. This program, which does
not have a specific expiration date, authorizes repurchases in  the open  market or  in private
transactions. All share repurchases settled in the fourth quarter of fiscal  2013 were open market
transactions. As of October 31, 2013, HP had  remaining  authorization of $7.6  billion for future  share
repurchases under the $10.0 billion repurchase authorization approved by HP’s Board  of Directors on
July 21, 2011.

37

Stock Performance Graph and Cumulative Total  Return

The graph below shows the cumulative  total stockholder return assuming  the investment of $100

on the date specified (and the reinvestment  of  dividends  thereafter) in each of HP common stock, the
S&P 500 Index, and the S&P Information Technology Index.(1) The comparisons in the graph below  are
based upon historical data and are not  indicative of, or intended to forecast, future  performance of our
common stock.

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

10/08

10/09

10/10

10/11

10/12

10/13

Hewlett-Packard Company

S&P 500 Index

S&P Information Technology Index

27NOV201315294001

Hewlett-Packard Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S&P 500 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S&P Information Technology Index . . . . . . . . . . .

100.00
100.00
100.00

125.14
109.79
131.50

111.62
127.92
155.47

71.55
138.26
169.10

38.11
159.27
187.21

68.95
202.54
224.49

10/08

10/09

10/10

10/11

10/12

10/13

(1) The stock performance graph does not include HP’s peer group because peer group information is

represented and included in the S&P  Information  Technology Index.

38

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data.

The information set forth below is not necessarily  indicative  of  results of future operations and

should be read in conjunction with Item  7, ‘‘Management’s Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations,’’ and the  Consolidated  Financial Statements  and notes thereto
included  in  Item  8,  ‘‘Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,’’  of  this  Annual  Report  on
Form 10-K, which are incorporated herein by reference,  in order  to  understand further the factors  that
may affect the comparability of the financial data  presented below.

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Selected Financial Data

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings (loss) from operations(1)
. . . . . . . . . .
Net earnings (loss)(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net earnings (loss) per share

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash dividends declared per share . . . . . . . . . .
At year-end:

Total assets(2)
Long-term debt
Total debt(3)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For the fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

$112,298
7,131
$
5,113
$

In millions, except per share amounts
$126,033
$127,245
$120,357
$ 11,479
9,677
$ (11,057) $
8,761
$
7,074
$ (12,650) $

$114,552
$ 10,136
7,660
$

$
$
$

2.64
2.62
0.55

$
$
$

(6.41) $
(6.41) $
$
0.50

3.38
3.32
0.40

$
$
$

3.78
3.69
0.32

$
$
$

3.21
3.14
0.32

$105,676
$ 16,608
$ 22,587

$108,768
$ 21,789
$ 28,436

$129,517
$ 22,551
$ 30,634

$124,503
$ 15,258
$ 22,304

$114,799
$ 13,980
$ 15,830

(1) Earnings  (Loss)  from  operations  and  net  earnings  (loss)  include  the  following  items:

Amortization of intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets . . . . . .
Wind down of webOS device business . . . . . . . . . . .
Wind down of non-strategic businesses . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition-related charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

$1,373

$ 1,784
— 18,035
(36)
—
108
—
2,266
990
45
22

In millions
$1,607
885
755
—
645
182

$1,484
—
—
—
1,144
293

$1,578
—
—
—
640
242

Total charges before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,385

$22,202

$4,074

$2,921

$2,460

Total charges, net of taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,825

$20,685

$3,130

$2,105

$1,733

(2) Total assets decreased in fiscal 2012 due  primarily to goodwill and intangible asset impairment
charges associated with the Autonomy reporting  unit within  the Software segment, a goodwill
impairment charge associated with the Enterprise  Services segment and an  intangible  asset
impairment charge associated with the ‘‘Compaq’’ trade name within the Personal Systems
segment. Total assets increased in fiscal 2011 and 2010 due primarily to acquisitions in the
respective fiscal years.

(3)

In fiscal 2013, total debt decreased due to maturities. Total  debt  increased  in fiscal 2011 and 2010
due primarily to acquisitions and share repurchases.

39

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis  of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations

(‘‘MD&A’’) is organized as follows:

• Overview. A discussion of our business and overall analysis of financial and other highlights

affecting the company to provide context  for  the remainder of MD&A.

• Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. A discussion of accounting estimates  that we  believe
are important to understanding the  assumptions  and judgments incorporated in our  reported
financial results.

• Results of Operations. An analysis of our financial results comparing fiscal 2013  to fiscal 2012

and  comparing fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2011. A discussion of  results  of operations  at the
consolidated level  is followed by a more detailed discussion of results  of operations  by  segment.

• Liquidity and Capital Resources. An analysis of changes in our balance sheets and cash  flows,

and a discussion of our financial condition  and liquidity.

• Contractual and Other Obligations and Off-Balance  Sheet  Arrangements. Overview of contractual

obligations,  postretirement  benefit  plan  funding  commitments,  payments  for  restructuring,
uncertain  tax  positions  and  off-balance  sheet  arrangements.

We  intend the discussion of our financial condition and results of operations  that  follows  to
provide  information  that  will  assist  in  understanding  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  the
changes in certain key items in those  financial  statements  from year to year, and  the primary factors
that accounted for those changes, as  well as how  certain accounting principles, policies and estimates
affect  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  That  discussion  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our
Consolidated Financial Statements and the  related notes that appear elsewhere in this document.

OVERVIEW

We  are a leading global provider of products, technologies, software, solutions and services to
individual consumers, small- and medium-sized  businesses (‘‘SMBs’’), and large enterprises,  including
customers in the government, health  and  education  sectors.  Our offerings span the following:  personal
computing  and  other  access  devices;  imaging  and  printing-related  products  and  services;  enterprise  IT
infrastructure, including enterprise server  and  storage  technology, networking products  and solutions,
technology  support  and  maintenance;  multi-vendor  customer  services,  including  infrastructure
technology and business process outsourcing, application development  and  support services, and
consulting and integration services; and IT  management software, information  management solutions
and security intelligence/risk management  solutions. We  have seven reportable  business  segments for
financial reporting purposes: Personal  Systems,  Printing, the  Enterprise Group (‘‘EG’’), Enterprise
Services (‘‘ES’’), Software, HP Financial  Services  (‘‘HPFS’’) and  Corporate Investments.

40

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

The following provides an overview of our key financial  metrics by segment for fiscal 2013:

Printing and Personal
Systems Group

HP
Consolidated(1)

Personal
Systems

Printing

Total

Enterprise
Group

Enterprise
Services

Software

HPFS

Net revenue . . .
Year-over-year
(decrease)
increase  % . . .

Earnings  from

$112,298

$ 32,071

In millions, except per share amounts
$23,854

$ 28,183

$ 55,925

$ 23,520

$ 3,913

$ 3,629

(6.7)%

(10.2)%

(2.6)%

(7.1)%

(5.4)%

(8.2)%

(3.6)%

(5.0)%

operations . . .

$

7,131

$

949

$ 3,890

$ 4,839

$ 4,301

$

679

$

866

$

399

Earnings  from

operations as a
%  of  net
revenue . . . . .

Year-over-year
increase
(decrease)
percentage
points . . . . . .
Net earnings . . .
Net earnings per

share
Basic . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . .

6.4%

3.0%

16.3%

8.7%

15.3%

2.9%

22.1%

11.0%

15.6pts

(1.7) pts

1.7pts

(0.1) pts

(2.1) pts

(1.2) pts

1.7pts

0.8pts

$

5,113

$
$

2.64
2.62

(1) HP consolidated net revenue excludes  intersegment net revenue and includes revenue from our Corporate

Investments  segment. HP  consolidated  earnings from operations includes the amortization of intangible assets,
unallocated costs related to certain  stock-based compensation expenses, restructuring charges, corporate and
unallocated costs and  eliminations,  a  loss  from the Corporate Investments segment and acquisition-related charges.

Net  revenue  declined  6.7%  (decreased  5.5%  on  a  constant  currency  basis)  in  fiscal  2013  compared
to fiscal 2012 due primarily to revenue  declines of approximately  10%, 8%,  5% and  3% in our Personal
Systems, ES, EG and Printing segments,  respectively.  These  revenue declines reflect  a series of revenue
growth challenges that impacted each  of our segments to varying degrees. The primary challenges
included: a significant contraction in the  overall PC market, which impacted Personal Systems; weak
public sector spending and enterprise IT  demand, particularly in Europe,  which  impacted  the ES  and
EG segments; competitive pricing pressures in the  enterprise and PC markets, which impacted both the
EG and Personal Systems segments; and  unfavorable currency impacts and volume  declines in supplies,
which  impacted the Printing segment. Gross margin decreased by  0.1 percentage  points in  fiscal  2013
compared to fiscal 2012. The gross margin decline was due primarily to competitive pricing
environments in the markets for EG and  Personal Systems products  and decreased revenue and
contractual price declines for ES. Partially offsetting these negative impacts was a  gross margin  increase
in  Printing  due  primarily  to  improvements  in  toner  and  higher  average  selling  prices  for  higher-value
consumer  printers.  Operating  margin  increased  by  15.6  percentage  points  in  fiscal  2013  compared  to
fiscal 2012 due primarily to the absence  of goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges and  lower
restructuring charges in fiscal 2013. Additionally, total  research  and development (‘‘R&D’’)  and selling,
general and administrative (‘‘SG&A’’) expenses decreased 2.9% due  primarily  to  R&D activity
streamlining in EG, particularly in Business Critical Systems (‘‘BCS’’),  and  cost savings associated with
our  ongoing  restructuring  efforts  that  impacted  all  expense  categories.

41

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

Our business continues to produce significant cash  flow from  operations, generating  $11.6 billion in

fiscal 2013. During the year, we repaid $5.7 billion of  debt, returned $1.1 billion to stockholders
through dividends and repurchased $1.5 billion worth  of  common stock. In addition, we purchased
$3.2 billion in capital assets. We ended  fiscal  2013 with an investment portfolio of $12.5 billion,
consisting of cash and cash equivalents  and short-term  and long-term investments, which was an
increase  of  approximately  $800 million  from  the  end  of  fiscal  2012.

We  entered fiscal 2013 having experienced a  multi-quarter  decline in revenue and operating
margins. That decline in financial performance reflected a series of challenges that were  facing our
business.  Some  of  those  challenges  related  to  structural  and  execution  issues,  such  as  aligning  costs  to
our  revenue  trajectory,  addressing  the need  to  rationalize  our  R&D  investments  and  reinvest  in  IT
systems, and rebuilding our channel partner relationships.  Other challenges related  to  dynamic market
trends,  such  as  the  growth  of  mobility,  the  increasing  demand  for  hyperscale  computing  infrastructure,
the shift  to software-as-a-service (‘‘SaaS’’), the transition  towards cloud computing, and aggressive
pricing  conditions.  We  also  confronted  a  series  of  significant  macroeconomic  challenges  in  fiscal  2013,
such as a shift in consumer spending, weak demand in the SMB and enterprise sectors  in Europe, and
declining growth in some emerging markets.

During  fiscal  2013,  we  continued  to  address  these  challenges  by  driving  innovation  across  the
company, improving operations, aligning our cost structure and rebuilding our balance sheet. As a
result of these efforts, revenue declines  have begun  to  moderate as we reap the early benefits  of our
investments  in  product  innovation,  as  decreasing  costs  driven  by  our  restructuring  efforts  have  begun  to
align  to  our  revenue  trajectory,  as  our  enterprise  services  business  has  begun  to  become  more
predictable,  and  as  our  business  performance  has  begun  to  improve  in  our  printing  business  due  to  our
focus on key initiatives such as Ink in the  Office, Managed Print Services and Ink Advantage. In
addition,  we  made  investments  targeted  at  our  channel  partner  relationships  through  improvements  in
sales force and channel partner deal pricing tools and reporting infrastructure. Our strong cash flows
from operations in fiscal 2013 also have allowed us to further reduce our debt.

As  we  enter  fiscal  2014,  we  continue  to  experience  challenges  that  represent  trends  and

uncertainties that may affect our business  and  results  of  operations. One  set of challenges  relates to
continuing  dynamic  and  accelerating  market  trends,  such  as  the  decline  in  the  PC  market,  the  growth
of  multi-architecture  devices  running  competing  operating  systems,  the  market  shift  towards  tablets
within mobility, the market shift to cloud-related  infrastructure, software, and services, and the growth
in  SaaS business  models.  Another  set  of  challenges  relates  to  changes  in  the  competitive  landscape.
Our  major  competitors  are  expanding  their  product  and  service  offerings  with  integrated  products  and
solutions,  our  business-specific  competitors  are  exerting  increased  competitive  pressure  in  targeted
areas  and  are  going  after  new  markets,  our  emerging  competitors  are  introducing  new  technologies  and
business models, and our alliance partners in some businesses are increasingly becoming  our
competitors in others. A third set of challenges relates  to  business model and go-to-market execution.
In addition, we are continuing to experience macroeconomic weakness across many geographic regions,
particularly in Europe, the Middle East  and  Africa (‘‘EMEA’’), China and other high-growth markets.
A  discussion  of  some  of  these  challenges  at  the  segment  level  is  set  forth  below.

• In  Personal Systems, we continue to be negatively impacted by the market shift towards tablet

products within mobility, which has reduced the demand for consumer and notebook products. If
benefits from our new product investments  in this area do  not materialize, we will  continue to
be negatively impacted by this trend. Personal Systems  is also being impacted by consumer
demand  weakness,  particularly  in  EMEA  and  a  competitive  pricing  environment.

42

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

• In  Printing, we are experiencing the  impact of the growth in mobility, weak consumer demand,
weak demand in EMEA and a competitive pricing environment. To be successful in  addressing
these challenges, we need to execute on  our key initiatives  of focusing on products  targeted at
high usage categories, developing emerging market opportunities, and introducing new revenue
delivery models to consumer customers.

• In  EG, we are experiencing revenue declines due to multiple market trends and a highly

competitive pricing environment, including the  increasing  demand for hyperscale computing
infrastructure products and the transition  to  cloud computing. In addition, the market for our
BCS products continues to weaken as the  overall market for UNIX products contracts. To be
successful in overcoming these challenges, we must address business model and go-to-market
execution challenges, including improved channel execution, and continue to pursue new product
innovation, such as HP Moonshot servers,  3PAR storage  and the HP CloudSystem and in the
areas of software-defined networking, blade servers and wireless networking.

• In  ES, we are facing market and macroeconomic pressures, a competitive pricing environment,
internal execution challenges, and weak public sector spending. To be successful in addressing
these challenges, we must execute on our  multi-year  turnaround plan, which includes a  cost
reduction initiative to align our costs  to  our revenue trajectory and initiatives targeted at
improved execution in the areas of sales performance  and  accountability, contracting practices
and pricing.

• In  Software, we are facing multiple  challenges,  including  the market shift to SaaS and

go-to-market execution challenges. To be successful in addressing these challenges, we must
improve our go-to-market execution with integrated customer solutions more aligned to
customer  demand  and  achieve  broader  integration  across  our  overall  product  portfolio  as  we
work to capitalize on the important market opportunities in the areas of cloud, big data, security
and mobility.

To  address  these  challenges,  we  need  to  continue  to  pursue  new  product  innovation  with  a  view
towards  developing  new  products  and  services  aligned  with  market  demand,  industry  trends  and  with
the needs of our customers and partners.  In  addition, we need to continue  to  improve our operations,
with a particular focus on enhancing  our end-to-end processes. We also need to continue to optimize
our  sales  coverage  models,  align  our  sales  incentives  with  our  strategic  goals,  improve  channel
execution,  strengthen  our  capabilities  in  our  areas  of  strategic  focus,  and  develop  and  capitalize  on
market opportunities.

For a  further discussion of trends, uncertainties  and other  factors  that could impact our operating
results, see the section entitled ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in Item 1A, which  is incorporated herein by reference.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

General

The Consolidated  Financial Statements of  HP are prepared in accordance  with U.S. generally

accepted accounting principles (‘‘GAAP’’),  which  require management to make estimates, judgments
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net revenue and expenses,  and
the disclosure of contingent liabilities.  Management bases  its estimates on historical experience and on
various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of
which  form the basis for making judgments about the  carrying amount of assets and liabilities  that  are

43

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

not readily apparent from other sources. Senior management has discussed the  development, selection
and disclosure of these estimates with  the Audit Committee of HP’s Board of Directors. Management
believes that the accounting estimates  employed  and the resulting balances  are reasonable; however,
actual results may  differ from these estimates. Making estimates  and  judgments about future events is
inherently unpredictable and is subject  to  significant uncertainties, some  of  which are beyond our
control. Should any of these estimates and assumptions change or prove to have  been incorrect,  it
could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

The summary of significant accounting  policies is included in  Note 1  to  the Consolidated Financial
Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated  herein by reference. An accounting policy is  deemed to be
critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are
highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made,  if different estimates  reasonably could have been
used, or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the  financial
statements. Management believes the  following  critical  accounting policies reflect the significant
estimates and assumptions used in the  preparation  of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

We  recognize  revenue  applying  the  basic  revenue  recognition  criteria  (i.e., when  persuasive

evidence of a sales arrangement exists,  delivery  has occurred or  services are rendered, the sales price or
fee is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured) along with other revenue
recognition  principles,  including  industry  specific  revenue  recognition  guidance.  We  enter  into  contracts
to sell our products and services, and while  many of  our sales agreements contain standard terms and
conditions, there are agreements we enter into which contain non-standard terms and conditions.
Further,  many  of  our  arrangements  include  multiple  elements.  As  a  result,  significant  contract
interpretation  is  required  to  determine  the  appropriate  accounting,  including  the  identification  of
deliverables considered to be separate units of accounting, the allocation of the transaction  price
among  the  elements  in  the  arrangement,  and  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition  for  each  of  those
elements.  We  recognize  revenue  for  delivered  elements  as  separate  units  of  accounting  only  when  the
delivered  elements  have  standalone  value,  uncertainties  regarding  customer  acceptance  are  resolved  and
there are no customer-negotiated refund  or  return rights or other contingencies present for  the
delivered  elements.  For  elements  with  no  standalone  value,  we  recognize  revenue  consistent  with  the
pattern  of  the  associated  deliverables.  If  the  arrangement  includes  a  customer-negotiated  refund  or
return  right relative to the delivered  item and  the delivery and performance of the undelivered item is
considered probable and substantially within our control, the delivered element constitutes a separate
unit  of  accounting.  Changes  in  the  allocation  of  the  transaction  price  between  elements  may  impact  the
timing of  revenue  recognition for the contract but  will not change the total revenue recognized for the
contract.

We  establish  the  selling  prices  used  for  each  deliverable  based  on  the  vendor-specific  objective
evidence (‘‘VSOE’’) of selling price,  if  available, third-party evidence  (‘‘TPE’’), if VSOE of selling price
is not available, or estimated selling price  (‘‘ESP’’), if neither VSOE of selling price nor TPE is
available. We establish VSOE of selling  price using the price charged for a deliverable when sold
separately and, in rare instances, using the  price  established by management having the relevant
authority.  TPE  of  selling  price  is  established  by  evaluating  largely  similar  and  interchangeable
competitor  products  or  services  in  standalone  sales  to  similarly  situated  customers.  ESP  is  established,
based on management’s judgment, considering internal factors such as margin objectives, pricing
practices  and  controls,  customer  segment  pricing  strategies  and  the  product  life  cycle.  Consideration  is

44

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

also given to market conditions such as  competitor pricing strategies  and  industry technology life cycles.
We  may modify or develop new go-to-market  practices in the future, which may  result in changes in
selling prices, impacting both VSOE  of selling price and ESP. In arrangements with multiple elements,
allocation of the transaction price is determined  at inception of the  arrangement based  on each unit of
accounting’s  relative  selling  price.  However,  the  aforementioned  factors  may  result  in  a  different
allocation of the transaction price to  the deliverables in multiple element arrangements entered into in
future periods. This may change the pattern and timing of revenue recognition for identical
arrangements  executed  in  future  periods,  but  will  not  change  the  total  revenue  recognized  for  any  given
arrangement.

For  hardware  products,  we  recognize  revenue  generated  from  direct  sales  to  end  customers  and

indirect  sales  to  channel  partners  (including  resellers,  distributors  and  value-added  solution  providers)
assuming  all  revenue  recognition  criteria  are  met.  For  indirect  sales  to  channel  partners,  we  recognize
revenue at the time of delivery when the  channel partners have economic substance apart from HP, and
HP  has  completed  its  obligations  related  to  the  sale.

We  record  estimated  reductions  to  revenue  for  customer  and  distributor  programs  and  incentive
offerings,  including  price  protection,  promotions,  other  volume-based  incentives  and  expected  returns.
Future market conditions and product  transitions may require us to take actions to increase customer
incentive  offerings,  possibly  resulting  in  an  incremental  reduction  of  revenue  at  the  time  the  incentive  is
offered. Additionally, certain incentive  programs require  us to estimate the number of customers who
will  actually  redeem  the  incentive,  based  on  historical  experience  and  the  specific  terms  and  conditions
of the incentive.

Outsourcing  services  revenue  is  generally  recognized  when  the  service  is  provided  and  the  amount

earned is not contingent upon any future event. If the service is provided evenly during the contract
term  but  service  billings are  uneven,  we  generally  recognize  revenue  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the
contract  term.  Losses  on  outsourcing  arrangements  are  recognized  in  the  period  in  which  such
contractual losses become probable and estimable.

We  recognize revenue as work progresses on certain fixed-price contracts, such as consulting
arrangements, using a proportional performance method. We estimate the total  expected labor costs in
order to determine the amount of revenue earned to date. We apply a proportional performance
method  because  reasonably  dependable  estimates  of  the  labor  costs  applicable  to  various  stages  of  a
contract can be made. On fixed-price contracts  for certain design and build projects (to design, develop,
and construct software infrastructure and systems), we recognize revenue as work progresses using the
percentage-of-completion method. We  use the  cost-to-cost method of measurement towards completion
as determined by the percentage of cost incurred to date compared to the total estimated costs of the
project. Total contract profit is subject  to  revisions  throughout the life of a fixed-price contract. As a
result  of  revisions  to  cost  estimates,  and  overall  contract  losses  where  applicable,  we  record  such
changes in the period in which the facts that give rise  to  the revision become known. In circumstances
when reasonable and reliable cost estimates  for a project cannot be made, we recognize revenue using
the  completed  contract  method.

For the various software products we  sell (e.g., operating system software, network enabling

software,  information  technology  and  management  software  and  enterprise  security  software),  we  assess
whether  the  associated  software  products  were  sold  stand  alone  or  with  the  hardware  products.  If  the
software  sold  with  the  hardware  product  is  more-than-incidental  and  is  essential  to  the  functionality  of
the hardware, we apply the software accounting guidance. We recognize revenue from the  sale of

45

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

perpetual  software  licenses  at  the  inception  of  the  license  term,  assuming  all  revenue  recognition
criteria have been met. Term-based software license revenue is generally recognized ratably  over the
term of the license. For software products  within the scope of the  software accounting guidance,  we use
the  residual  method  to  allocate  revenue  to  software  licenses  at  the  inception  of  the  license  term  when
VSOE of fair value for all undelivered  elements exists, such as post-contract support,  and all other
revenue recognition criteria have been  satisfied. Revenue generated  from maintenance and unspecified
upgrades or updates on an if-and-when-available basis is recognized ratably over the period during
which  such items are delivered. For software hosting  or SaaS arrangements, we recognize  revenue as
the service is delivered, generally on a  straight-line basis,  over  the contractual period  of performance.
In software hosting arrangements where software  licenses are sold, the associated software revenue is
generally  recognized  according  to  whether  perpetual  licenses  or  term  licenses  are  sold,  subject  to  the
above guidance. In such software hosting  arrangements, we consider the rights provided to the
customer  (e.g., ownership  of  a  license,  contract  termination  provisions  and  feasibility  of  the  customer  to
operate  the  software) in  determining  how  to  account  for  the  license  fees.  In  SaaS  arrangements  where
software  licenses  are  not  sold,  the  entire  arrangement  is  recognized  ratably  over  the  term  of  the
subscription arrangement.

Warranty Provision

We  accrue the estimated cost of product warranties at  the time we recognize  revenue. We evaluate

our  warranty obligations on a product group  basis.  Our standard  product warranty terms  generally
include post-sales support and repairs  or  replacement  of  a product at no additional  charge for a
specified period of time. While we engage in extensive product quality programs and processes,
including actively monitoring and evaluating  the quality  of our component suppliers, we base our
estimated warranty obligation on contractual  warranty terms, repair costs, product call rates, average
cost per call, current period product  shipments and ongoing product failure rates, as  well as specific
product  class failure outside of our baseline experience. Warranty terms generally  range from 90  days
to three years for parts and labor, depending  upon the  product. Over the  last three  fiscal years, the
annual  warranty  provision  and  actual  warranty  costs  have  averaged  approximately  2.9%  and  3.1%  of
annual net product revenue, respectively.

Business Combinations

We  allocate the fair value of purchase consideration  to  the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and
non-controlling interests in the acquiree generally based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The
excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair value of these assets acquired,  liabilities
assumed and non-controlling interests  in the acquiree is recorded as goodwill.

When determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling

interests in the acquiree, management makes significant  estimates and assumptions, especially with
respect to intangible assets. Critical estimates  in  valuing intangible assets  include, but are not limited
to, expected future cash flows, which includes  consideration of future growth rates and margins,
attrition rates, future changes in technology and brand awareness, loyalty and  position, and discount
rates. Fair value estimates are based  on  the assumptions management believes a market participant
would use in pricing the asset or liability. Amounts recorded  in a business combination may change
during the measurement period, which is  a  period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition,
as additional information about conditions existing at the acquisition date  becomes available.

46

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

Goodwill

We  review goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate the carrying amount of goodwill  may not be recoverable. While we are permitted  to  conduct a
qualitative assessment to determine whether  it is necessary to perform a two-step quantitative goodwill
impairment test, for our annual goodwill impairment test  in the fourth  quarter of  fiscal 2013, we
performed a quantitative test for all of  our reporting units.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at  the reporting  unit  level. Except for  EG and  ES, our reporting

units are consistent with the reportable segments  identified in  Note 18  to  the Consolidated Financial
Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated  herein by reference. EG includes two reporting units,
which  are Enterprise Servers, Storage  and  Networking (‘‘ESSN’’) and Technology Services (‘‘TS’’). ES
also  consists  of  two  reporting  units,  which  are  MphasiS  Limited  and  the  remainder  of  ES.  In  fiscal
2013, we made two changes to our reporting units. We identified  MphasiS Limited as a reporting unit
apart from the remainder of ES, and in connection with integration activities we combined the
Autonomy reporting unit with the legacy HP  Software business  reporting unit.

In the first step of the impairment test,  we compare the  fair value of each reporting unit to its
carrying  amount. We estimate the fair  value of our  reporting  units using a weighting of fair values
derived most significantly from the income approach and to a lesser extent the  market approach. Under
the income approach, we estimate the fair value of  a reporting unit  based on the present value of
estimated  future  cash  flows.  Cash  flow  projections  are  based  on  management’s  estimates  of  revenue
growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration  industry  and market conditions.  The
discount rate used is based on the weighted-average cost of capital adjusted  for the  relevant risk
associated with business-specific characteristics and the uncertainty  related to the reporting  unit’s ability
to execute on the projected cash flows. Under  the market approach, we estimate  fair value based on
market multiples of revenue and earnings  derived  from comparable publicly-traded  companies with
similar  operating  and  investment  characteristics  as  the  reporting  unit.  We  weight  the  fair  value  derived
from the market approach up to 50%  of  the concluded  reporting  unit fair value depending on the level
of comparability of these publicly-traded  companies to the reporting unit. When market comparables
are not meaningful or not available,  we estimate  the fair value of a reporting  unit using only the
income approach. For the MphasiS Limited  reporting unit, we used the quoted market price in an
active  market to estimate fair value.

In order to assess the reasonableness of  the estimated fair values of our reporting units, we

compare the aggregate reporting unit fair values to HP’s market capitalization and calculate an implied
control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units’ fair values over  HP’s market
capitalization). We evaluate the control  premium  by comparing it to observable control premiums from
recent comparable transactions. If the  implied  control  premium is not believed  to  be  reasonable in light
of these  recent transactions, we reevaluate  reporting unit fair values, which may result in  an adjustment
to the discount rate and/or other assumptions. This reevaluation could reduce the estimated fair  value
for certain or all of our reporting units.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature  and involves  the use of
significant estimates and assumptions.  These estimates and assumptions may include revenue growth
rates and operating margins used to  calculate  projected future  cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates,
future economic and market conditions and determination  of appropriate comparable publicly-traded
companies. In addition, we make certain  judgments and assumptions in allocating shared assets and
liabilities to individual reporting units to determine the carrying amount for each reporting  unit.

47

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying  amount  of the net assets assigned to

that  reporting  unit,  goodwill  is  not  impaired  and  no  further  testing  is  required.  If  the  fair  value  of  the
reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then  we must perform the second step of the
impairment test to measure the amount  of impairment  loss, if any. In the second step, the reporting
unit’s assets, including any unrecognized intangible assets, liabilities and non-controlling interests are
measured at fair value in a hypothetical analysis to calculate the implied fair value of  goodwill for the
reporting unit in the same manner as if  the reporting unit was being acquired in a  business
combination. If the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is  less  than its carrying amount,
the difference is recorded as an impairment loss.

Our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which we performed as  of  the first day of the fourth
quarter of fiscal 2013, did not result  in  any impairment charges. The excess of fair value over carrying
amount for each of our reporting units  ranged  from approximately 14% to approximately 1,200% of
carrying  amounts. The Software and ESSN reporting units have the lowest excess of fair value  over
carrying  amount at 31% and 14%, respectively. In estimating the fair value  of our  reporting units, we
have  taken  into  consideration  the  challenging  industry  and  market  trends  that  existed  as  of  August 1,
2013,  the  date  of  the  annual  goodwill  impairment  test,  for  each  respective  reporting  unit.

In  order  to  evaluate  the  sensitivity  of  the  estimated  fair  values  of  our  reporting  units  in  the
goodwill impairment test, we  applied  a hypothetical 10%  decrease to the fair  values of  each reporting
unit. This hypothetical 10% decrease  resulted in an excess of fair value over  carrying amount ranging
from  approximately  2%  to  approximately  1,000%  of  the  carrying  amounts.  This hypothetical  10%
decrease resulted in the Software and  ESSN  reporting  units having the lowest excess  of fair value over
carrying  amount of 18% and 2%, respectively. We will continue to monitor goodwill  on an annual basis
as  of  the  beginning  of  our  fourth  fiscal  quarter  and  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances,  such
as  significant  adverse  changes  in  business  climate  or  operating  results,  changes  in  management’s
business strategy or significant declines  in our stock  price,  indicate that there may be potential indicator
of impairment.

Intangible Assets

We  review intangible assets with finite lives for impairment whenever events or  changes in

circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an  asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these
intangible assets is assessed based on the  estimated  undiscounted future cash flows expected to result
from the use  of the asset. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying amount, the
finite-lived  intangible  assets  are  considered  to  be  impaired.  The  amount  of  the  impairment  loss,  if  any,
is  measured  as  the  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  and  its  fair  value.  We  estimate
the fair value of the finite-lived intangible assets by using an income approach or, when available and
appropriate, using a market approach.

Restructuring

We  have engaged in restructuring actions, which require management to utilize significant
estimates related to the timing and amount of severance and other employee  separation costs for
workforce reduction and enhanced early  retirement programs, realizable values of assets made
redundant or obsolete, lease cancellation  and other  exit costs. We  accrue for severance and other
employee separation costs under these actions  when it is probable that benefits will  be  paid and  the
amount is reasonably estimable. The rates used in determining severance accruals are based on  existing
plans, historical experiences, and negotiated settlements. For a full description of our restructuring

48

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

actions, refer to our discussions of restructuring  in ‘‘Results  of Operations’’  below and in  Note 7  to  the
Consolidated Financial Statements in  Item 8, which  are incorporated herein by reference.

Stock-Based Compensation

Our stock-based compensation program primarily  consists of awards of restricted stock, as well  as

stock options and, to a lesser extent, other award  types.  The fair value  of  a restricted stock award is
equal to HP’s stock price on the date  of grant. For stock options, determining  the appropriate fair
value model and calculating fair value  requires the use of assumptions, including the expected term of
the option and the expected stock price volatility  over the expected term of the option. We utilize the
Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing formula to value service-based stock options. We determine the
expected  term  using  our  historical  exercise  and  post-vesting  termination  patterns.  We  determine  the
expected stock price volatility using implied volatility  from options traded on HP’s stock. We believe
that implied volatility calculated based on actively traded options  on HP’s  stock is a better indicator of
expected volatility  and future stock price trends than  historical volatility.

The amount of compensation recognized for awards of restricted stock and  options is adjusted for
an assumed level of forfeiture due to the  presence of service or performance vesting conditions and is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the  requisite service period  of  the award. These  compensation
costs are determined at the aggregate grant  level for service-based awards and at the individual vesting
tranche level for awards with performance and/or  market  conditions. To the extent our actual
forfeitures are different than our estimates,  we record  an adjustment for the difference  in the period
that the awards vest, and such adjustments could materially affect  our operating results.

For a  further discussion on stock-based compensation, refer to Note 2 to the Consolidated

Financial Statements in Item 8, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Taxes on Earnings

We  calculate our current and deferred tax provisions based on estimates and assumptions that
could differ from the final positions reflected  in  our income tax returns filed during  the subsequent
fiscal year. We adjust our current and  deferred tax provisions based on income tax returns which  are
generally filed in the third and fourth quarters  of  the subsequent fiscal year for U.S. federal and state
purposes, respectively.

We  recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the  expected tax consequences of temporary
differences between the tax bases of  assets and liabilities  and their reported amounts using enacted tax
rates in effect for the year in which we  expect  the differences to reverse. We record a valuation
allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the  amount  that we are more likely than not to realize.

We  have considered future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income, the mix of

earnings in the jurisdictions in which  we operate and  prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in
determining  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance.  In  the  event  we  were  to  determine  that  it  is  more
likely than not that we will be unable  to  realize all or part of our  deferred tax assets  in the future, we
would  increase  the  valuation  allowance  and  recognize  a  corresponding  charge  to  earnings  or  other
comprehensive income in the period  in  which we make such a determination. Likewise, if we later
determine that we are more likely than not to realize the  deferred tax assets, we would reverse the
applicable portion of the previously recognized  valuation allowance. In order for us  to  realize our
deferred tax assets, we must be able to generate sufficient taxable income in the tax jurisdictions in
which  the deferred tax assets are located.

49

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

Our effective tax rate includes the impact  of certain  undistributed foreign earnings for which we

have not provided U.S. federal taxes because  we plan  to  reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside the
United States. We plan foreign earnings  remittance amounts based  on projected cash flow  needs  as well
as the working capital and long-term investment  requirements of our  foreign subsidiaries and our
domestic operations. Based on these  assumptions, we  estimate the amount we will distribute  to  the
United States and provide the U.S. federal taxes due  on  these amounts. Further, as a result  of certain
employment actions and capital investments we have  undertaken, income from manufacturing activities
in certain countries is subject to reduced tax rates  and,  in some cases,  is wholly exempt from  taxes for
fiscal years through 2024. Material changes in our estimates of cash, working capital and long-term
investment requirements in the various  jurisdictions  in which we do business could impact our effective
tax rate.

We  are subject to income taxes in the United States and approximately 80 other countries, and we

are subject to routine corporate income  tax  audits in  many  of  these  jurisdictions. We believe that our
tax return positions are fully supported,  but  tax authorities  are likely to challenge certain positions,
which  may not be fully sustained. Accordingly, our income tax expense includes amounts intended to
satisfy income tax assessments that may  result from  these challenges. Determining the income tax
expense  for  these  potential  assessments  and  recording  the  related  effects  requires  management
judgments and estimates. The amounts  ultimately  paid  upon resolution of audits could be materially
different from the amounts previously  included in our income tax expense  and, therefore,  could  have a
material  impact  on  our  tax  provision,  net  income  and  cash  flows.  Our  accrual  for  uncertain  tax
positions is attributable primarily to uncertainties  concerning the tax treatment of  our international
operations,  including  the  allocation  of  income  among  different  jurisdictions,  and  related  interest.  For  a
further discussion on taxes on earnings, refer to Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in
Item 8, which is incorporated herein  by reference.

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts  for  Accounts  Receivable

We  determine our  allowance for doubtful accounts using a combination of factors to ensure that

we state our account receivables balance  at net  realizable  value. We record specific provisions for
individual accounts when we become  aware of specific customer circumstances, such as in  the case of
bankruptcy filings or a deterioration  in the  customer’s operating  results or financial position. If  the
customer’s circumstances change, we  would adjust our  estimate of the  net realizable value of the
receivables. In addition, we maintain  an allowance for doubtful accounts for all other customers based
on a variety of factors, including the use of third-party  credit risk models that generate quantitative
measures of default probabilities based  on market factors, the financial  condition  of customers,  the
length of time receivables are past due,  trends  in  overall weighted-average risk rating of  the total
portfolio, macroeconomic conditions, information  derived from competitive benchmarking, significant
one-time events and historical experience. The past due  or delinquency status of  a receivable is  based
on the contractual payment terms of  the receivable.

The  annual  provision  for  doubtful  accounts  has  averaged  approximately  0.04%  of  net  revenue  over
the last three fiscal years. Using our  third-party credit risk model at October 31, 2013, a 50-basis-point
deterioration in the weighted-average default probabilities of our significant customers  would have
increased  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  by  $48  million.

50

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

Inventory

We  state our inventory at the lower of cost or market. We  make adjustments to reduce the cost of

inventory to its net realizable value, if  required, at the product group level  for estimated excess,
obsolescence or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include changes in demand,
technological changes, product life cycle  and  development plans, component cost trends, product
pricing, physical deterioration and quality  issues.

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

We  use derivative instruments to manage a variety  of  risks, including risks related to interest rates

and foreign exchange. HP mainly holds  non-speculative forwards, swaps and options to hedge certain
foreign currency and interest rate exposures. At  October 31, 2013, the gross notional of our derivative
portfolio was $51.9 billion. Assets and liabilities related to derivative instruments  are measured  at fair
value every reporting period. At October 31, 2013, derivative assets  and liabilities were $452 million
and $656 million, respectively.

Fair value is the price we would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a  liability  in an orderly

transaction between market participants at the measurement  date. In the absence of active markets for
the identical assets or liabilities, such  measurements involve developing assumptions based on market
observable data and, in the absence of such  data, internal information that is consistent with what
market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that occurs at the measurement date.  The
determination of fair value often involves  significant judgments about assumptions  such as determining
an appropriate discount rate that factors  in both  risk and liquidity premiums, identifying  the similarities
and differences in market transactions, weighting those differences accordingly and then making the
appropriate adjustments to those market  transactions  to  reflect the  risks specific to our asset or liability
being valued. HP generally uses industry  standard valuation models to measure the  fair value of its
derivative positions. When prices in active  markets  are not available for the  identical asset or liability,
HP uses industry standard valuation models to measure fair value.  Where applicable,  these models
project future cash flows and discount the  future amounts  to  present value using market based
observable inputs, including interest rate  curves,  HP and counterparty credit risk, foreign exchange
rates, and forward and spot prices.

For a  further discussion on fair value  measurements  and derivative instruments, refer to Note 8
and Note 9, respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8,  which are incorporated
herein by reference.

Retirement  and  Post-Retirement  Benefits

Our pension and other post-retirement benefit costs and obligations  are dependent  on various
assumptions. Our major assumptions relate primarily  to  discount rates, future compensation growth
rates and the expected long-term return on plan assets. The  discount rate assumption is based on
current investment yields of high-quality fixed-income securities with maturities similar to the expected
benefits payment period. The future compensation growth rate assumption reflects  our long-term actual
experience and future outlook. The expected long-term return on plan assets is determined based on
asset allocations, historical portfolio results, historical asset correlations, and management’s expected
returns  for  each  asset  class. In  any  fiscal  year,  significant  differences  may  arise  between  the  actual
return  and the expected long-term return  on plan assets. Historically, differences between the actual
return  and  expected  long-term  return  on  plan  assets  have  resulted  from  changes  in  target  or  actual
asset  allocation,  short-term  asset  performance  relative  to  expected  long-term  asset  performance,

51

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

differences between target and actual  investment allocations,  the timing of benefit payments compared
to  expectations,  and  the  use  of  derivatives  intended  to  effect  asset  allocation  changes  or  hedge  certain
investment or liability exposures. For the  recognition  of  net periodic benefit  cost, the calculation of the
expected  long-term  return  on  plan  assets  uses  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  as  of  the  beginning  of  the
fiscal year.

Our major assumptions vary by plan,  and  the weighted-average rates used are  set forth in Note 15

to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. For
fiscal 2013, changes in the weighted-average  assumptions would have had the following impact on our
net periodic benefit cost:

• A decrease of 25 basis points in the expected  long-term rate of return would  have increased our

net periodic benefit cost by approximately  $65 million;

• A decrease of 25 basis points in the discount rate would have increased our net periodic benefit

cost by approximately $75 million; and

• An increase of 25 basis points in the future compensation growth rate would  have increased our

net periodic benefit cost by approximately  $18 million.

Loss  Contingencies

We  are involved in various lawsuits, claims,  investigations  and proceedings that arise in the
ordinary course of business. We record  a liability when we  believe that it is  both probable that a
liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is
required to determine both the probability of having incurred a liability and the estimated  amount  of
the liability. We review these matters at least  quarterly  and adjust these liabilities to reflect the impact
of negotiations, settlements, rulings,  advice of legal  counsel and updated information. For a further
discussion on litigation and contingencies,  refer to Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in
Item 8, which is incorporated herein  by reference.

ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

For a  summary of recent accounting pronouncements with application to our consolidated financial
statements see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8,  which is  incorporated herein
by reference.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion compares the  historical results of operations for the fiscal years ended

October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Unless otherwise  noted, all comparative performance  data  included
below reflect year-over-year comparisons.

Revenue from our international operations has historically  represented, and we expect will

continue to represent, a majority of our overall net revenue. As a result, our revenue growth has been
impacted, and we expect will continue  to  be impacted, by fluctuations  in foreign currency exchange
rates. In order to provide a framework for assessing how each  of our business segments performed
excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, we present the year-over-year percentage change
in revenue on a constant currency basis,  which assumes no  change in the exchange rate from the
prior-year period. This information is provided  so that  revenue  can be viewed without the impact of
fluctuations in foreign currency rates, which  is  consistent with how management evaluates our

52

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

operational results and trends. This constant currency  disclosure is provided in  addition to, and not as  a
substitute for, the year-over-year percentage change  in  revenue on a GAAP basis. Other companies
may  calculate  and  define  similarly  labled  items  differently,  which  may  limit  the  usefulness  of  this
measure  for  comparative  purposes.

Results of operations in dollars and as a  percentage of net revenue were  as follows for the

following fiscal years ended October  31:

2013

2012

In millions

2011

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $112,298
Cost of sales(1)
86,380

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0% $120,357
76.9% 92,385

100.0% $127,245
76.8% 97,418

100.0%
76.6%

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of intangible assets . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment of goodwill and intangible

assets(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition-related charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Earnings (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and other, net(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Earnings (loss) before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

25,918
3,135
13,267
1,373

—
990
22

7,131
(621)

6,510
(1,397)

23.1% 27,972
3,399
2.8%
11.8% 13,500
1,784
1.2%

23.2% 29,827
3,254
2.8%
11.2% 13,577
1,607
1.5%

—
0.9%
—

18,035
2,266
45

15.0%
1.9%
—

885
645
182

6.4% (11,057)
(876)
(0.6)%

(9.2)% 9,677
(695)
(0.8)%

5.8% (11,933)
(717)
(1.2)%

(10.0)% 8,982
(0.5)% (1,908)

23.4%
2.6%
10.6%
1.3%

0.7%
0.5%
0.1%

7.6%
(0.5)%

7.1%
(1.5)%

Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

5,113

4.6% $ (12,650)

(10.5)% $

7,074

5.6%

(1) Cost of products, cost of services and  financing  interest.

(2) For fiscal 2012, includes an $8.8 billion goodwill  and intangible  asset impairment charge associated

with the Autonomy reporting unit within  the Software  segment, an $8.0 billion goodwill
impairment within the ES segment and  a $1.2 billion intangible asset impairment  associated with
the ‘‘Compaq’’ trade name within the  Personal Systems segment. For  fiscal 2011, represents
impairment charges to goodwill and intangible  assets associated  with the acquisition of Palm, Inc.
that were recorded as result of the decision announced on  August 18,  2011 to wind  down the
webOS  device business.

(3) For fiscal 2011, includes $276 million of charges in connection with the  acquisition of Autonomy,
which  is primarily  comprised of the $265 million net cost of British pound options bought to limit
foreign exchange rate risk.

Net Revenue

Fiscal 2013

In  fiscal  2013,  our  total  net  revenue  decreased  6.7%  (decreased  5.5%  on  a  constant  currency
basis). U.S. net revenue decreased 4.4%  to  $40.3 billion, while net  revenue from  outside of  the United
States  decreased  7.9%  to  $72.0 billion.

53

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

The components of the weighted net revenue change were as follows for the following fiscal years

ended October 31:

Personal Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HP Financial Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate Investments/Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

2012

Percentage Points
(3.1)
(3.0)
(0.5)
(1.7)
(1.3)
(1.3)
(1.3)
(0.5)
0.2
(0.2)
0.5
(0.1)
0.1
0.1

Total HP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(6.7)

(5.4)

In fiscal  2013 as compared to fiscal 2012, each of our segments experienced  a net revenue decline.

The leading factors contributing to the  declines  by  segment are as follows:

• Personal  Systems  net  revenue  declined  due  to  the  contraction  in  the  overall  PC  market  as  a

result  of  a  customer  shift,  particularly  consumers,  to  tablet  products;

• ES net revenue declined due primarily to net  service revenue runoff and contractual price
declines in ongoing contracts due in part to weak public  sector  spending and  enterprise  IT
demand;

• EG net revenue declined due to multiple factors, including competitive pricing  challenges in

Industry Standard Servers (‘‘ISS’’), a  market  decline  for UNIX products  impacting  BCS, declines
in TS due in part to lower support for  BCS  products, product  transitions  in Storage and overall
weak enterprise IT demand;

• Printing  net  revenue  declined  due  to  unfavorable  currency  impacts,  particularly  the  euro,  and

declines in supplies and commercial printers;

• HPFS  net  revenue  decreased  due  primarily  to  lower  rental  revenue  from  a  decrease  in  operating

lease assets; and

• Software  net  revenue  declined  due  to  lower  license  and  professional  services  revenues  from

IT/cloud  management  and  information  management  products.

Fiscal 2012

In  fiscal  2012,  our  total  net  revenue  decreased  5.4%  (decreased  4.4%  on  a  constant  currency
basis). U.S. net revenue decreased 4.5%  to $42.1 billion, while net  revenue from  outside of  the United
States decreased 5.9% to $78.2 billion. Our revenue decreased due primarily to a weak customer
demand  environment  resulting  in  volume  declines  in  our  hardware  businesses  and  printing  supplies
coupled  with  contractual  rate  declines  on  ongoing  contracts  in  ES.  Software  contributed  favorably  to
our  total net revenue change as a result  of the acquisition  of  Autonomy in October 2011.

A more detailed discussion of segment revenue is  included  under ‘‘Segment Information’’ below.

54

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

Gross Margin

Our  total  gross  margin  decreased  0.1 percentage  points  and  0.2  percentage  points  in  fiscal  2013

and 2012, respectively.

Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012

From  a  segment  perspective,  the  total  decrease  in  our  gross  margin  was  due  primarily  to  gross
margin decreases in EG, Personal Systems, ES and Software. Printing and, to a lesser extent, HPFS
experienced  gross  margin  increases.  The  primary  factors  impacting  gross  margin  performance  for  each
of our segments are summarized below:

• EG  experienced  a  gross  margin  decline  due  primarily  to  competitive  pricing  pressures  in  ISS

and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  mix  impacts  from  lower  BCS  and  Storage  revenue;

• Personal  Systems  experienced  a  gross  margin  decline  due  primarily  to  unfavorable  currency

impacts and competitive pricing pressures;

• ES  gross  margin  decreased  due  to  net  service  revenue  runoff  and  contractual  price  declines;

• Software  gross  margin  decreased  slightly  due  to  higher  development  costs  in  IT/cloud

management products;

• HPFS  gross  margin  increased  slightly  due  primarily  to  higher  portfolio  margins  from  a  lower  mix

of  operating  leases  and  higher  margins  on  early  buyouts;  and

• Printing  gross  margin  increased  due  primarily  to  improvement  in  toner  gross  margins  as  a  result

of lower discounting and higher average  revenue  per  unit (‘‘ARU’’) in consumer  printers.

Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011

From  a  segment  perspective,  the  total  decrease  in  our  gross  margin  was  due  primarily  to  gross
margin decreases in ES, EG and, to  a lesser extent, in Personal Systems, Printing and Software. HPFS
experienced  a  gross  margin  increase.  The  primary  factors  impacting  gross  margin  performance  for  each
of our segments are summarized below:

• ES gross margin decreased due primarily  to  lower than expected revenue, contractual rate

declines on ongoing contracts, a lower resource utilization  rate and additional costs associated
with certain contract deliverable delays;

• EG experienced a gross margin decline due to competitive pricing pressures, particularly  in ISS

and, to a lesser extent, in Networking;

• Personal Systems gross margin decreased due  primarily to higher component costs combined

with an unfavorable currency impact;

• Printing experienced a gross margin decrease  due to an unfavorable currency impact driven by
the strength of the Japanese yen and from lower ink  supplies  volumes as a result of demand
declines in all regions;

• Software gross margin decreased due  primarily to a lower mix of license revenue; and

• HPFS gross margin increased due primarily  to  lower bad  debt  expense.

55

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

A more detailed discussion of segment operating margins  is included under ‘‘Segment

Information’’ below.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

R&D  expense  decreased  in  fiscal  2013  due  primarily  to  the  rationalization  of  R&D  in  EG  for

BCS, cost savings from restructuring and higher value added R&D tax  subsidy credits. The decrease
was  partially  offset  by  increased  R&D  expense  in  our  Storage  and  ISS  business  units  and  in  Software
for  innovation-focused  spending  in  the  areas  of  converged  infrastructure  and  converged  cloud.  In  fiscal
2013, R&D expense as a percentage  of  revenue increased for Software, Personal Systems and ES,
decreased for EG, and was flat for Printing.

R&D expense increased in fiscal 2012 due primarily to additional expense  from the acquisition of

Autonomy  and  innovation-focused  spending  for  Storage,  Networking  and  converged  cloud.  The  increase
was partially offset by the elimination of R&D expense associated with the former webOS device
business. In fiscal 2012, R&D expense as  a percentage of revenue increased for EG,  Software, Printing
and Personal Systems, and was flat for  ES.

Selling, General and Administrative

SG&A  expense  decreased  in  fiscal  2013  due  primarily  to  cost  savings  associated  with  our  ongoing

restructuring  efforts  that  impacted  all  of  our  segments.  Partially  offsetting  the  decline  was  higher
marketing  expenses  to  support  new  product  introductions  and  increased  administrative  expenses  due  in
part to higher consulting project spending. In fiscal  2013, SG&A expense as a percentage of revenue
increased for our EG, ES, HPFS, and Personal Systems segments, due in  part to the  revenue declines
taking place in these segments, and decreased  for our  Software and Printing segments.

SG&A expense decreased in fiscal 2012  due primarily  to  lower marketing costs and $103 million in

net gains from the sale of real estate in  fiscal 2012. In  fiscal  2012, SG&A  expense as  a percentage of
revenue increased for ES and Personal Systems,  decreased  for EG and Software and was flat for
Printing and HPFS.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization expense decreased in fiscal 2013 due primarily to the  intangible asset impairment

recorded  in the fourth quarter of fiscal  2012 related to Autonomy and certain intangible assets
associated with prior acquisitions reaching the end of their amortization periods.

Amortization expense increased in fiscal  2012  due primarily  to  the intangible assets purchased as
part of the Autonomy acquisition in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. The increase was partially offset
by decreased amortization expenses related to certain  intangible assets associated with prior acquisitions
reaching the end of their amortization  periods.

For more information on our amortization of  intangible assets, see Note 6 to the Consolidated

Financial Statements in Item 8, which is  incorporated herein by reference.

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In fiscal  2012, we recorded goodwill  impairment charges of $8.0 billion and $5.7 billion associated

with ES and the acquisition of Autonomy,  respectively. In addition, we recorded intangible asset

56

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

impairment charges of $3.1 billion and $1.2  billion  associated with the acquisition of Autonomy  and the
‘‘Compaq’’ trade name, respectively.

For more information on our impairment charges,  see  Note 6 to the Consolidated  Financial

Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated  herein by reference.

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring charges decreased in fiscal 2013  due primarily  to  the $2.1 billion charge recorded in
fiscal 2012 for the restructuring plan announced in May 2012 (the ‘‘2012 Plan’’). Restructuring charges
for  fiscal  2013  were  approximately  $1.0  billion,  which  included  $1.2  billion  of  charges  related  to  the
2012 Plan that were partially offset by  a reversal  of  $190  million of severance charges related  to  our
fiscal 2010 ES restructuring plan.

Restructuring charges increased in fiscal 2012 due  primarily to the $2.1 billion charge  for the  2012

Plan, the effect of which was partially offset by lower charges from the fiscal  2008 and fiscal 2010 ES
restructuring plans. Restructuring charges for fiscal 2012 were $2.3 billion which  included $2.1 billion of
costs related to the 2012 Plan, $106 million of costs related to our fiscal 2008  restructuring plan and
$75 million of costs related to our fiscal  2010 ES  restructuring plan.

For more information on our restructuring charges, see Note 7 to the  Consolidated Financial

Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated  herein by reference.

As part of our ongoing business operations, we  incur workforce rebalancing charges  for severance

and related costs. Workforce rebalancing  activities  are considered part of normal operations as we
continue to optimize our cost structure.  Workforce rebalancing costs  are included in our business
segment results, and we expect to incur  additional workforce  rebalancing costs in the future.

Acquisition-Related Charges

In  fiscal  2013,  2012  and  2011,  we  recorded  acquisition-related  charges  of  $22 million,  $45 million

and $182 million, respectively. The decrease  in fiscal 2013 and 2012 was due primarily to lower
consulting and integration costs associated with  the Autonomy acquisition and a reduced level of
acquisition activity.

Interest and Other, Net

Interest and other, net decreased by $255 million in fiscal 2013. The decrease was driven primarily

by lower currency transaction losses coupled with lower interest expense due to lower  average debt
balances, a gain on sale of investments and lower investment losses.

Interest and other, net increased by $181  million in fiscal  2012.  The  increase was driven  primarily
by higher interest expense due to higher  average  debt  balances and higher currency transaction losses.

Provision for Taxes

Our effective tax rates were 21.5%, (6.0)%  and  21.2% in fiscal 2013, 2012  and 2011, respectively.

Our effective tax rate generally differs  from the  U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due to favorable tax
rates associated with certain earnings from our  operations in lower-tax jurisdictions throughout the
world. The jurisdictions with favorable tax rates  that have the most significant  effective tax rate impact
in the periods presented include China, Ireland, the Netherlands, Puerto Rico and Singapore. We plan
to reinvest some of the earnings of these  jurisdictions  indefinitely outside the United  States and
therefore have not provided U.S. taxes  on  those indefinitely reinvested earnings.

57

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

In addition to the above factors, the overall tax rates in fiscal 2012 and 2011 were impacted by
nondeductible goodwill impairments and  increases in valuation allowances  against certain deferred tax
assets.

For a  full reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the U.S. federal  statutory rate of 35% and
further explanation of our provision  for  taxes, see Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in
Item 8, which is incorporated herein  by reference.

Segment Information

A description of the products and services  for each segment can be found in  Note 18  to  the

Consolidated Financial Statements in  Item 8,  which is incorporated herein by reference. Future changes
to this organizational structure may result  in  changes to the business segments disclosed.

We  have  implemented  certain  organizational  realignments.  As  a  result  of  these  realignments,  we
re-evaluated our segment financial reporting  structure and, effective in the  first  quarter  of fiscal 2013:

• We created a new EG segment consisting  of  our TS business unit,  which was previously a part of

our  former ESSN segment;

• We  created  a  new  ES  segment  consisting  of  our  Infrastructure  Technology  Outsourcing  (‘‘ITO’’)
business unit, and our Application and Business  Services (‘‘ABS’’) business  unit both of which
were previously a part of our former Services  segment;

• We  transferred  our  Personal  Systems  commercial  products  support  business  from  our  TS

business  unit  to  the  Other  business  unit  within  our  Personal  Systems  segment;

• We  transferred  our  end-user  workplace  support  business  from  our  TS  business  unit  to  our  ITO

business unit within our new ES segment; and

• We  transferred  the  portion  of  our  business  intelligence  services  business  that  was  a  part  of  our

Corporate  Investments  segment  to  our  ABS  business  unit  within  our  new  ES  segment.

As noted above, as a result of these changes, we  created two new reportable  segments, the EG segment
and  the  ES  segment.  Also  as  noted  above,  we  eliminated  two  existing  reportable  segments,  the  ESSN
segment  and  the  Services  segment.  Taking  into  account  these  changes,  effective  at  the  beginning  of  our
first quarter of fiscal 2013, our seven  reportable segments are Personal Systems, Printing, the Enterprise
Group, Enterprise Services, Software,  HP  Financial Services and  Corporate Investments.

Printing and Personal Systems Group

Printing and Personal Systems segments were  realigned beneath a  newly formed Printing and
Personal Systems Group during fiscal  2012. We describe the results of the business segments within the
Printing and Personal Systems Group in more  detail below.

Personal Systems

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings from operations as a % of net  revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$32,071
949
$
3.0%

In millions
$35,725
$ 1,689

$39,654
$ 2,327

4.7%

5.9%

For the fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

58

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

The components of the weighted net revenue change by Personal Systems business units were as

follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31:

Notebook PCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Desktop PCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Workstations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

2012

Percentage Points
(7.8)
(2.9)
—
0.5

(6.3)
(3.4)
(0.2)
—

Total Personal Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(10.2)

(9.9)

Personal Systems net revenue decreased 10.2% (decreased 9.0% on a  constant currency basis) in

fiscal 2013. The Personal Systems business continues  to  experience significant  challenges due to the
overall PC market contraction as a result of a customer shift, particularly  consumers, to tablet  products.
The business is also experiencing broad-based regional  demand weakness,  particularly in the  EMEA
region. The decline in Personal Systems revenue  was  driven by an  8%  decline in unit  volume along
with a 3% decline in average selling  prices (‘‘ASPs’’). The unit volume decrease was led  by  declines in
consumer and notebook products as a  result  of  the market shift  to  tablet products.  The decline in ASPs
was due primarily  to a competitive pricing  environment. Net revenue for consumer clients decreased
19%, while net revenue for commercial  clients decreased 4%. Notebook PCs net revenue decreased
15%,  while  Desktop  PCs  net  revenue  decreased  8%.  Workstations  net  revenue  growth  was  flat,  while
Other net revenue increased 22%. The  net revenue increase in Other was related to increased  sales  of
extended warranties and third-party branded options  and  sales of our newly introduced  consumer
tablets.

Personal Systems earnings from operations as  a percentage of net revenue decreased

1.7 percentage points in fiscal 2013. The decrease was driven  by a decline in gross margin combined
with an increase in operating expenses as  a percentage of net revenue. The decline in gross margin  was
due to unfavorable currency impacts and competitive pricing pressures. These  unfavorable impacts to
gross  margin were partially offset by lower component and warranty costs and a favorable mix of
higher-margin commercial products. Operating expenses as a percentage of net  revenue increased due
primarily to the size of the revenue decline as well as slightly higher R&D costs. However,  operating
expenses declined across most other expense categories as a result of our ongoing restructuring efforts.

Personal  Systems  net  revenue  decreased  9.9%  (decreased  8.8%  on  a  constant  currency  basis)  in
fiscal 2012. The revenue decline was due  primarily to a decline  in unit volumes, the effect  of  which was
partially offset by a nominal increase in  ASPs.  ASPs increased due primarily  to  a mix shift toward
higher-end models, the effect of which was  partially offset by unfavorable currency impacts.  Unit
volume was down 11% due primarily to continued demand weakness in both the consumer  and
commercial markets. In fiscal 2012, net  revenue from  Notebook  PCs  decreased 12%  while net revenue
from Desktop PCs decreased 9% as a  result of the overall market decline.  Workstations revenue
decreased 3% due to weak demand in  the commercial PC  market.  In  fiscal  2012, net revenue for
consumer clients decreased 15% while commercial  client revenue decreased  6%.

Personal Systems earnings from operations as  a percentage of net revenue decreased

1.2 percentage points in fiscal 2012. The decrease was due primarily to a  gross  margin decline resulting
from higher component costs combined with an unfavorable currency  impact. These negative impacts to
gross  margin were partially offset by lower warranty and logistics costs, benefits  from insurance
proceeds related to flooding in Thailand in  July 2011 and an  increased  level of component vendor

59

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

rebates. In addition, operating expenses  as a  percentage of net revenue increased  due  primarily to the
decline  in revenue coupled with increased investments in research and development, the effects of
which  were partially offset by a decrease  in administrative expenses.

Printing

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings from operations as a % of net  revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For the fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

$23,854
$ 3,890

In millions
$24,487
$ 3,585

$26,176
$ 3,927

16.3%

14.6%

15.0%

The components of the weighted net revenue  change by Printing  business  units were as follows for

the following fiscal years ended October  31:

Percentage Points
(3.9)
(1.8)
Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1.1)
Commercial Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(0.8)
(1.5)
Consumer Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —

Total Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2.6)

(6.5)

2013

2012

Printing net revenue decreased 2.6% (decreased 1.0% on a constant currency basis) in  fiscal 2013.

The  decrease  was  driven  by  unfavorable  currency  impacts,  particularly  weakness  in  the  euro,  and
declines in supplies and commercial printers. Net revenue for Supplies  decreased 3%  due  to
unfavorable currency impacts and lower  volumes of toner and ink supplies.  These effects  were partially
offset by growth in large format printing  supplies. Printer unit volumes declined  by  3% while ARU
increased by 1%. Printer unit volumes decreased largely due to declines  in low-end consumer printers
as we continued our focus on higher-value  Ink in  the Office and Ink Advantage products. The increase
in ARU was driven by a mix shift to  high-value  consumer printers, the effect  of  which was partially
offset by higher discounting in commercial printers. Net revenue  for Commercial Hardware decreased
3%, which was driven by a 6% decline in ARU that  was  partially offset by a  volume increase  of  2%.
The decline in commercial hardware  net  revenue was partially offset by  net revenue growth in the
graphics services and managed print services businesses.  Net  revenue  for  Consumer Hardware
remained flat due to a 7% increase in  ARU,  the effect of  which was offset by a 5% reduction in
volume. Unit volume and ARU increased within high-value consumer printers as  a result of  our
continued focus on those more profitable  printers.

Printing earnings from operations as  a percentage  of  net revenue  increased  by  1.7 percentage
points in fiscal 2013 due to an increase in gross  margin combined with lower  operating expenses as a
percentage of net revenue. The gross  margin  increase was due to improvement in toner gross margins
resulting from lower discounting, higher  ARU  in consumer printers,  and lower cost of  sales in toner
and  commercial  printers  due  to  a  favorable  currency  impact  from  the  Japanese  yen.  These  positive
effects were partially offset by an unfavorable mix of lower-margin  consumer printers. Operating
expenses as a percentage of net revenue decreased due  to  lower administrative,  R&D and field selling
costs as a result of our ongoing restructuring efforts. These effects were partially offset  by  higher
marketing  expenses  to  support  new  product  introductions.

60

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

Printing  net  revenue  decreased  6.5%  (decreased  6.3%  on  a  constant  currency  basis)  in  fiscal  2012,

driven by broad-based consumer demand  weakness  in  all regions. Printer unit volume declined 15%,
while ARU increased by 8%. Net revenue  for Supplies  decreased  6% in fiscal 2012  driven by demand
declines in all regions, the effects of  which  were partially offset by growth  in large format printing
supplies. Net revenue for Consumer  Hardware  decreased  14% in fiscal 2012, due primarily to a decline
in consumer demand. Inkjet unit volume  reductions  of 18% were partially offset by a higher mix of
high value inkjet units reflecting an increase in ARU of 6%. Net revenue for Commercial Hardware
decreased 5% in fiscal 2012. The net  revenue decline was driven by volume declines of 8%, due
primarily to a weak worldwide demand environment impacting our LaserJet printer business. These
negative impacts were offset by higher  ARU of 2%  and  net revenue growth in both large format
printers and our managed print services business.

Printing earnings from operations as  a percentage of net revenue decreased  by  0.4 percentage
points in fiscal 2012. Gross margin declined  in  fiscal 2012  due to an unfavorable currency impact driven
by the strength of the Japanese yen and from lower ink  supplies  volumes as a result of demand
declines in all regions. These effects  were  partially  offset by our  focus on higher-end inkjet printers
combined with a higher mix of supplies. Operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue increased
due to the decline in revenue and investments in research and development, the effects of which were
partially offset by declines in marketing and administrative expenses.

Enterprise Group

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings from operations as a % of net  revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For the fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

$28,183
$ 4,301

In millions
$29,779
$ 5,194

$31,460
$ 6,265

15.3%

17.4%

19.9%

The components of the weighted net revenue  change by business  units were as follows for the

following fiscal years ended October  31:

Percentage Points
(3.0)
(1.6)
Industry Standard Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1.5)
(1.4)
Business Critical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(0.3)
(1.3)
Technology Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(0.8)
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1.1)
0.3
Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —

Total Enterprise Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(5.4)

(5.3)

2013

2012

EG net revenue decreased 5.4% (decreased  4.4% on  a constant currency  basis) in fiscal  2013 due

primarily to the macroeconomic demand challenges the business faced  during the  fiscal year.
Additionally, new product and technology transitions in Storage  and ISS and a competitive pricing
environment contributed to the revenue  decline. EG also experienced execution challenges that
impacted revenue growth in fiscal 2013,  although those challenges moderated in  the fourth  quarter  due
to improved sales execution. Each of the  business units within EG experienced year-over-year revenue
declines in fiscal 2013 except Networking.  ISS net revenue decreased by  4% due to competitive pricing
and  soft  demand. Within  ISS,  we  experienced  a  revenue  decline  in  our  core  mainstream  products  that

61

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

was  partially  offset  by  revenue  growth  in  our  hyperscale  server  products.  TS  net  revenue  decreased  by
4% due to revenue declines in the support and consulting businesses and, to a lesser extent,  to
unfavorable currency impacts. Support revenue declined  due to a reduction in support for BCS
products.  The  consulting  revenue  decline  was  a  result  of  unfavorable  currency  impacts,  the  divestiture
of a service product line and a shift to more profitable services such as data center and storage
consulting. BCS net revenue decreased by  26% as a  result of ongoing pressures from  the decline in the
overall  UNIX  market  along  with  lower  demand  for  our  Itanium-based  servers.  Storage  net  revenue
decreased by 9% due to declines in traditional storage products, which include our tape, storage
networking, and legacy external disk  products, the effects of which were partially offset by growth in
Converged Storage solutions, which include  our 3PAR, StoreOnce, StoreVirtual and StoreAll products.
Networking revenue increased by 2%  due  to  higher  demand for our switching, routing, and wireless
products, the effect of which was partially  offset by the  impact of the divestiture of  our video
surveillance business in the first quarter  of fiscal 2012.

EG earnings from operations as a percentage of  net revenue  decreased  by 2.1 percentage points in

fiscal 2013 driven by a decrease in gross  margin and, to a lesser extent, an  increase in operating
expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The gross margin decrease was  due primarily to competitive
pricing pressures in ISS and, to a lesser extent,  pricing pressures in Storage and mix impacts from lower
BCS  revenue.  Operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  net  revenue  increased  due  to  the  decline  in  EG
net revenue and increased field selling costs and administrative expenses. R&D expenses as a
percentage of net revenue decreased due  primarily to the rationalization of R&D specifically for BCS
and a value-added  tax subsidy credit in  BCS. EG  also benefitted from  cost savings resulting from  our
ongoing restructuring efforts.

EG net revenue decreased 5.3% (decreased 4.6%  on a  constant currency basis) in fiscal  2012 due
primarily to revenue decreases in ISS, BCS, Storage and TS. In fiscal 2012, ISS net revenue  decreased
by 7% driven by declines in unit volume and average unit prices. The declines were due primarily to
competitive pricing pressures and macroeconomic challenges in EMEA. These effects were partially
offset by increased demand for public  and  private cloud  offerings. BCS net revenue decreased  by  23%
in fiscal 2012 mainly as a result of lower  demand  for our  Itanium-based servers, the impact of which
was slightly offset by growth in NonStop  servers. Storage net revenue decreased  6% in fiscal 2012, due
primarily to revenue declines in storage tape  and storage networking products, the effect  of which was
partially offset by strong growth in 3PAR products and StoreOnce data deduplication  solutions.  TS net
revenue decreased by 1% in fiscal 2012, due primarily  to  revenue declines in  our support business
driven by an unfavorable currency impact. Support contract renewals remained steady while declines in
third-party hardware support were offset  by  growth in project services. Networking net revenue
increased 4% in fiscal 2012 due to higher  market demand for our core data  center products, the effect
of which was partially offset by competitive pricing pressures and the divestiture of our video
surveillance business.

EG earnings from operations as a percentage of  net revenue  decreased  by 2.5 percentage points in

fiscal 2012 driven by a decrease in gross  margin coupled  with an  increase in operating expenses  as a
percentage of net revenue. The decrease  in gross margin was due primarily to competitive pricing
pressures, particularly in ISS and, to a  lesser  extent, in  Networking. The increase  in operating expenses
as a percentage of net revenue was driven  by an  increase in research and development costs and field
selling costs, the effect of which was  partially offset by  lower administrative expenses.

62

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

Enterprise Services

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings from operations as a % of net  revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$23,520
679
$
2.9%

In millions
$25,609
$ 1,045

$26,268
$ 1,972

4.1%

7.5%

The components of the weighted net revenue  change by ES business  units were as follows for the

following fiscal years ended October  31:

For fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application and Business Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

2012

Percentage Points
(1.9)
(4.4)
(0.6)
(3.8)

Total Enterprise Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(8.2)

(2.5)

ES  net  revenue  decreased  8.2%  (decreased  7.1%  on  a  constant  currency  basis)  in  fiscal  2013.
Revenue  performance  in  ES  continues  to  be  challenged  by  several  factors  that  impact  the  demand
environment, including weak public sector spending  in the United  States and  austerity measures in
other countries, particularly in the United  Kingdom, and  weak IT services spend due to the mixed
global  recovery, particularly in the EMEA  region. The net revenue decrease  in ES was driven primarily
by net service revenue runoff, contractual price declines  in ongoing contracts  and unfavorable currency
impacts. ITO net revenue decreased by  7% in fiscal  2013, due to net service revenue  runoff,
contractual price declines in ongoing  contracts and unfavorable  currency impacts, the effects  of which
were partially offset by net revenue growth  in security and cloud offerings. ABS net revenue declined
10% in fiscal 2013. The net revenue decline was  due primarily to net  service  revenue runoff and
unfavorable currency impacts, the effects of which were partially offset by revenue  growth in cloud and
information and analytics offerings. Revenue  in ABS was also  negatively impacted by weakness in
public-sector spending.

ES earnings from operations as a percentage  of net revenue decreased by  1.2 percentage  points in
fiscal 2013. The decrease was due to  a decline in  gross margin combined with  an increase in  operating
expenses as a percentage of net revenue. Gross margin declined  due primarily to net service revenue
runoff and contractual price declines. These unfavorable impacts  to  gross margin were partially offset
by our continued focus on improving resource management and profit improvements on under-
performing contracts. Operating expenses as  a percentage  of net revenue increased due to higher
administrative, marketing and R&D costs.  These effects were partially offset by reduced field  selling
costs due to lower headcount-related  costs during the year  and other  savings from  our  ongoing
restructuring efforts.

ES  net  revenue  decreased  2.5%  (decreased  0.4%  on  a  constant  currency  basis)  in  fiscal  2012  due

to revenue decreases in all business units. ITO net revenue decreased by  3% in fiscal 2012. Contractual
rate declines on ongoing contracts, increased deal selectivity designed to meet threshold margins and
strategic fit, and an unfavorable currency impact contributed to the decrease in revenues. These  effects
were partially offset by an increase in  product-related revenue  and  increased revenue from cloud and
security offerings. ABS net revenue decreased  by  2% in fiscal 2012. The decrease  was  driven by

63

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

declines in short-term project work combined with an unfavorable currency impact, the effect of which
was partially offset by increases in sales  of cloud  and  information management and analytics  offerings.

ES earnings from operations as a percentage  of net  revenue decreased by 3.4 percentage points in

fiscal 2012. The decrease was due primarily to a  gross margin decline driven  by  lower than  expected
revenue,  contractual  rate  declines  on  ongoing  contracts,  a  lower  resource  utilization  rate  and  additional
costs associated with certain contract  deliverable  delays.  These effects were partially offset by a
continued focus on operating improvements and cost initiatives that  favorably impacted the cost
structure of all business units.

Software

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings from operations as a % of net  revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For the fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

$3,913
$ 866

In millions
$4,060
$ 827

$3,367
$ 722

22.1%

20.4%

21.4%

Software  net  revenue  decreased  3.6%  (decreased  2.6%  on  a  constant  currency basis)  in  fiscal  2013.
Net revenue from licenses and professional services  decreased  by 17% and  14%, respectively, while net
revenue from SaaS and support increased  by 10% and  8%, respectively.

The  decline  in  software  revenue  was  driven  primarily  by  lower  license  revenue  from  IT/cloud
management  and  information  management  products,  due  primarily  to  a  large  deal  entered  into  in  the
prior year and the market shift to SaaS  offerings.  The revenue  decline was also  due  to  lower
professional  services  revenue  from  IT/cloud  management  and  information  management  products  as  we
manage  the  professional  services  portfolio  to  focus  on  higher-margin  solutions.  These  declines  were
partially  offset  by  higher  growth  in  support  revenue  from  our  information  management  and  security
products and higher revenue growth in our SaaS offerings  from  IT/cloud management and  information
management products as we shift with the market to providing more SaaS offerings.

Software earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 1.7 percentage
points in fiscal 2013 due to a decrease in  operating expense  as a percentage  of net revenue,  the effect
of which was partially offset by a decrease in gross  margin. The decrease  in gross  margin was due
primarily to higher development costs  in IT/cloud management  products and the comparative impact of
a highly profitable software deal entered  into  in the prior  year.  These  decreases were  partially offset by
a lower mix of lower-margin professional services revenue. The decrease in  operating expense as a
percentage of revenue was driven primarily by  lower field selling  costs due to cost  savings  associated
with our ongoing restructuring efforts.

Software net revenue increased 20.6%  (increased 21.3% on a constant currency basis)  in fiscal
2012 due to revenue from acquired companies, primarily Autonomy, which was  acquired in October
2011. In fiscal 2012, net revenue from services, support and licenses increased  by  71%, 16% and 8%,
respectively.

Software earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased by 1.0 percentage

points in fiscal 2012 due primarily to  a decrease  in gross  margin and a slight increase in  operating
expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The gross margin decline was due primarily to a lower  mix of
license revenue, the effect of which was partially  offset by a highly profitable software  deal entered into
in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.

64

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

HP Financial  Services

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings from operations as a % of net  revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For the fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

$3,629
$ 399

In millions
$3,819
$ 388

$3,596
$ 348

11.0%

10.2%

9.7%

HPFS  net  revenue  decreased  by  5.0%  (decreased  4.2% on  a  constant  currency basis)  in  fiscal  2013

due  primarily  to  lower  rental  revenue  from  a  decrease  in  average  operating  lease  assets,  lower  asset
recovery services revenue, and unfavorable currency impacts. These  effects were partially offset  by
higher  revenue from remarketing sales  and higher finance income  from  an increase in  finance lease
assets.

HPFS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 0.8 percentage points

in fiscal 2013. The increase was due primarily to an  increase in gross  margin, the  effect  of which was
partially offset by an increase in operating expenses  as a percentage of net revenue as a  result of higher
IT investments. The increase in gross  margin was the  result of  higher portfolio margin from  a lower
mix of operating leases, higher margin  on early buyouts and lower bad debt expense.

HPFS net revenue increased by 6.2%  (increased 9.0% on a constant currency  basis) in fiscal 2012.
The net revenue increase was due primarily to portfolio growth, along with higher buyout activity  and
higher  end-of-lease revenue from residual  expirations. The effects of  these  changes were  partially offset
by unfavorable currency movements.

HPFS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 0.5 percentage points

in fiscal 2012. The increase was due primarily to an  increase in gross  margin. The increase in gross
margin was due primarily to lower bad debt expense,  the effect of which was partially offset  by  lower
margins on end-of-term activities, including buyouts  and  lease extensions. Operating expenses as a
percentage of net revenue were flat due to our continued focus on cost efficiencies.

Financing Originations

For the fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

Total financing originations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$5,603

In millions
$6,590

$6,765

New financing originations, which represent the  amount  of  financing provided to customers for
equipment and related software and services,  including intercompany activity,  decreased  15.0% and
2.6%  in  fiscal  2013  and  fiscal  2012,  respectively.  The  decrease  in  new  financing  originations  for  both
the periods was primarily driven by lower  financing associated  with HP  product sales and  services
offerings, and to a lesser extent unfavorable currency  impacts.

Portfolio Assets and Ratios

The HPFS business model is asset intensive and uses certain  internal  metrics to measure its
performance against other financial services  companies, including a segment balance sheet that is
derived from our internal management  reporting system. The accounting  policies  used to derive these
amounts  are  substantially  the  same  as  those  used  by  the  consolidated  company.  However,  intercompany

65

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

loans and certain accounts that are reflected in the segment balances  are eliminated in our
Consolidated Financial Statements.

The portfolio assets and ratios derived from the segment  balance sheet for HPFS were as follows

for the following fiscal years ended October  31:

Portfolio assets(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating lease equipment reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

2012

In millions

$12,440

$13,054

131
76

207

149
81

230

Net portfolio assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$12,233

$12,824

Reserve coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Debt to equity ratio(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.7%
7.0x

1.8%
7.0x

(1) Portfolio assets include gross financing receivables of approximately  $7.2 billion  and $7.7  billion at
October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012, respectively, and  net equipment under operating leases of
$2.4 billion at October 31, 2013 and October 31,  2012, as disclosed  in Note  10 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 8, which is  incorporated herein by reference. Portfolio assets also
include capitalized profit on intercompany equipment transactions of approximately  $0.7 billion
and $0.9 billion at October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012, respectively, and intercompany leases
of approximately $2.1 billion at October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012,  respectively,  both of which
are eliminated in consolidation.

(2) Allowance for doubtful accounts includes both  the short-term  and the long-term  portions of the

allowance on financing receivables.

(3) HPFS debt consists of intercompany equity that is treated as debt for segment reporting  purposes,
intercompany debt and $0.9 billion of borrowing and funding related activity associated with HPFS
and its subsidiaries. At October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012, debt allocated to HPFS totaled
$10.8 billion and $11.3 billion, respectively. HPFS  equity at  October 31, 2013 and October  31, 2012
was $1.5 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively. We believe  the allocated intercompany  debt  to  equity
ratio above is comparable to that of other similar financing  companies.

At October 31, 2013 and 2012, HPFS cash balances were $697 million and $700  million,

respectively.

Net portfolio assets at October 31, 2013 decreased 4.6%  from October 31, 2012.  The  decrease

resulted from lower levels of new financing originations, early  customer  buyouts and unfavorable
currency impacts.

HPFS recorded net bad debt expenses of $57 million,  $54 million, and $60 million in fiscal  2013,

2012 and 2011, respectively.

66

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

Corporate Investments

For the fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss from operations as a % of net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 24
$(236)
N/M

In millions
$ 58
$(233)
N/M

$
166
$(1,633)
N/M

In fiscal  2013, Corporate Investments net  revenue was primarily  related to licensing revenue from

HP Labs. Net revenue decreased from fiscal 2012 due primarily to lower  residual activity from the
webOS  device business and lower revenue  from business intelligence products.

Costs  and  expenses  in  Corporate  Investments  are  due  to  activities  in  the  segment  from  residual
activity related to the webOS device  business, HP  Labs,  certain incubation projects, corporate strategy,
and global alliances.

In  fiscal  2012,  the  revenue  decrease  in  Corporate  Investments  was  a  result  of  lower  sales  due  to

the  wind  down  of  the  webOS  device  business  announced  in  August  2011.

Corporate  Investments  reported  a  smaller  loss  from  operations  in  fiscal  2012  due  primarily  to  the
recognition of charges in fiscal 2011 related to the wind  down of the  webOS device  business.  The loss
from  operations  in  Corporate  Investments  was  also  due  to  expenses  associated  with  corporate  strategy,
global  alliances and HP Labs.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We  use cash generated by operations  as our primary source  of  liquidity. We believe  that  internally
generated cash flows are generally sufficient  to  support our  operating businesses, capital expenditures,
restructuring activities, maturing debt, income tax payments and  the payment  of stockholder  dividends,
in addition to discretionary investments  and  share repurchases. We  are able to supplement this
short-term liquidity, if necessary, with broad access to capital markets  and credit line facilities made
available by various foreign and domestic  financial  institutions.  Our access to capital  markets  may be
constrained and our cost of borrowing may  increase under  certain business, market and economic
conditions; however, our use of a variety  of funding sources to meet our liquidity  needs  is designed  to
facilitate continued access to borrowing resources under all such conditions. Our liquidity is  subject to
various risks including the risks identified  in  the section entitled ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in Item 1A and market
risks identified in the section entitled  ‘‘Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk’’ in
Item 7A.

Our cash balances are held in numerous locations  throughout the world,  with substantially all of

those amounts held outside of the United  States. We  utilize a variety of planning and financing
strategies in an effort to ensure that  our worldwide cash is available  when and where it is needed. Our
cash position remains strong, and we  expect  that our cash  balances, anticipated cash flow generated
from operations and access to capital  markets will  be  sufficient to cover our expected near-term  cash
outlays.

Amounts held outside of the United States are  generally utilized to support non-U.S. liquidity

needs, although a portion of those amounts may from  time to time be subject to short-term
intercompany loans into the United States. Most  of the  amounts held outside of the United States

67

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

could be repatriated to the United States  but, under current  law,  would be subject to U.S. federal
income taxes, less applicable foreign tax credits. Repatriation  of some  foreign balances is restricted by
local laws. Except for foreign earnings that are  considered indefinitely reinvested outside  of the United
States, we have provided for the U.S. federal tax liability on these earnings for financial statement
purposes. Repatriation could result in  additional income tax payments in future years. Where local
restrictions prevent an efficient intercompany transfer of funds, our intent  is that cash balances would
remain outside of the United States and  we would meet liquidity  needs through ongoing  cash flows,
external  borrowings, or both. We do  not  expect  restrictions or potential taxes incurred on repatriation
of  amounts  held  outside  of  the  United  States  to  have  a  material  effect  on  our  overall  liquidity,  financial
condition or results of operations.

LIQUIDITY

Our cash and cash equivalents, total  debt and available borrowing resources for each  of the three

years ended October 31, were as follows:

For the fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Available borrowing resources(1)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$12.2
$22.6
$17.8

In billions
$11.3
$28.4
$17.4

$ 8.0
$30.6
$14.6

(1)

In addition to these available borrowing resources,  we  are  able  to  offer for sale, from time to time,
in one or more offerings, an unspecified amount of debt securities, common stock, preferred stock,
depositary  shares  and  warrants  under  a  shelf  registration  statement  filed  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission in May 2012 (the ‘‘2012  Shelf Registration Statement’’).

(2) Available borrowing resources does not include £2.2  billion ($3.6  billion)  in borrowing resources
under our 364-day senior unsecured  bridge term  loan agreement  that was entered into in  August
2011 and terminated in November 2011.

Sources and Uses of Cash

The following table summarizes the key cash flow  metrics  from our consolidated statements of

cash flow:

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash used in financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$11,608
(2,803)
(7,943)

In millions
$10,571
(3,453)
(3,860)

$ 12,639
(13,959)
(1,566)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

862

$ 3,258

$ (2,886)

For the fiscal years ended October  31

2013

2012

2011

68

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities  increased by $1.0 billion for fiscal 2013 as compared  to
fiscal 2012. The increase was due primarily  to  the impact  of improved payment terms from suppliers
and a reduction in payments associated with webOS  contract  cancellations, the impact of which  was
partially offset due to higher cash utilization in inventory. Net cash provided  by  operating activities
decreased by $2.1 billion for fiscal 2012  as compared to fiscal 2011. The decrease  was due primarily  to
lower net earnings and higher utilization of  cash resources for payment of accounts payable, the impact
of which was partially offset by lower investments  in inventory and higher cash generated from
collections of accounts and financing  receivables.

Our key working capital metrics are  as follows:

October 31

2013

2012

2011

Days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Days of supply in inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

49
24
(56)

49
25
(53)

51
27
(52)

Cash conversion cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17

21

26

Days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable  (‘‘DSO’’) measures the  average number  of  days

our  receivables are outstanding. DSO  is  calculated by dividing ending accounts receivable, net of
allowance for doubtful accounts, by a  90-day average  net revenue.  Our accounts receivable balance was
$15.9 billion as of October 31, 2013.

Days of supply in inventory (‘‘DOS’’) measures the average number of  days  from procurement to
sale of our product. DOS is calculated  by  dividing ending inventory  by a 90-day average cost  of goods
sold. Our inventory balance was $6.0  billion  as of October 31,  2013.

Days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable (‘‘DPO’’)  measures the average  number of days

our  accounts payable balances are outstanding.  DPO is calculated by dividing ending accounts payable
by a 90-day average cost of goods sold. Our accounts payable balance was  $14.0 billion  as of
October 31, 2013.

Our working capital requirements depend on  effectively managing the cash conversion cycle, which

represents  the  number  of  days  that  elapse  from  the  day  we  pay  for  the  purchase  of  inventory  to  the
collection of cash from our customers.  The cash conversion cycle is the  sum of DSO and DOS less
DPO.

The cash conversion cycle for fiscal 2013 decreased by 4 days  compared to fiscal 2012  and is below

what we expect to be a long-term sustainable rate. The DSO remained flat year over year. The
decrease in DOS was due to lower inventory balances, relative to the  rate  of  decline in cost  of goods
sold, in most segments as of October 31,  2013. The increase in DPO  was  primarily  due  to  favorable
payment term changes partially offset by unfavorable  purchasing linearity.

The cash conversion cycle for fiscal 2012 decreased by five days compared  to  fiscal 2011. The
decrease in DSO was due primarily to  improved collections, an increase  in cash  discounts and a decline
in extended payment terms. Additionally,  our  DSO benefited from the current-period  DSO  calculation
containing a full quarter of revenue from our Autonomy  acquisition  versus the  approximately  one
month of revenue that was included in the  prior-period DSO calculation. These favorable  impacts  to

69

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

DSO were partially offset by revenue linearity. The decrease in DOS was due to lower inventory
balances in most segments as  of October  31, 2012. The increase in DPO was primarily due to improved
purchasing linearity.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by  $0.7 billion for fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal

2012, due primarily to lower investments in property, plant and equipment and higher  net sales and
maturities of available-for-sale securities.  Net cash  used  in  investing activities decreased by $10.5 billion
for fiscal 2012 as compared to fiscal 2011,  due primarily to lower payments for acquisitions in 2012.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities increased by  $4.1 billion for fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal
2012. The increase was due primarily to higher  maturities of debt and net repayments of commercial
paper. Net cash used in financing activities increased by approximately $2.3 billion for fiscal 2012 as
compared to fiscal 2011. The increase was  due primarily to lower net proceeds from the issuance of
U.S. Dollar Global Notes and an increase  in net repayment of commercial paper, the impact of which
was partially offset by lower cash paid  for  repurchases of our common stock.

For more information on our share repurchase programs,  see Item 5 and Note 14 to the

Consolidated Financial Statements in  Item 8, which  are incorporated herein by reference.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Debt Levels

For the fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

Short-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Debt-equity ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weighted-average interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

In millions, except
interest rates and ratios
$ 6,647
$21,789
1.25x

$ 5,979
$16,608
0.82x

$ 8,083
$22,551
0.79x

3.0%

3.0%

2.4%

We  maintain debt levels that we establish through consideration of a number  of factors, including

cash flow expectations, cash requirements for operations, investment plans (including acquisitions),
share  repurchase  activities,  overall  cost  of  capital  and  our  targeted  capital  structure.

Short-term debt and long-term debt decreased by $0.6 billion and $5.2 billion,  respectively, for

fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012.  Both net  decreases were due primarily to higher maturities  of
debt  and  net  repayments  of  commercial  paper.  The  issuances  and  repayments  of  commercial  paper
were $16.1 billion and $16.2 billion in  fiscal 2013 and $12.2 billion and $15.0 billion in  fiscal 2012,
respectively. Short-term debt and long-term debt decreased  by $1.4 billion  and $0.8  billion, respectively,
for fiscal 2012 as compared to fiscal 2011.  The  net decrease in  total  debt  is due primarily to fewer
acquisitions  and  lower  levels  of  share  repurchases  coupled  with  debt  maturities.

During  fiscal 2014, $4.9 billion of U.S. Dollar Global  Notes is  scheduled to mature. For more
information on our borrowings, see Note  12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in  Item 8, which
is incorporated herein by reference.

70

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

Our debt-equity ratio is calculated as  the carrying  value of debt divided by the carrying value  of
equity.  Our  debt-equity  ratio  decreased  by  0.43x  in  fiscal  2013,  due  to  a  decrease  in  total  debt  balances
of $5.8 billion coupled with an increase in  stockholders equity by $4.8 billion at the end  of fiscal 2013.
Our  debt-equity  ratio  increased  by  0.46x  in  fiscal  2012,  due  primarily  to  a  decrease  in  stockholders
equity of $16.2 billion at the end of fiscal  2012.

Our weighted-average interest rate reflects the average effective rate on our borrowings prevailing
during the period and reflects the impact of interest  rate swaps. For more information on our  interest
rate swaps, see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial  Statements in  Item 8, which is incorporated
herein by reference.

Available Borrowing Resources

At October 31, 2013, we had the following resources  available to obtain short-term or long-term

financings if we need additional liquidity:

2012 Shelf Registration Statement(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper programs(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uncommitted lines of credit(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

At October 31, 2013

In millions
Unspecified
$16,173
$ 1,593

(1) For more information on our available  borrowings resources, see Note 12 to the  Consolidated

Financial Statements in Item 8, which is  incorporated herein by reference.

Credit Ratings

Our credit risk is evaluated by the major independent rating agencies based  upon publicly  available

information as well as information obtained  in our ongoing discussions  with them.  Our ratings  as of
October 31, 2013 were:

Standard & Poor’s Moody’s Investors

Ratings Services

Service

Fitch Ratings

Short-term debt ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A-2
BBB+

Prime-2
Baa1

F2
A(cid:5)

Two  of  the  major  independent  rating  agencies,  Moody’s  Investors  Service  and  Standard  &  Poor’s

Ratings Services, downgraded our ratings  once  during  fiscal  2012, and a third  rating agency,  Fitch
Ratings,  downgraded  our  ratings  twice  during  that  fiscal  year.  Moody’s  Investors  Service  also
downgraded our long-term debt from A3 to Baa1 in November  2012. Our credit ratings  remain under
negative outlook by Moody’s Investors Service. While we do not have  any rating  downgrade triggers
that would accelerate the maturity of a material amount of our  debt, previous downgrades  have
increased the cost of borrowing under our credit  facilities, have  reduced market capacity  for our
commercial paper and have required  the posting of  additional collateral  under some of our derivative
contracts. In addition, any further downgrade in our credit ratings by any of the rating agencies may
further impact us in a similar manner,  and, depending  on the extent of the downgrade, could have a
negative impact on our liquidity and  capital position. We  expect  to  rely  on alternative sources of
funding, including drawdowns under  our  credit facilities or the issuance of debt or other securities

71

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

under our existing shelf registration statement, if necessary  to  offset reductions in the market capacity
for our  commercial paper.

CONTRACTUAL AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS

The impact that we expect our contractual and other obligations as of October 31, 2013 to have on

our  liquidity and cash flow in future  periods  is as follows:

Principal payments on long-term debt(1)
. . . . . . . . .
Interest payments on long-term debt(2)
. . . . . . . . . .
Operating lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase obligations(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total(4)(5)(6)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Payments Due by Period

Total

1 Year or
Less

1-3 Years

3-5  Years

More  than
5 Years

$21,420
4,591
2,900
2,166
289

$4,971
565
728
1,191
229

In millions
$5,534
951
1,004
706
27

$3,728
672
445
269
8

$ 7,187
2,403
723
—
25

$31,366

$7,684

$8,222

$5,122

$10,338

(1) Amounts represent the expected principal  cash payments relating to our long-term debt and do not

include any fair value adjustments, discounts  or premiums.

(2) Amounts represent the expected interest payments relating to our long-term  debt. We have
outstanding interest rate swap agreements accounted for as  fair value hedges that have the
economic  effect  of  changing  fixed  interest  rates  associated  with  some  of  our  global  notes  to
variable interest rates. The impact of  these interest  rate swaps was factored into the calculation of
the future interest  payments on long-term debt.

(3) Purchase obligations include agreements  to  purchase goods or services that  are enforceable  and
legally binding on us and that specify all significant  terms, including fixed or minimum  quantities
to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price  provisions; and the approximate timing  of the
transaction. These purchase obligations are  related principally to inventory and  other items.
Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancellable without penalty. Purchase  obligations
also exclude open purchase orders that are routine arrangements entered into in the  ordinary
course of business, as they are difficult to quantify  in a meaningful way. Even  though open
purchase orders are considered enforceable  and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the
option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust terms  based on our business  needs  prior to the delivery  of
goods or performance of services.

(4)

In  fiscal  2014,  we  expect  to  contribute  approximately  $617  million  to  our  non-U.S.  pension  plans
and approximately $33 million to cover benefit  payments to U.S. non-qualified plan  participants.
We  expect to pay approximately $109 million to cover benefit claims  for  our post-retirement
benefit plans. Our policy is to fund our  pension plans so that  they meet at least  the minimum
contribution  requirements,  as  established  by  local  government,  funding  and  taxing  authorities.
Expected contributions to our pension and post-retirement benefit plans are excluded from  the
table because they do not represent contractual  cash outflows as  they are dependent on numerous
factors, which may result in a wide range of outcomes. See Note 15  to  the  Consolidated Financial

72

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results of Operations (Continued)

Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference,  for additional information about
our  retirement and post-retirement benefit plans.

(5) We  expect  future  cash  expenditures  of  approximately  $1.9 billion  in  connection  with  our  approved
restructuring plans. We expect to make  cash payments of approximately  $1.4 billion  in fiscal 2014
with remaining cash payments to be made through  fiscal 2017. Payments for restructuring have
been excluded from the table as they  are  not  contractual and there remains uncertainty as to the
timing of  these payments. See Note 7  to  the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8,  which is
incorporated  herein  by  reference,  for  additional  information  on  restructuring  activities.

(6)

In fiscal 2013, we had approximately  $3 billion  of  recorded liabilities and  related interest and
penalties pertaining to uncertain tax positions. These liabilities and related interest and  penalties
include $104 million expected to be made within  one year. For the remaining amount, we are
unable to make a reasonable estimate as to when cash settlement with the tax authorities might
occur due to the uncertainties related to these tax matters.  Payments of these obligations would
result  from  settlements  with  taxing  authorities.  As  we  are  unable  to  make  reasonably  reliable
estimates of the timing of any cash payments  to  the tax authorities as a result of future
settlements,  these  obligations  are  not  included  in  the  table.  See  Note 13  to  the  Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference, for  additional
information  on  our  uncertain  tax  positions.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

As part of our ongoing business, we have not participated in transactions that generate  material

relationships with unconsolidated entities  or financial partnerships,  such as  entities often referred  to  as
structured finance or special purpose  entities, which  would have been established for the purpose  of
facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow  or limited purposes.

We  have third-party financing arrangements consisting of revolving short-term  financing intended
to facilitate the working capital requirements of certain customers. The total aggregate  capacity of the
facilities was $1.4 billion as of October  31, 2013, including  an aggregate capacity  of  $0.8 billion  in
non-recourse facilities and a $0.6 billion  partial recourse facility. For  more information  on our
third-party financing arrangements, see Note 4 to the  Consolidated  Financial Statements in Item 8,
which  is incorporated herein by reference.

73

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

In the normal course of business, we  are  exposed to foreign  currency exchange  rate and interest

rate risks that could impact our financial  position and results  of  operations. Our risk management
strategy with respect to these market  risks  may include  the use  of  derivative financial instruments. We
use derivative contracts only to manage  existing  underlying  exposures of HP.  Accordingly, we  do not
use derivative contracts for speculative purposes. Our risks, risk management strategy  and a  sensitivity
analysis estimating the effects of changes in fair values  for each  of  these exposures are outlined below.

Actual gains and losses in the future may differ  materially from the sensitivity  analyses based on
changes in the timing and amount of interest rate  and  foreign currency exchange  rate movements and
our  actual exposures and derivatives  in  place at the time of the change,  as well as  the effectiveness of
the derivative to hedge the related exposure.

Foreign currency exchange rate risk

We  are exposed to foreign currency exchange  rate  risk inherent in our sales commitments,

anticipated sales, anticipated purchases and  assets, liabilities and debt denominated in  currencies  other
than the U.S. dollar. We transact business in approximately 75  currencies  worldwide, of which the  most
significant foreign currencies to our operations for fiscal 2013 were the  euro, the Japanese yen,  Chinese
yuan renminbi and the British pound. For most currencies, we are a net receiver of  the foreign
currency and therefore benefit from  a  weaker  U.S. dollar and  are  adversely affected by a stronger
U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currency. Even where  we are a net  receiver  of  the foreign currency, a
weaker U.S. dollar may adversely affect certain  expense figures, if  taken alone.

We  use a combination of forward contracts and  options  designated as  cash flow hedges to protect
against the foreign currency exchange rate risks  inherent in  our forecasted  net revenue and, to a lesser
extent, cost of sales and intercompany  loans denominated in currencies other  than the  U.S. dollar.  In
addition, when debt is denominated in a foreign currency, we may use  swaps to exchange the foreign
currency principal and interest obligations  for U.S. dollar-denominated amounts  to  manage  the
exposure to changes in foreign currency  exchange rates. We also  use other derivatives not designated as
hedging instruments consisting primarily of forward contracts  to  hedge foreign currency balance sheet
exposures. Alternatively, we may choose  not  to  hedge the  foreign currency risk associated with our
foreign currency exposures, primarily if  such exposure acts  as a natural foreign  currency  hedge for
other offsetting amounts denominated in the same currency or the currency is  difficult or too expensive
to hedge.

We  have performed sensitivity analyses as  of October 31, 2013  and 2012, using  a modeling
technique that measures the change in  the fair values arising from a hypothetical 10% adverse
movement in the levels of foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, with all other
variables held constant. The analyses cover  all  of our foreign currency  contracts offset by underlying
exposures. The foreign currency exchange rates  we used in performing the sensitivity analysis  were
based on market rates in effect at October  31, 2013 and 2012. The sensitivity  analyses indicated that a
hypothetical 10% adverse movement  in foreign currency exchange rates would  result in  a foreign
exchange fair value loss of $80 million and $71 million at  October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012,
respectively.

Interest rate risk

We  also are exposed to interest rate risk related to our debt and investment portfolios and

financing receivables.

We  issue long-term debt in either U.S. dollars  or foreign currencies based on  market  conditions at
the time of financing. We then often use interest rate and/or currency  swaps  to  modify the  market risk

74

exposures in connection with the debt  to  achieve U.S. dollar  LIBOR-based floating interest expense.
The swap transactions generally involve  the  exchange of fixed for floating interest payments.  However,
we may choose not to swap fixed for  floating interest payments  or may  terminate a  previously  executed
swap if we believe a larger proportion of  fixed-rate  debt  would be beneficial.

In order to hedge the fair value of certain  fixed-rate investments, we may enter into interest rate

swaps that convert fixed interest returns into variable interest returns. We may use cash  flow hedges to
hedge the variability of LIBOR-based  interest  income received  on certain variable-rate investments.  We
may also enter into interest rate swaps that  convert  variable  rate  interest returns  into  fixed-rate interest
returns.

We  have performed sensitivity analyses as  of October 31, 2013  and 2012, using  a modeling
technique that measures the change in  the fair values arising from a hypothetical 10% adverse
movement in the levels of interest rates  across the  entire yield curve,  with all other  variables held
constant. The analyses cover our debt, investments,  financing receivables  and interest rate swaps.  The
analyses use actual or approximate maturities for the debt, investments,  financing  receivables and
interest rate swaps. The discount rates  used  were based on  the market interest rates  in effect at
October 31, 2013 and 2012. The sensitivity analyses indicated  that a hypothetical 10%  adverse
movement in interest rates would result  in  a loss in the fair  values of our debt, investments and
financing receivables, net of interest rate  swaps, of  $95 million at October 31,  2013 and  $121 million at
October 31, 2012.

75

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Table of Contents

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting  Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Balance Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’  Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Note 2: Stock-Based Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

77

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

85

94

Note 3: Net Earnings Per Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100

Note 4: Balance Sheet Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

102

Note 5: Acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

104

Note 6: Goodwill and Intangible Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

105

Note 7: Restructuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

110

Note 8: Fair Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

112

Note 9: Financial Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

115

Note 10: Financing Receivables and Operating Leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

121

Note 11: Guarantees

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Note 12: Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Note 13: Taxes on Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

124

126

129

Note 14: Stockholders’ Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

134

Note 15: Retirement and Post-Retirement  Benefit  Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

136

Note 16: Commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

146

Note 17: Litigation and Contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

147

Note 18: Segment Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

157

Quarterly Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

165

76

Report of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Hewlett-Packard Company

We  have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hewlett-Packard Company and

subsidiaries as of October 31, 2013 and 2012,  and  the related consolidated statements  of  earnings,
comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity,  and  cash flows for each of the three years in  the period
ended  October  31,  2013.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s
management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  financial  statements  based  on  our
audits.

We  conducted our audits in accordance with the standards  of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those  standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  the  financial  statements are free  of material misstatement.  An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures  in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting  principles used  and significant
estimates made by management, as well as  evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the consolidated financial position of  Hewlett-Packard  Company  and subsidiaries  at October 31, 2013
and 2012, and the consolidated results of  their  operations and their cash flows for  each  of the three
years in the period ended October 31, 2013, in conformity with  U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.

We  also have audited, in accordance  with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), Hewlett-Packard  Company’s internal control over financial reporting
as of  October 31, 2013, based on criteria  established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee  of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework)  and our
report dated December 27, 2013 expressed an  unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/  ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California
December  27,  2013

77

Report of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Hewlett-Packard Company

We  have audited Hewlett-Packard Company’s internal  control over  financial reporting  as of
October 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued  by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations  of the Treadway Commission  (1992  framework) (the
COSO criteria). Hewlett-Packard Company’s management is  responsible for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of  the  effectiveness  of internal control
over financial reporting included in the  accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility  is to express an opinion  on the company’s internal  control  over
financial reporting based on our audit.

We  conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those  standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  effective  internal control over financial reporting was maintained
in all material respects. Our audit included  obtaining an understanding  of internal control  over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a  material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based  on the assessed risk, and performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in  the circumstances. We  believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide  reasonable

assurance regarding the reliability of  financial  reporting and the preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external  purposes in accordance with  generally accepted accounting  principles. A company’s internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)  pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable  detail, accurately and fairly reflect the  transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions  are
recorded  as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in  accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made  only
in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and  (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention  or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or
disposition of the company’s assets that  could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over  financial  reporting may not prevent or

detect misstatements. Also, projections  of any evaluation  of  effectiveness to future periods are  subject
to the risk that controls may become inadequate  because of changes in conditions, or  that  the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Hewlett-Packard Company  maintained, in all  material respects, effective internal

control over financial reporting as of  October 31, 2013,  based on the COSO criteria.

We  also have audited, in accordance  with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of Hewlett-Packard
Company and subsidiaries as of October  31, 2013  and  2012,  and the related  consolidated  statements of
earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows  for each of the three  years  in the
period ended October 31, 2013 and our report dated December 27,  2013 expressed  an unqualified
opinion thereon.

/s/  ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California
December  27,  2013

78

Management’s Report on Internal Control  Over Financial Reporting

HP’s management is responsible for  establishing  and maintaining  adequate internal control over

financial reporting for HP. HP’s internal control over  financial reporting is a  process  designed to
provide reasonable assurance regarding  the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with  U.S.  generally  accepted accounting
principles. HP’s internal control over financial  reporting includes those  policies and  procedures  that
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in  reasonable detail, accurately and  fairly reflect  the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of  HP; (ii) provide  reasonable assurance that transactions  are
recorded  as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in  accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of HP are  being  made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors  of  HP; and (iii) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or  disposition of
HP’s assets that could have a material  effect on the financial  statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over  financial  reporting may not prevent or

detect misstatements. Also, projections  of any evaluation  of  effectiveness to future periods are  subject
to the risk that controls may become inadequate  because of changes in conditions, or  that  the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

HP’s management assessed the effectiveness of HP’s  internal control over financial reporting as  of

October 31, 2013, utilizing the criteria  set  forth by  the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations  of the
Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework  (1992 framework).  Based
on the assessment by HP’s management,  we determined  that HP’s internal  control  over financial
reporting was effective as of October  31,  2013. The  effectiveness  of HP’s internal control over financial
reporting as of October 31, 2013 has been audited by  Ernst &  Young LLP, HP’s  independent registered
public  accounting  firm,  as  stated  in  their  report  which  appears  on  page  78  of  this  Annual  Report  on
Form 10-K.

/s/ MARGARET C. WHITMAN

/s/ CATHERINE A. LESJAK

Margaret C. Whitman
President and Chief Executive Officer
December  27,  2013

Catherine A. Lesjak
Executive Vice  President and  Chief Financial Officer
December  27,  2013

79

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

For the fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

In millions, except per share amounts

Net revenue:

Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financing income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 72,398
39,453
447

$ 77,887
42,008
462

$ 84,757
42,039
449

Total net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

112,298

120,357

127,245

Costs and expenses:

Cost of products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financing interest
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition-related charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

55,632
30,436
312
3,135
13,267
1,373
—
990
22

59,468
32,600
317
3,399
13,500
1,784
18,035
2,266
45

65,167
31,945
306
3,254
13,577
1,607
885
645
182

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

105,167

131,414

117,568

Earnings (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,131

(11,057)

9,677

Interest and other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Earnings (loss) before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(621)

6,510
(1,397)

(876)

(11,933)
(717)

(695)

8,982
(1,908)

Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5,113

$ (12,650) $

7,074

Net earnings (loss) per share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

2.64

2.62

$

$

(6.41) $

(6.41) $

3.38

3.32

Weighted-average shares used to compute net earnings (loss) per

share:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,934

1,950

1,974

1,974

2,094

2,128

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated  Financial Statements.

80

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive  Income

For the fiscal years ended
October 31

2013

2012

2011

Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$5,113

In millions
$(12,650) $7,074

Other comprehensive income (loss) before tax:

Change  in  unrealized  gains  on  available-for-sale  securities:

Unrealized gains arising during the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gains reclassified into earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in unrealized (losses) gains on  cash flow hedges:

Unrealized (losses) gains arising during  the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Losses (gains) reclassified into earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in unrealized components of  defined benefit plans:

Gains (losses) arising during the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization  of  actuarial  loss  and  prior  service  benefit . . . . . . . . . . .
Curtailments, settlements and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in cumulative translation adjustment

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other comprehensive income (loss) before  taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Provision)  benefit for  taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52
(49)

3

(243)
106

(137)

1,953
326
25

2,304

(150)

2,020
(239)

Other comprehensive income (loss),  net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,781

25
—

25

335
(399)

(64)

(2,457)
172
122

(2,163)

(47)

(2,249)
188

(2,061)

17
—

17

(374)
658

284

(289)
174
2

(113)

66

254
85

339

Comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$6,894

$(14,711) $7,413

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these  Consolidated  Financial Statements.

81

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of
October 31

2013

2012

In millions, except
par value

Current assets:

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financing receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 12,163
15,876
3,144
6,046
13,135

$ 11,301
16,407
3,252
6,317
13,360

Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Property, plant and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term financing receivables and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50,364

11,463
9,556
31,124
3,169

50,637

11,954
10,593
31,069
4,515

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$105,676

$108,768

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Notes payable and short-term borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Employee compensation and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taxes on earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued restructuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
HP stockholders’ equity

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value (300 shares authorized; none issued) . . . . . . .
Common stock, $0.01 par value (9,600 shares  authorized;  1,908 and  1,963

shares issued and outstanding, respectively) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total HP stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-controlling interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

5,979
14,019
4,436
1,203
6,477
901
12,506

45,521

16,608
15,891

$

6,647
13,350
4,058
846
7,494
771
13,500

46,666

21,789
17,480

—

—

19
5,465
25,563
(3,778)

27,269
387

27,656

20
6,454
21,521
(5,559)

22,436
397

22,833

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$105,676

$108,768

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated  Financial Statements.

82

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

In millions

2011

$ 5,113

$(12,650)

$ 7,074

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to reconcile  net earnings  (loss)  to  net  cash  provided  by

operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred taxes on earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . .
Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in operating assets and liabilities (net  of acquisitions):

Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financing receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taxes on earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,611
—
500
61
275
990
(410)
(2)
443

530
484
(4)
541
417
(904)
(1,037)

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11,608

Cash flows from investing activities:

Investment in property, plant and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and  equipment . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other  investments . . . .
Maturities and sales of available-for-sale  securities  and other

(3,199)
653
(1,243)

5,095
18,035
635
142
277
2,266
(711)
(12)
265

1,687
(418)
890
(1,414)
(320)
(840)
(2,356)

10,571

(3,706)
617
(972)

4,984
885
685
81
217
645
166
(163)
(46)

448
(675)
(1,252)
275
610
(1,002)
(293)

12,639

(4,539)
999
(96)

investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,153

662

68

Payments in connection with business  acquisitions, net of  cash

acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from business divestiture, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(167)
—

Net cash used in  investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2,803)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Repayment of commercial paper and notes payable,  net . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans . . . . . . . . . .
Repurchase of common  stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash dividends paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash used in  financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents  at beginning of  period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(154)
279
(5,721)
288
(1,532)
2
(1,105)

(7,943)

862
11,301

(141)
87

(3,453)

(2,775)
5,154
(4,333)
716
(1,619)
12
(1,015)

(3,860)

3,258
8,043

(10,480)
89

(13,959)

(1,270)
11,942
(2,336)
896
(10,117)
163
(844)

(1,566)

(2,886)
10,929

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$12,163

$ 11,301

$ 8,043

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Income taxes paid (net of refunds) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,391
837

$ 1,750
856

$ 1,134
451

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these  Consolidated Financial Statements.

83

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

Number of
Shares

Par Value

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other

Total  HP

Non-

Retained Comprehensive Stockholders’ controlling
Interests
Earnings

(Loss)  Income

Equity

2,203,898

$22

In millions, except number of shares  in  thousands
$ 40,449
$11,569
7,074
339

$ 32,695
7,074

$(3,837)

339

Balance October 31,  2010 .
.

.
.
.
Net earnings
Other comprehensive  income .

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

Comprehensive  income .

.

.

.

.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

Issuance of common stock in  connection
with employee stock plans and  other
.
Repurchases of common  stock .
Tax benefits from  employee  stock plans
.
Cash dividends declared .
.
.
Stock-based compensation expense .
.
Changes in non-controlling interest .

.
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Balance October 31, 2011 .
.

.
.
.
Net loss .
Other comprehensive  loss .

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Comprehensive  loss .

.

.

.

.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.

.

Issuance of common stock in  connection
with employee stock plans and  other
.

.
Repurchases of common  stock .
.
Tax deficiency from  employee stock plans .
.
Cash dividends declared .
.
.
Stock-based compensation expense .
.
Changes in non-controlling interest .

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

45,461
(258,853)

1
(3)

751
(6,296)
128

685

(3,669)

(834)

1,990,506

$20

$ 6,837

$ 35,266
(12,650)

$(3,498)

(2,061)

39,068
(66,736)

682
(1,525)
(175)

635

1
(101)

(995)

Balance October 31,  2012 .
.

.
Net earnings
.
.
Other comprehensive  income .

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

Comprehensive  income .

.

.

.

.

.

1,962,838

$20

$ 6,454

$ 21,521
5,113

$(5,559)

1,781

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.

Issuance of common stock in  connection
with employee stock plans and  other
.

.
Repurchases of common  stock .
.
Tax deficiency from  employee stock plans .
.
Cash dividends declared .
.
.
Stock-based compensation expense .
.
Changes in non-controlling interest .

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

22,950
(77,905)

(1)

210
(1,550)
(149)

500

(2)
5

(1,074)

Total

$ 40,781
7,074
339

7,413

752
(9,968)
128
(834)
685
47

$ 39,004
(12,650)
(2,061)

(14,711)

683
(1,626)
(175)
(995)
635
18

$ 22,833
5,113
1,781

6,894

208
(1,546)
(149)
(1,074)
500
(10)

$332

47

$379

18

$397

(10)

7,413

752
(9,968)
128
(834)
685

$ 38,625
(12,650)
(2,061)

(14,711)

683
(1,626)
(175)
(995)
635

$ 22,436
5,113
1,781

6,894

208
(1,546)
(149)
(1,074)
500

Balance October 31,  2013 .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

1,907,883

$19

$ 5,465

$ 25,563

$(3,778)

$ 27,269

$387

$ 27,656

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these  Consolidated Financial Statements.

84

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated  Financial Statements include  the accounts of Hewlett-Packard Company (‘‘HP’’)

and the subsidiaries and affiliates in which  HP  has a  controlling financial interest or is the primary
beneficiary. HP accounts for equity investments in companies  over which HP has the ability to exercise
significant influence but does not hold a  controlling interest under the equity method,  and HP records
its  proportionate share of income or losses in Interest and other,  net in the Consolidated Statements of
Earnings.  HP  presents  non-controlling  interests  as  a  separate  component  within  Total  stockholder’s
equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Net earnings  attributable to the non-controlling interests are
eliminated within Interest and other,  net in the Consolidated Statements  of Earnings and are  not
presented separately as they were not material  for any period presented. HP has eliminated all
significant intercompany accounts and  transactions.

Reclassifications and Segment Reorganization

HP has made certain segment and business unit realignments in order to optimize its operating
structure.  Reclassifications  of  certain  prior-year  segment  and  business  unit  financial  information  have
been made to conform to the current-year presentation. None of the changes impacts HP’s previously
reported consolidated net revenue, earnings from operations, net earnings or net earnings per share.
See Note 18 for a further discussion of  HP’s segment  reorganization.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements  in  accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles (‘‘GAAP’’) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect  the amounts
reported in HP’s Consolidated Financial Statements and  accompanying notes. Actual results could
differ  materially from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

HP  derives  net  revenue  primarily  from  the  sale  of  products  and  services.  The  following  revenue

recognition  policies  define  the  manner  in  which  HP  accounts  for  sales  transactions.

HP  recognizes  revenue  when  persuasive  evidence  of  a  sales  arrangement  exists,  delivery  has
occurred or services are rendered, the  sales price or  fee is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is
reasonably assured. Additionally, HP  recognizes hardware revenue on sales to channel partners,
including  resellers,  distributors  or  value-added  solution  providers  at  the  time  of  delivery  when  the
channel  partners have economic substance apart from HP,  and  HP has completed its obligations related
to  the  sale.  HP  generally  recognizes  revenue  for  its  stand-alone  software  sales  to  channel  partners  upon
receiving  evidence  that  the  software  has  been  sold  to  a  specific  end  user.

When  a  sales  arrangement  contains  multiple  elements,  such  as  hardware  and  software  products,

licenses and/or services, HP allocates  revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The
selling  price  for  a  deliverable  is  based  on  its  vendor  specific  objective  evidence  (‘‘VSOE’’)  of  selling
price, if  available, third party evidence (‘‘TPE’’) if VSOE of  selling price is not available, or estimated
selling price (‘‘ESP’’) if neither VSOE  of selling  price  nor TPE is available. HP establishes VSOE of
selling  price  using  the  price  charged  for  a  deliverable  when  sold  separately  and,  in  rare  instances,  using
the  price  established  by  management  having  the  relevant  authority.  HP  establishes  TPE  of  selling  price

85

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting  Policies (Continued)

by  evaluating  largely  similar  and  interchangeable  competitor  products  or  services  in  standalone  sales  to
similarly  situated  customers.  HP  establishes  ESP,  based  on  management  judgment,  considering  internal
factors such as margin objectives, pricing practices  and  controls, customer segment pricing  strategies
and  the  product  life  cycle.  Consideration  is  also  given  to  market  conditions,  such  as  competitor  pricing
strategies  and  industry  technology  life  cycles.  In  arrangements  with  multiple  elements,  HP  determines
allocation  of  the  transaction  price  at  inception  of  the  arrangement  based  on  the  relative  selling  price  of
each unit of accounting.

In multiple element arrangements where  more-than-incidental software deliverables  are included,

HP allocates the transaction price to the individual  units of accounting for the non-software
deliverables  and  to  the  software  deliverables  as  a  group  using  the  relative  selling  prices  of  each  of  the
deliverables  in  the  arrangement  based  on  the  selling  price  hierarchy.  If  the  arrangement  contains  more
than  one  software  deliverable,  the  transaction  price  allocated  to  the  group  of  software  deliverables  is
then  allocated  to  each  component  software  deliverable.

HP  limits  the  amount  of  revenue  recognized  for  delivered  elements  to  the  amount  that  is  not
contingent on the future delivery of products or services, future performance obligations or subject  to
customer-specified  return  or  refund  privileges.

HP  evaluates  each  deliverable  in  an  arrangement  to  determine  whether  it  represents  a  separate
unit of accounting. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has  standalone value
and  there  are  no  customer-negotiated  refund  or  return  rights  or  other  contingencies  present  for  the
delivered  elements.  If  the  arrangement  includes  a  customer-negotiated  refund  or  return  right  relative  to
the delivered item, and the delivery and performance of the undelivered  item is considered  probable
and  substantially  within  HP’s  control,  the  delivered  element  constitutes  a  separate  unit  of  accounting.
In  instances  when  the  aforementioned  criteria  are  not  met,  the  deliverable  is  combined  with  the
undelivered elements and the allocation of the arrangement consideration and method of  revenue
recognition is determined for the combined unit as a single unit of accounting.

HP  records  estimated  reductions  to  revenue  for  customer  and  distributor  programs  and  incentive
offerings,  including  price  protection,  promotions,  other  volume-based  incentives  and  expected  returns.
Future  market  conditions  and  product  transitions  may  require  HP  to  take  actions  to  increase  customer
incentive  offerings,  possibly  resulting  in  an  incremental  reduction  of  revenue  at  the  time  the  incentive  is
offered.  Additionally,  certain  incentive  programs  require  HP  to  estimate,  based  on  historical  experience
and  the specific terms and conditions of the incentive,  the number of customers who will actually
redeem the incentive.

In  instances  when  revenue  is  derived  from  sales  of  third-party  vendor  services,  HP  records  revenue

on a gross basis when HP is a principal to the transaction and net  of costs when HP is acting as an
agent  between  the  customer  and  the  vendor.  HP  considers  several  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is  a
principal  or  an  agent,  most  notably  whether  HP  is  the  primary  obligor  to  the  customer,  has  established
its own pricing, and has inventory and credit risks.

HP  reports  revenue  net  of  any  required  taxes  collected  from  customers  and  remitted  to
government  authorities,  with  the  collected  taxes  recorded  as  current  liabilities  until  remitted  to  the
relevant government authority.

86

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting  Policies (Continued)

Products revenue

Hardware

Under  HP’s  standard  terms  and  conditions  of  sale,  HP  transfers  title  and  risk  of  loss  to  the
customer  at  the  time  product  is  delivered  to  the  customer  and  recognizes  revenue  accordingly,  unless
customer acceptance is uncertain or  significant obligations remain. HP reduces revenue for  estimated
customer  returns,  price  protection,  rebates  and  other  programs  offered  under  sales  agreements
established  by  HP  with  its  distributors  and  resellers.  HP  records  revenue  from  the  sale  of  equipment
under sales-type leases as product revenue at the inception of the lease.  HP accrues the estimated cost
of  post-sale  obligations,  including  basic  product  warranties,  based  on  historical  experience,  at  the  time
HP recognizes revenue.

Software

HP  recognizes  revenue  from  perpetual  software  licenses  at  the  inception  of  the  license  term,

assuming  all  revenue  recognition  criteria  have  been  met.  Term-based  software  license  revenue  is
generally  recognized ratably over the term of the license. HP  uses the  residual method  to  allocate
revenue  to  software  licenses  at  the  inception  of  the  license  term  when  VSOE  of  fair  value  for  all
undelivered elements exists, such as post-contract support, and all other revenue recognition  criteria
have  been satisfied. HP recognizes revenue generated from maintenance  and unspecified upgrades or
updates  on  a  when-and-if-available  basis  ratably  over  the  period  during  which  such  items  are  delivered.
HP  recognizes  revenue  for  software  hosting  or  software-as-a-service  (‘‘SaaS’’)  arrangements  as  the
service is delivered, generally on a straight-line  basis, over the contractual  period of performance. In
software  hosting  arrangements  where  licenses  are  sold,  HP  recognizes  the  associated  software  revenue
according  to  whether  perpetual  licenses  or  term  licenses  are  sold,  subject  to  the  above  guidance.  In
such  software  hosting  arrangements  HP  considers  the  rights  provided  to  the  customer  (e.g., ownership
of a license, contract termination provisions and the feasibility of the customer  to  operate  the software)
in  determining  how  to  account  for  the  software  license  fees.  In  SaaS  arrangements  where  software
licenses  are  not  sold,  HP  recognizes  the  entire  arrangement  ratably  over  the  term  of  the  subscription
arrangement.

Services revenue

HP  recognizes  revenue  from  fixed-price  support  or  maintenance  contracts,  including  extended
warranty contracts and software post-contract  customer support agreements, ratably  over the contract
period  and recognizes the costs associated with these contracts as incurred. For time  and material
contracts,  HP  recognizes  revenue  as  services  are  rendered  and  costs  as  they  are  incurred.  HP
recognizes  revenue  from  fixed-price  consulting  arrangements  over  the  contract  period  on  a  proportional
performance basis, as determined by the relationship of actual labor costs incurred to date compared  to
the  estimated  total  contract  labor  costs.  HP  recognizes  revenue  on  certain  design  and  build  projects  (to
design,  develop  and  construct  software  and  systems)  using  the  percentage-of-completion  method.  HP
uses the  cost-to-cost method of measurement towards completion as  determined by the percentage of
cost  incurred  to  date  compared  to  the  total  estimated  costs  of  the  project.  Estimates  of  project  costs  for
fixed-price  contracts  are  regularly  revised  during  the  life  of  a  contract.  HP  records  revisions  to  cost
estimates,  and  overall  contract  losses  where  applicable,  in  the  period  in  which  the  facts  that  give  rise  to

87

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting  Policies (Continued)

such  changes  become  known.  HP  uses  the  completed  contract  method  if  reasonable  and  reliable  cost
estimates for a project cannot be made.

HP  generally  recognizes  outsourcing  services  revenue  when  the  service  is  provided  and  the  amount

earned is not contingent upon any future event.  If the service is provided  evenly during the contract
term  but  service  billings  are  uneven,  HP  generally  recognizes  revenue  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the
contract  term.  Losses  on  outsourcing  arrangements  are  recognized  in  the  period  in  which  such
contractual losses become probable and estimable.

HP recognizes revenue from operating  leases  on  a  straight-line basis as  service revenue over the

rental period.

HP  records  amounts  invoiced  to  customers  in  excess  of  revenue  recognized  as  deferred  revenue
until  the revenue recognition criteria  are  met. HP records  revenue that is earned and recognized in
excess  of  amounts  invoiced  on  services  contracts  as  trade  receivables.

Financing income

Sales-type  and  direct-financing  leases  produce  financing  income,  which  HP  recognizes  at  consistent

rates of return over the lease term.

Deferred revenue and deferred costs

Deferred  revenue  represents  amounts  received  in  advance  for  product  support  contracts,  software

customer  support  contracts,  outsourcing  startup  services  work,  consulting  and  integration  projects,
product sales or leasing income. The product support contracts include stand-alone  product support
packages,  routine  maintenance  service  contracts,  upgrades  or  extensions  to  standard  product  warranty,
as  well  as  high-availability  services  for  complex,  global,  networked,  multi-vendor  environments.  HP
defers these support service amounts at the time HP  bills  the customer, and HP  then generally
recognizes the amounts ratably over  the support contract term or as  HP delivers the  services.

HP  recognizes  costs  associated  with  outsourcing  contracts  as  incurred,  unless  such  costs  relate  to
the  startup  phase  of  the  outsourcing  contract  and  are  considered  direct  and  incremental  to  the  contract,
in  which  case  HP  defers  and  subsequently  amortizes  such  costs  over  the  contractual  services  period.  HP
amortizes deferred contract costs on a straight-line basis over the remaining original term of  the
contract  unless  facts  and  circumstances  of  the  contract  indicate  a  shorter  period  is  more  appropriate.
Based  on  actual  and  projected  contract  financial  performance  indicators,  HP  analyzes  the  recoverability
of  deferred  contract  costs  associated  with  a  particular  contract  on  a  periodic  basis  using  the
undiscounted estimated cash flows of the contract over  its remaining term. If  such undiscounted cash
flows are insufficient to recover the long-lived assets and deferred contract costs,  the deferred  contract
costs are written down based on a discounted cash flow model. If a cash  flow deficiency remains after
reducing  the  balance  of  the  deferred  contract  costs  to  zero,  HP  evaluates  any  remaining  long-lived
assets  related  to  that  contract  for  impairment.

Shipping and Handling

HP includes costs related to shipping and handling in cost of  sales.

88

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting  Policies (Continued)

Advertising

HP expenses advertising costs as incurred or when the advertising  is first run.  Such  costs totaled

approximately $878 million in fiscal 2013, $1.0  billion in fiscal 2012 and $1.2  billion in fiscal  2011.

Software Development Costs

HP  capitalizes  costs  incurred  to  acquire  or  develop  software  for  resale  subsequent  to  the  software

product  establishing  technological  feasibility,  if  significant.  HP  amortizes  capitalized  software
development costs using the greater of the straight-line amortization  method or the  ratio that current
gross revenues for a product bear to the total current and anticipated future  gross revenues for  that
product. The estimated useful lives for capitalized  software for resale  are generally three  years  or less.
Software development costs incurred subsequent to a product establishing  technological  feasibility are
usually  not  significant.  In  those  instances,  HP  expenses  such  costs  as  incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

HP  determines  stock-based  compensation  expense  for  all  share-based  payment  awards  based  on

the  measurement  date  fair  value.  HP  recognizes  compensation  cost  only  for  those  awards  expected  to
meet the service and performance vesting conditions on a straight-line  basis over  the requisite service
period  of  the  award.  HP  determines  compensation  costs  at  the  aggregate  grant  level  for  service-based
awards and at the individual vesting tranche level for awards  with performance and/or  market
conditions. HP estimates the forfeiture rate based on its historical experience.

Restructuring

HP  records  restructuring  charges  associated  with  management-approved  restructuring  plans  to
reorganize one or  more of HP’s business  segments,  to  remove duplicative headcount and infrastructure
associated with business acquisitions  or to simplify business processes and accelerate innovation.
Restructuring  charges  can  include  severance  costs  to  eliminate  a  specified  number  of  employees,
infrastructure  charges  to  vacate  facilities  and  consolidate  operations,  and  contract  cancellation  costs.
HP  records  restructuring  charges  based  on  estimated  employee  terminations  and  site  closure  and
consolidation plans. HP accrues for severance and other  employee separation costs under  these actions
when it is probable that benefits will be paid  and the amount  is reasonably estimable. The  rates used  in
determing  severance  accruals  are  based  on  existing  plans,  historical  experiences,  and  negotiated
settlements.

Foreign Currency Translation

HP uses the U.S. dollar predominately as  its  functional currency. Assets  and liabilities
denominated in non-U.S. dollars are  remeasured into U.S. dollars at  current exchange rates for
monetary assets and liabilities and at historical exchange rates for nonmonetary assets and  liabilities.
Net revenue, costs and expenses are remeasured at monthly  average  exchange  rates  prevailing during
the period. HP includes gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement in Interest  and other, net
in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Earnings.  Certain  non-U.S.  subsidiaries  designate  the  local  currency
as their functional currency, and HP  records the  translation of their assets  and liabilities  into  U.S.
dollars  at the balance sheet dates as translation adjustments and  includes them as a  component  of
Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the  Consolidated Balance Sheets.

89

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting  Policies (Continued)

Debt and Marketable Equity Securities

Debt and marketable equity securities  are  generally considered  available-for-sale and  are reported

at  fair  value  with  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  net  of  applicable  taxes,  recorded  in  Accumulated  other
comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Balance  Sheets.  Realized gains  and losses  for available-for-sale
securities are calculated based on the specific identification method  and included in Interest and other,
net in  the Consolidated Statement of  Earnings. HP monitors its investment portfolio for impairment  on
a quarterly basis. When the carrying value  of an  investment in debt securities exceeds its fair value and
the decline in value is determined to  be  an other-than-temporary decline (i.e., when HP does  not
intend to sell the debt securities and it is not more likely than  not  that HP will be required  to  sell the
debt securities prior to anticipated recovery of its amortized cost  basis), HP records  an impairment
charge to Interest and other, net in the amount of the credit loss and the balance, if any,  to
Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the  Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts  for  Accounts  Receivable

HP  establishes  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  for  account  receivables.  HP  records  a  specific

reserve for individual accounts when  HP becomes aware  of specific  customer  circumstances, such as  in
the case of bankruptcy filings or a deterioration in  the customer’s  operating results or financial
position. If there are additional changes in  circumstances related to the specific customer,  HP further
adjusts  estimates  of  the  recoverability  of  receivables.  HP  maintains  bad  debt  reserves  for  all  other
customers based on a variety of factors, including the use of third-party credit  risk models that generate
quantitative measures of default probabilities based on market factors, the financial condition of
customers, the length of time receivables are past  due, trends in the weighted-average  risk rating  for
the portfolio, macroeconomic conditions, information derived from  competitive  benchmarking,
significant one-time events and historical experience. The past due or delinquency  status  of  a receivable
is based on the contractual payment  terms of the receivable.

Inventory

HP values inventory at the lower of cost or market. Cost  is computed using  standard cost which

approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out  basis. Adjustments to reduce  the cost of  inventory  to  its
net  realizable  value  are  made,  if  required,  for  estimated  excess,  obsolete  or  impaired  balances.

Derivatives

HP  uses  derivative  financial  instruments,  primarily  non-speculative  forwards,  swaps,  and  options,  to

hedge  certain  foreign  currency  and  interest  rate  exposures.  HP  also  may  use  other  derivative
instruments not designated as hedges, such as  forwards  used to hedge  foreign currency balance sheet
exposures. HP does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. See  Note 9  for a
full  description  of  HP’s  derivative  financial  instrument  activities  and  related  accounting  policies.

Property, Plant and Equipment

HP states property, plant and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation.  HP capitalizes

additions and improvements and expenses maintenance and repairs as incurred. Depreciation is
computed using straight-line or accelerated  methods  over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Estimated useful lives are five to 40 years for  buildings  and improvements and  three to 15 years for

90

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting  Policies (Continued)

machinery and equipment. HP depreciates  leasehold improvements over  the life of  the lease or the
asset, whichever is shorter. HP depreciates equipment held for lease  over  the initial term of the lease
to the equipment’s estimated residual value.  The estimated useful lives of assets used  solely to support
a customer services contract generally do  not  exceed  the term of  the  customer contract. Upon
retirement or disposition, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are  removed with any
gain or loss recognized in the Consolidated Statements  of Earnings.

HP capitalizes certain internal and external costs incurred to  acquire or create internal use

software, principally related to software coding, designing  system interfaces and installation and testing
of the software. HP amortizes capitalized  internal  use software costs using  the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives of the software, generally from three to five years.

Business Combinations

HP includes the results of operations of  the businesses that  it has  acquired in HP’s consolidated
results prospectively from the respective dates of  acquisition. HP  allocates the fair  value of purchase
consideration  to  the  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed,  and  non-controlling  interests  in  the  acquired
entity generally based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the  fair value of
purchase consideration over the fair  value of these assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed and
non-controlling interests in the acquired entity  is recorded as  goodwill. The  primary  items that generate
goodwill include the value of the synergies between the acquired companies and  HP and the acquired
assembled  workforce,  neither  of  which  qualifies  for  recognition  as  an  intangible  asset.  Acquisition-
related expenses and restructuring costs  are  recognized separately  from the business combination  and
are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill

HP reviews goodwill for impairment  annually and whenever events or changes in  circumstances

indicate the carrying amount of goodwill  may not be recoverable. While HP  is permitted to conduct a
qualitative assessment to determine whether it  is necessary  to  perform a two-step quantitative goodwill
impairment test, for its annual goodwill  impairment  test in the  fourth quarter of  fiscal  2013, HP
performed  a  quantitative  test  for  all  of  its  reporting  units.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at  the reporting  unit level. Except for  the  Enterprise Group

(‘‘EG’’) and Enterprise Services (‘‘ES’’), HP’s reporting  units are consistent with  the reportable
segments identified in Note 18. The Enterprise Group  includes two reporting units, which are
Enterprise Servers, Storage and Networking  (‘‘ESSN’’)  and Technology Services  (‘‘TS’’). ES also
consists  of  two  reporting  units,  which  are  MphasiS  Limited  and  the  remainder  of  ES.  In  fiscal  2013,  HP
made two changes to our reporting units. HP  identified MphasiS Limited as  a reporting unit  apart from
the  remainder  of  ES,  and  in  connection  with  integration  activities  combined  the  Autonomy  reporting
unit with the legacy HP software business  reporting unit.

In the first step of the impairment test,  HP compares  the fair value  of  each  reporting unit to its

carrying amount. HP estimates the fair value  of  its  reporting units using a weighting of fair  values
derived most significantly from the income approach and to a lesser extent the  market approach. Under
the income approach, HP estimates the fair value of a reporting unit based on  the present value  of
estimated  future  cash  flows.  HP  bases  cash  flow  projections  on  management’s  estimates  of  revenue
growth  rates  and  operating  margins,  taking  into  consideration  industry  and  market  conditions.  HP  bases

91

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting  Policies (Continued)

the discount rate used on the weighted-average cost  of capital adjusted  for  the relevant  risk associated
with business-specific characteristics and  the uncertainty  related  to  the reporting unit’s  ability to execute
on the projected cash flows. Under the market approach, HP  estimates fair value based  on market
multiples of revenue and earnings derived  from comparable publicly-traded  companies with  similar
operating  and  investment  characteristics  as  the  reporting  unit.  HP  weights  the  fair  value  derived  from
the market approach up to 50% of the  concluded reporting unit  fair value depending on  the level of
comparability of these publicly-traded companies  to  the reporting unit.  When  market  comparables  are
not meaningful or  not available, HP  estimates the fair value of a reporting unit using only the  income
approach. For the MphasiS Limited reporting  unit, HP  used the quoted market  price in an  active
market to estimate fair value.

In order to assess the reasonableness of  the estimated fair values of HP’s reporting units, HP
compares the aggregate reporting unit fair  values to HP’s market  capitalization and calculates an
implied control premium (the excess  of  the sum of the reporting units’ fair values over HP’s market
capitalization). HP evaluates the control premium by comparing it to observable control premiums from
recent comparable transactions. If the  implied control premium is  not  believed  to  be  reasonable  in light
of these recent transactions, HP reevaluates reporting  unit fair values,  which may result in an
adjustment to the discount rate and/or other assumptions. This reevaluation could reduce the estimated
fair value for certain or all reporting units.

If  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  exceeds  the  carrying  amount  of  the  net  assets  assigned  to

that  reporting  unit,  goodwill  is  not  impaired  and  no  further  testing  is  required.  If  the  fair  value  of  the
reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then  HP must perform the  second step  of the
impairment  test  to  measure  the  amount  of  impairment  loss,  if  any.  In  the  second  step,  HP  measures
the reporting unit’s assets, including any unrecognized intangible  assets, liabilities and non-controlling
interests at fair value in a hypothetical analysis to calculate the  implied fair value of goodwill for  the
reporting unit. If the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s  goodwill is less than its  carrying amount,
the difference is recorded as an impairment loss.

Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets

HP reviews intangible assets with finite lives and long-lived assets for  impairment whenever  events

or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  HP
assesses recoverability of the assets based on the  undiscounted future cash flows  expected to result
from the use of the asset and the eventual  disposition of  the asset. If the undiscounted  future cash
flows  are  less  than  the  carrying  amount,  the  asset  is  impaired.  HP  measures  the  amount  of  impairment
loss,  if  any, as  the  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  and  its  fair  value  using  an
income  approach  or,  when  available  and  appropriate,  using  a  market  approach.  HP  amortizes  intangible
assets with finite lives using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of  the assets,
ranging from one to ten years.

Retirement and Post-Retirement Plans

HP has various defined benefit, other contributory  and noncontributory retirement and

post-retirement plans. HP generally amortizes unrecognized  actuarial gains and losses  on a straight-line
basis  over  the  average  remaining  estimated  service  life  of  participants.  In  some  cases,  HP  amortizes

92

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting  Policies (Continued)

actuarial gains and losses using the corridor approach. See Note 15 for a full description  of these  plans
and  the accounting and funding policies.

Taxes on  Earnings

HP  recognizes  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  tax  consequences  of  temporary

differences between the tax bases of  assets and liabilities  and their reported amounts using enacted tax
rates  in  effect  for  the  year  the  differences  are  expected  to  reverse.  HP  records  a  valuation  allowance  to
reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

HP records accruals for uncertain tax  positions  when  HP believes that it is not more  likely than

not that the tax position will be sustained  on  examination  by the taxing authorities based on the
technical merits of the position. HP makes adjustments  to these  accruals  when  facts and circumstances
change,  such as the closing of a tax audit or the  refinement  of  an estimate. The provision  for income
taxes includes the effects of adjustments for uncertain tax positions, as well  as the related net interest
and  penalties.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject  HP to significant concentrations of  credit risk consist

principally of cash and cash equivalents, investments, accounts receivable from  trade customers and
contract manufacturers, financing receivables and derivatives.

HP maintains cash and cash equivalents, investments, derivatives and  certain  other  financial
instruments with various financial institutions.  These financial  institutions  are located in many  different
geographical regions, and HP’s policy  is designed to limit exposure  to  any  one institution. As part  of its
risk management processes, HP performs periodic evaluations  of  the relative  credit standing  of  the
financial institutions. HP has not sustained material credit losses from instruments held at  financial
institutions.  HP  utilizes  derivative  contracts  to  protect  against  the  effects  of  foreign  currency  and
interest rate exposures. Such contracts involve the  risk  of  non-performance by the counterparty, which
could result in a material loss.

HP sells a significant portion of its products  through third-party distributors and resellers and,  as a
result, maintains individually significant receivable  balances with these parties. If the  financial condition
or operations of all of these distributors’ and resellers’ aggregated accounts deteriorate substantially,
HP’s operating results could be adversely  affected. The ten largest distributor and  reseller  receivable
balances,  which were concentrated primarily in  North America and Europe,  collectively represented
approximately  21%  and  14%  of  gross  accounts  receivable  at  October  31,  2013  and  2012,  respectively.
No single customer accounts for more than 10% of accounts receivable.  Credit  risk with respect to
other  accounts receivable and financing  receivables  is generally  diversified due to the large  number of
entities comprising HP’s customer base and their dispersion across  many  different  industries and
geographical regions. HP performs ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of its third-
party distributors, resellers and other  customers and  requires  collateral, such as  letters of  credit and
bank guarantees, in certain circumstances.

HP utilizes outsourced manufacturers  around  the world to manufacture HP-designed products. HP

may purchase product components from suppliers  and sell those components to its outsourced
manufacturers creating receivable balances  from the outsourced manufacturers. The three largest

93

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting  Policies (Continued)

outsourced  manufacturer  receivable  balances  represented  approximately  82%  and  69%  of  HP’s  supplier
receivables of $1.0 billion and $1.2 billion  at October 31,  2013  and 2012, respectively. HP includes  the
supplier  receivables  in  Other  current  assets  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  HP’s  credit  risk
associated with these receivables is partially mitigated by  the amounts HP owes to these outsourced
manufacturers, as HP generally has the legal  right to offset its payables to  the outsourced
manufacturers against these receivables.  HP does not reflect the sale of these components in revenue
and  does not recognize any profits on these sales until  the related products are  sold by HP,  at which
time any profit is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales.

Other Concentration

HP obtains a significant number of components from  single  source suppliers  due  to  technology,
availability, price, quality or other considerations. The loss of a single source  supplier, the deterioration
of HP’s relationship with a single source supplier, or any unilateral modification to the contractual
terms under which HP is supplied components by a single source supplier could adversely affect HP’s
revenue and gross margins.

Loss Contingencies

HP is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings  that arise  in the ordinary

course of business. HP records a liability  when it  believes  it is  both probable that a  liability  has been
incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. See Note 17 for a full description of
HP’s loss contingencies and related accounting policies.

Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting  Standards Board (‘‘FASB’’) issued a  new accounting
standard that will require the presentation of certain unrecognized  tax  benefits as  reductions to
deferred  tax  assets  rather  than  as  liabilities  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  when  a  net  operating
loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax  credit carryforward exists. HP will be required to adopt
this new standard on a prospective basis in the  first quarter  of  fiscal 2015; however, early  adoption is
permitted as is a retrospective application.  HP is currently evaluating  the timing, transition method  and
impact  of this new standard on its Consolidated  Financial Statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance which will  permit the Fed  Funds Effective Swap Rate (or

Overnight Index Swap Rate) to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest  rate  for hedge accounting
purposes. The guidance also removes the  restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar
hedges. The guidance is effective prospectively for  qualifying new or redesignated hedging  relationships
entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption  of this guidance  did not have any effect on  HP’s
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Note 2:  Stock-Based Compensation

HP’s  stock-based compensation plans include incentive  compensation plans and  an employee stock

purchase plan (‘‘ESPP’’).

94

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 2:  Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Stock-Based Compensation Expense and Related Income Tax Benefits

Stock-based compensation expense and the  resulting  tax  benefits  were as follows:

Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 500
(158)

In millions
$ 635
(197)

$ 685
(219)

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 342

$ 438

$ 466

2013

2012

2011

Cash received from option exercises  and  purchases under the  ESPP was $0.3  billion in fiscal  2013,
$0.7 billion in fiscal 2012 and $0.9 billion  in  fiscal  2011. The benefit realized  for the  tax deduction from
option exercises of share-based payment  awards in fiscal  2013,  2012 and 2011 was $13 million,
$57 million and $220 million, respectively.

Incentive Compensation Plans

HP’s  incentive  compensation  plans  include  equity  plans  adopted  in  2004  (as  amended  in  2013  and

2010), 2000 and 1995 (‘‘principal equity plans’’),  as well as  various equity plans assumed through
acquisitions under which stock-based awards are outstanding. Stock-based  awards  granted from the
principal equity plans include restricted  stock awards, stock options and performance-based  restricted
units (‘‘PRUs’’). Employees meeting  certain employment  qualifications are eligible  to  receive stock-
based awards.

Under  the  principal  equity  plans,  HP  has  granted  certain  employees  restricted  stock  awards,

cash-settled awards or both. Restricted  stock awards are non-vested stock awards that may include
grants of restricted stock or grants of restricted stock units.  Restricted stock awards and cash-settled
awards are generally subject to forfeiture if employment  terminates prior to the  release of the
restrictions. Such awards generally vest one  to  three years from the  date of grant.  During that period,
ownership of the restricted stock cannot  be transferred. Restricted stock  has the same cash dividend
and voting rights as other common stock  and  is considered  to  be  currently  issued and  outstanding.
Restricted stock units have dividend equivalent  rights equal to the cash  dividend paid  on restricted
stock. Restricted stock units do not have the voting rights of common stock, and the shares  underlying
the restricted stock units are not considered issued and outstanding.  However,  shares underlying
restricted  stock  units  are  included  in  the  calculation  of  diluted  net  earnings  per  share  (‘‘EPS’’).  HP
expenses the fair value of restricted stock awards ratably over the period during which  the restrictions
lapse.

Stock options granted under the principal equity  plans are generally non-qualified stock  options,

but the principal equity plans permit some options  granted to qualify  as ‘‘incentive stock options’’
under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.  Stock options generally vest over three to four years from  the
date  of  grant. The exercise price of a  stock option is equal to the fair  market value of HP’s stock  on
the option grant date (as determined  by  the reported  sale prices of HP’s stock when the market closes
on  that  date).  The  majority  of  the  stock  options  issued  by  HP  contain  only  service  vesting  conditions.
However, starting in fiscal 2011, HP  began  granting performance-contingent stock  options that vest only
upon the satisfaction of both service  and  market conditions prior to the expiration of the awards.

95

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 2:  Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

HP’s  PRU program provides for the issuance  of PRUs representing hypothetical shares  of HP
stock. Each PRU award reflects a target  number of  shares (‘‘Target Shares’’) that may be issued to the
award recipient before adjusting for  performance and market conditions. The  actual number of shares
the recipient receives is determined at the end of a three-year performance period  based on results
achieved versus company performance goals and  may  range from 0% to 200% of the  Target Shares
granted.  No  PRUs  were  granted  in  fiscal  2013.  The  performance  goals  for  PRUs  granted  in  fiscal  2012
are based on  HP’s adjusted annual cash  flow from operations as a percentage  of  revenue and on  HP’s
adjusted  annual  revenue  growth.  The  performance  goals  for  PRUs  granted  prior  to  fiscal  2012  are
based on  HP’s adjusted annual cash flow from operations as a  percentage of revenue and  on a  market
condition based on total shareholder return  (‘‘TSR’’) relative to the S&P 500 over the three-year
performance period.

Recipients of a PRU award generally must remain  employed by  HP on a continuous basis through

the  end  of  the  applicable  three-year  performance  period  in  order  to  receive  shares  subject  to  that
award. Target Shares subject to PRU awards do  not  have dividend  equivalent rights  and do not have
the voting rights of common stock until earned  and issued following the  end of the applicable
performance period. The expense for  these  awards, net of estimated forfeitures, is recorded over the
requisite service period based on the number  of Target Shares that are expected to be earned and the
achievement of performance goals during the performance period.

Restricted Stock Awards

Non-vested restricted stock awards as  of October 31,  2013,  2012 and 2011 and  changes during

fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

2013

2012

2011

Outstanding at beginning

of year . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding at end of

Shares

In thousands

25,532
20,707
(10,966)
(3,011)

year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32,262

Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Share

$31
$15
$33
$24

$21

Weighted-
Average  Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Share

$39
$27
$38
$34

$31

Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per  Share

$45
$38
$41
$43

$39

Shares

In thousands

5,848
17,569
(5,660)
(944)

16,813

Shares

In thousands

16,813
20,316
(8,521)
(3,076)

25,532

At October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, there  was $330 million,  $508 million and  $526 million,

respectively, of unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted
stock awards, which HP expected to recognize  over the remaining  weighted-average vesting period of
1.3 years, 1.3 years and 1.4 years, respectively.

Stock Options

HP utilizes the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing formula to estimate the fair value of stock
options subject to service-based vesting conditions that are granted  under  its principal  equity plans.  HP
estimates the fair value of stock options subject to performance-contingent vesting conditions using a
combination of a Monte Carlo simulation model and a lattice model, as these awards  contain market
conditions.

96

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 2:  Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

The weighted-average fair value and the assumptions used to measure fair value were as follows:

Weighted-average fair value of grants  per  option(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected volatility(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free interest rate(3)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected dividend yield(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected term in months(5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

2012

2011

$4.26

$9.06

$7.85

42% 42% 41%
1.07% 1.17% 1.20%
3.64% 1.83% 1.97%
67

71

63

(1) The fair value calculation was based on stock options  granted during the period.

(2) Determined  using  implied  volatility  from  traded  options  on  HP’s  stock.

(3) Determined using the yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues.

(4) Determined  using  a  constant  dividend  yield  during  the  expected  term  of  the  option.

(5) Determined using historical exercise and  post-vesting  termination  patterns.

Option activity as of October 31 during  each fiscal year was as follows:

2013

2012

2011

Weighted-
Average

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Contractual

Remaining Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Term

Shares

Price

Weighted-
Average

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Contractual

Remaining Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Term

Shares

Price

Weighted-
Average

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Contractual

Remaining Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Term

Shares

Price

Outstanding at

In thousands

In years

In millions In thousands

In years

In millions In thousands

In years

In millions

beginning of  year
Granted(1)
.
Exercised .
.
Forfeited/cancelled/
.

expired .

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.
.

.

Outstanding  at end of
.

year

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.
.

.

.

Vested and expected to
vest  at  end of  year .

Exercisable  at end of
.
.

year

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.
.

.

.

.

.

87,296
25,785
(10,063)

(18,976)

84,042

$29
$15
$19

$25

$27

80,004

$27

49,825

$33

120,243
7,529
(29,683)

(10,793)

$303

87,296

$28
$27
$20

$35

$29

$274

85,935

$29

$ 58

68,437

$31

3.9

3.7

1.8

3.0

2.9

1.9

142,916
18,804
(37,121)

(4,356)

$15

120,243

$28
$21
$23

$39

$28

$15

117,066

$28

$12

97,967

$29

3.0

2.9

2.0

$460

$442

$332

(1)

In connection with fiscal 2011 acquisitions, HP assumed options to purchase approximately 6 million shares with a weighted-average exercise price of $14 per share.

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table  above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value that
option holders would have received had  all option holders exercised  their options on October  31, 2013,
2012 and 2011. The aggregate intrinsic value is  the difference  between HP’s closing stock  price on  the
last trading day of fiscal 2013, 2012 and  2011 and the  exercise price, multiplied by the  number of
in-the-money options. Total intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011  was
$36 million, $176 million and $673 million, respectively. Total grant date fair value of options vested in
fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $64 million, $104 million and $95 million, respectively, net of taxes.

97

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 2:  Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Information about options outstanding at October  31, 2013 was as follows:

Range of Exercise Prices

$0-$9.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$10-$19.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$20-$29.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$30-$39.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$40-$49.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$50-$59.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$60 and over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options Outstanding

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

In years
4.3
6.7
5.6
0.5
1.4
3.2
0.7

3.9

$ 7
$14
$25
$32
$43
$52
$73

$27

Options Exercisable

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Shares
Exercisable

In thousands

595
3,991
8,204
19,940
16,263
580
252

49,825

$ 7
$14
$25
$32
$43
$52
$73

$33

Shares
Outstanding

In thousands

616
27,161
18,906
20,018
16,422
667
252

84,042

At October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 there was $112 million,  $157 million and  $264 million,

respectively, of unrecognized pre-tax  stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, which
HP expected to recognize over a weighted-average vesting  period of 2.2 years, 1.8 years and 2.3 years,
respectively.

Performance-Based Restricted Units

For PRU awards granted in fiscal 2012, HP estimates the  fair value of the Target Shares using
HP’s closing stock price on the measurement date. The  weighted-average fair value  for these PRUs was
as follows:

Weighted-average fair value of grants  per  unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$13.14(1) $27.00(2)

2013

2012

(1) Reflects the weighted-average fair value for  the  second year  of the three-year  performance period
applicable to PRUs granted in fiscal  2012. The estimated fair value  of  the Target  Shares  for the
third year for PRUs granted in fiscal year 2012  will  be  determined on  the measurement date
applicable to those PRUs, which will  occur during  the period that the annual  performance goals
are approved for those PRUs, and the expense will be amortized  over the remainder  of the
applicable three-year performance period.

(2) Reflects the weighted-average fair value for  the  first year  of the three-year  performance period

applicable to PRUs granted in fiscal  2012.

For PRU awards granted prior to fiscal 2012, HP  estimates the  fair value of the Target  Shares
subject to those awards using the Monte Carlo  simulation  model, as the TSR modifier  represents a
market condition. The weighted-average  fair values of these PRU  awards  and the  following  weighted-

98

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 2:  Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

average assumptions, in addition to projections  of  market  conditions,  used to measure the weighted-
average fair values were as follows for fiscal years ended October 31:

2013

2012

2011

Weighted-average fair value of grants  per  unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected volatility(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected term in months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33%

$0.00(1) $3.35(2) $27.59(3)
30%
41%
0.18% 0.14% 0.38%
3.94% 1.78% 0.75%
15

12

19

(1) Reflects the weighted-average fair value for  the  third year  of  the three-year performance period

applicable to PRUs granted in fiscal  2011. The weighted-average  fair value per unit  is zero  based
on the result of the Monte-Carlo simulation model using the weighted-average assumptions on  the
measurement date.

(2) Reflects the weighted-average fair value for  the  third year  of  the three-year performance period
applicable to PRUs granted in fiscal  2010 and for  the second  year of the three-year performance
period applicable to PRUs granted in  fiscal 2011.

(3) Reflects the weighted-average fair value for  the  third year  of  the three-year performance period
applicable to PRUs granted in fiscal  2009, for  the second year of the three-year performance
period applicable to PRUs granted in  fiscal 2010 and for the  first year  of  the three-year
performance period applicable to PRUs granted in fiscal 2011.

(4) HP uses historic volatility for PRU awards when simulating  multivariate  prices for  companies in

the S&P 500.

Non-vested PRUs as of October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and changes during  fiscal  2013, 2012 and

2011 were as follows:

2013

2012

2011

Outstanding Target Shares at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in units due to performance  and market conditions achievement

for PRUs vested in the year(1)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shares in thousands
11,382
1,251

5,688
—

18,508
5,950

(4,307)
(356)

(5,617)
(1,328)

(10,862)
(2,214)

Outstanding Target Shares at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,025

5,688

11,382

Outstanding Target Shares of PRUs assigned a fair  value at end of year .

690(2)

3,492(3)

5,867(4)

(1) The minimum level of TSR was not met for  PRUs  granted in fiscal 2011,  2010 and  2009, which

resulted  in  the  cancellation  of  Target  Shares.

(2) Excludes Target Shares for the third year for PRUs granted in fiscal 2012 as the  measurement date
had not yet been established. The measurement  date and related  fair value for the excluded PRUs
will be established when the annual performance goals are approved.

(3) Excludes Target Shares for the third year for PRUs granted in fiscal 2011 and for  the second and

third years for PRUs granted in fiscal  2012 as the  measurement dates had  not  yet been
established.

99

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 2:  Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

(4) Excludes Target Shares for the third year for PRUs granted in fiscal 2010 and for  the second and

third years for PRUs granted in fiscal  2011 as the  measurement dates had  not  yet been
established.

At October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, there was $3 million,  $17 million and $82 million,
respectively, of unrecognized pre-tax  stock-based compensation expense related to PRUs with an
assigned fair value, which HP expected to recognize over  the remaining weighted-average  vesting
period of 1 year, 1.1 years and 1.4 years, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

HP sponsors the Hewlett-Packard Company  2011 Employee Stock Purchase  Plan (the ‘‘2011
ESPP’’), pursuant to which eligible employees may contribute up to 10% of base compensation, subject
to certain income limits, to purchase  shares of HP’s common  stock.

For purchases made on or after October 31, 2011, employees purchased stock under the 2011
ESPP at a price equal to 95% of the fair  market value on  the purchase date. Because  all  the criteria  of
a non-compensatory plan were met, no  stock-based compensation expense was  recorded in connection
with those purchases.

Shares Reserved

Shares available for future grant and shares reserved for future issuance under  the ESPP and

incentive compensation plans were as follows:

2013

2012

2011

Shares available for future grant at October 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

300,984

Shares in thousands
152,837

172,259

Shares reserved for future issuance under  all stock-related benefit  plans

at October 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

417,642

270,498

319,602

Note 3: Net Earnings Per Share

HP calculates basic net EPS using net earnings and  the weighted-average number  of shares

outstanding  during  the  reporting  period.  Diluted  net  EPS  includes  any  dilutive  effect  of  restricted  stock,
stock options and PRUs.

100

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 3:  Net Earnings Per Share (Continued)

The  reconciliation  of  the  numerators  and  denominators  of  each  of  the  basic  and  diluted  net  EPS

calculations were as follows for the following  fiscal years ended  October 31:

2013

2012

2011

In millions, except per share
amounts

Numerator:

Net earnings (loss)(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$5,113

$(12,650) $7,074

Denominator:

Weighted-average shares used to compute  basic EPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dilutive  effect of employee stock plans

Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted EPS . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,934
16

1,950

1,974
—

1,974

2,094
34

2,128

Net earnings (loss) per share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2.64

Diluted(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2.62

$

$

(6.41) $ 3.38

(6.41) $ 3.32

(1) Net  earnings  (loss)  available  to  participating  securities  were  not  significant  for  fiscal  2013,  2012
and 2011. HP considers restricted stock  that provides the holder with a non-forfeitable right to
receive dividends to be a participating security.

(2) For fiscal 2012, HP excluded from the calculation  of  diluted  net  loss per share 10 million shares
potentially issuable under employee stock  plans,  as their effect, if included,  would have been
anti-dilutive.

HP excludes options with exercise prices that are  greater  than the  average market price from  the

calculation of diluted net EPS because  their effect would be anti-dilutive. In fiscal 2013, 2012 and  2011,
HP excluded from the calculation of  diluted net EPS  options  to  purchase 51 million  shares, 56  million
shares and 25 million shares, respectively.  In  addition, HP also  excluded from the calculation of diluted
net EPS options to purchase an additional 1  million  shares in  fiscal  2013, 2012  and 2011, as their
combined exercise price, unamortized fair  value and excess tax benefits were greater in each  of  those
periods than the average market price  for  HP’s stock.

101

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 4:  Balance Sheet Details

Balance sheet details were as follows for  the following fiscal years ended October 31:

Accounts Receivable, Net

2013

2012

2011

Accounts receivable, gross

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$16,208

In millions
$16,871

$18,694

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

Balance at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase in allowance from acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deductions, net of recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at end of  year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

464
—
23
(155)

332

470
—
100
(106)

464

525
27
23
(105)

470

Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$15,876

$16,407

$18,224

HP has third-party financing arrangements consisting of revolving short-term financing intended to
facilitate the working capital requirements of  certain customers. These financing arrangements, which in
one case provides for partial recourse, result in a transfer of  HP’s trade receivables and  risk to the
third party. As these transfers qualify  for  sales accounting treatment, the trade receivables  are
derecognized from the Consolidated  Balance Sheets upon transfer, and HP receives  a payment  for the
trade receivables from the third party  within a  mutually agreed upon  time period. For  the arrangement
involving an element of recourse, the  recourse obligation  is measured using market data from similar
transactions  and  reported  as  a  current  liability  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  The  recourse
obligations as of October 31, 2013 and  October 31, 2012  were not material.

For fiscal 2013 and 2012, trade receivables sold under these facilities  were  $4.9 billion and

$4.3 billion, respectively. The amount of trade receivables sold approximates the amount of cash
received. The resulting costs associated  with the  sales of  trade  accounts receivable for the year ended
October 31, 2013 and 2012 were not  material.  The maximum  program capacity and  available program
capacity  under these arrangements were  as follows  for  the following fiscal years ended October 31:

Non-recourse arrangements

Aggregate maximum program capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aggregate available capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aggregate utilized capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Partial-recourse arrangement

Maximum program capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Available capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Utilized capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total arrangements

Aggregate maximum program capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aggregate available capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aggregate utilized capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

2012

In millions

$ 764
$ 450
$ 314

$ 631
$ 177
$ 454

$1,395
$ 627
$ 768

$ 636
$ 434
$ 202

$ 876
$ 413
$ 463

$1,512
$ 847
$ 665

102

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 4:  Balance Sheet Details (Continued)

Inventory

Finished goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchased parts and fabricated assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,847
2,199

$4,094
2,223

2013

2012

In millions

Other Current Assets

$6,046

$6,317

2013

2012

In millions

Deferred tax assets—short-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Value-added taxes receivable from various  governments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supplier and other receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3,893
2,425
2,579
4,238

$ 3,783
3,298
2,549
3,730

Property, Plant and Equipment

Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings and leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery  and  equipment,  including  equipment  held  for  lease . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$13,135

$13,360

2013

2012

$

In millions
626
8,942
16,565

636
8,744
16,503

Accumulated depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(14,670)

(13,929)

$ 11,463

$ 11,954

26,133

25,883

Depreciation expense was $3.2 billion, $3.3 billion and $3.4 billion  in fiscal 2013, 2012 and  2011,
respectively. For the twelve months ended  October 31, 2013,  the change in  gross property, plant and
equipment was due primarily to investments of $3.2 billion, which were  partially  offset by sales and
retirements totaling $3.0 billion. Accumulated  depreciation associated with the assets  sold  and retired
was $2.5 billion.

103

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 4:  Balance Sheet Details (Continued)

Long-Term Financing Receivables and Other Assets

Financing receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax assets—long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred costs—long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,878
1,346
999
3,333

$ 4,292
1,581
1,301
3,419

2013

2012

In millions

Other Accrued Liabilities

$9,556

$10,593

2013

2012

In millions

Other accrued taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,703
1,390
2,823
5,590

$ 3,264
1,496
2,900
5,840

Other Liabilities

$12,506

$13,500

2013

2012

In millions

Pension, post-retirement, and post-employment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax liability—long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5,098
2,668
3,907
4,218

$ 7,780
2,948
3,371
3,381

$15,891

$17,480

Note 5: Acquisitions

In fiscal  2013, MphasiS Limited, a majority-owned subsidiary  of HP, acquired Digital  Risk LLC  for

$174 million. HP recorded $112 million  of goodwill  related to this acquisition in  the ES  segment.

Acquisitions in prior years

In fiscal  2011, HP completed four acquisitions. Total fair value  of  purchase consideration for the

acquisitions was $11.4 billion, which includes  cash paid for outstanding common stock, convertible
bonds, vested-in-the-money stock awards and  the estimated fair value of  earned unvested  stock  awards
assumed. In connection with these acquisitions, HP  recorded approximately  $6.9 billion  of  goodwill,
$4.7 billion of intangibles and assumed  $206  million of net liabilities. HP’s largest  acquisition  in fiscal
2011 was its acquisition of Autonomy,  with a total fair value of purchase consideration of $11.0  billion.

104

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 6:  Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill allocated to HP’s reportable segments as of October 31,  2013 and  2012 and changes in

the carrying amount of goodwill during the fiscal  years  ended October 31, 2013 and  2012 are as
follows:

Personal
Systems Printing

Enterprise Enterprise

Group

Services

Software

Financial Corporate
Investments
Services

Total

HP

In millions

Net balance at October 31,

2011(1)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,498 $2,471 $17,349

$ 8,001 $14,063

$144

$ 25

$ 44,551

Goodwill acquired during the
period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill adjustments/

reclassifications . . . . . . . . .
Impairment loss . . . . . . . . . .

Net balance at October 31,

—

—
—

16

—
—

—

—

—

—

(308)

(40)
— (7,961)

580

—
(5,744) —

—

(25)
—

16

207
(13,705)

2012(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,498 $2,487 $17,041

$ — $ 8,899

$144

$ — $ 31,069

Goodwill acquired during the
period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill adjustments/

reclassifications . . . . . . . . .
Impairment loss . . . . . . . . . .

Net balance at October 31,

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

39
—

112

—

—

(15)
—

(81) —
—
—

—

—
—

112

(57)
—

2013(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,498 $2,487 $17,080(3) $

97(4)$ 8,818

$144

$ — $ 31,124

(1) Goodwill at October 31, 2011 is net of accumulated  impairment losses of $813  million related to

the Corporate Investments segment.

(2) Goodwill at October 31, 2013 and October 31,  2012 is net  of  accumulated impairment losses of
$14,518  million.  Of  that  amount,  $7,961  million  relates  to  ES,  $5,744  million  relates  to  Software,
and the remaining $813 million relates to Corporate Investments.

(3) Goodwill at October 31, 2013 includes  $9,280 million and $7,800 million related to the TS

reporting  unit  and  the  ESSN  reporting  unit,  respectively.

(4) All goodwill at October 31, 2013 relates to the  MphasiS reporting  unit.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2013, HP  implemented certain organizational  realignments. As a result

of  these  realignments,  HP  has  re-evaluated  its  reportable  segment  structure  and,  effective  in  the  first
quarter of fiscal 2013, created two new  reportable segments, the EG segment and the ES segment, and
eliminated two other reportable segments, the ESSN segment and the Services  segment. The EG
segment consists of the business units  within the former ESSN  segment  and most of the services
offerings of the TS business unit, which  was previously a  part of the former Services segment. The ES
segment consists of the Applications and  Business Services (‘‘ABS’’) and  Infrastructure  Technology
Outsourcing (‘‘ITO’’) business units from the  former Services  segment, along with the end-user
workplace support services business that was previously part  of  TS. As a result of the  reportable

105

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 6:  Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

segment changes described above, the  net goodwill balance at October  31, 2012 and at  October 31,
2011  includes  the  reclassification  of  $9.3  billion  of  goodwill  related  to  the  movement  of  the  TS  business
unit from the former Services segment to the EG segment. See  Note 18  for  a full description of the
segment realignments.

Based on the results of its annual impairment tests,  HP determined  that no  impairment of
goodwill existed as of August 1, 2013. However, future goodwill impairment  tests  could  result in a
charge to earnings. HP will continue to evaluate goodwill  on an  annual  basis as of the  beginning  of its
fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events and  changes in circumstances indicate  that  there may be a
potential impairment.

During  fiscal  2012,  HP  determined  that  sufficient  indicators  of  potential  impairment  existed  to

require  an  interim  goodwill  impairment  analysis  for  the  ES  reporting  unit.  These  indicators  included
the trading values of HP’s stock at the time of the impairment test,  coupled with market conditions and
business trends within ES. The fair value of the ES reporting unit was  based on  the income approach.
The  decline  in  the  fair  value  of  the  ES  reporting  unit  resulted  from  lower  projected  revenue  growth
rates and profitability levels as well as an increase in the risk  factor that was  included in the discount
rate  used  to  calculate  the  discounted  cash  flows.  The  increase  in  the  discount  rate  was  due  to  the
implied control premium resulting from trading  values of HP stock  at  the time  of  the impairment test.
The resulting adjustments to discount rates  caused a significant reduction in the  fair value  for the  ES
reporting unit. Based on the step one  and step  two analyses, HP recorded an $8.0 billion  goodwill
impairment  charge  in  fiscal  2012,  and  there  was  no  remaining  goodwill  in  the  ES  reporting  unit  as  of
October 31, 2012.  Prior to completing the goodwill  impairment test, HP  tested the  recoverability of the
ES long-lived assets (other than goodwill) and concluded that such assets were  not  impaired.

Also  during  fiscal  2012,  the  Software  segment  included  two  reporting  units,  which  were  Autonomy
and  the legacy HP Software business. HP initiated its annual  goodwill impairment analysis in  the fourth
quarter  of  fiscal  2012  and  concluded  that  fair  value  was  below  carrying  amount  for  the  Autonomy
reporting unit. The fair value of the Autonomy reporting  unit was based  on the  income  approach.

The decline in the estimated fair value of the Autonomy reporting unit resulted from lower
projected  revenue  growth  rates  and  profitability  levels  as  well  as  an  increase  in  the  risk  factor  that  was
included in the discount rate used to calculate  the discounted  cash flows.  The increase  in the discount
rate was due to the implied control premium that resulted from trading values of HP stock at  the time
of  the  impairment  test.  The  lower  projected  operating  results  reflected  changes  in  assumptions  related
to  organic  revenue  growth  rates,  market  trends,  business  mix,  cost  structure,  expected  deal  synergies
and  other expectations about the anticipated  short-term and long-term operating results of  the
Autonomy business. These assumptions incorporated  HP’s analysis of what  it believes were  accounting
improprieties, incomplete disclosures and misrepresentations at Autonomy that occurred  prior to the
Autonomy acquisition with respect to Autonomy’s pre-acquisition business and related operating results.
In addition, as noted above, when estimating the fair value of a reporting unit HP  may need  to  adjust
discount rates and/or other assumptions in order  to  derive a  reasonable implied control premium  when
comparing the sum of the fair values  of  HP’s reporting units to HP’s market  capitalization. Due to the
trading values of HP stock at the time of  the impairment test, the  resulting adjustments to the  discount
rate  to  arrive  at  an  appropriate  control  premium  caused  a  significant  reduction  in  the  fair  value  for  the
Autonomy reporting unit as well as the fair  values for HP’s other reporting units.

106

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 6:  Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

Prior  to  conducting  step  one  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  for  the  Autonomy  reporting  unit,  HP
first evaluated the recoverability of the  long-lived assets,  including intangible assets.  When indicators  of
impairment  are  present,  HP  tests  long-lived  assets  (other  than  goodwill)  for  recoverability  by  comparing
the carrying amount of an asset group  to  its  undiscounted cash flows.  HP considered  the
lower-than-expected  revenue  and  profitability  levels  over  a  sustained  period  of  time,  the  trading  values
of HP stock and downward revisions to management’s  short-term and long-term  forecast  for the
Autonomy business to be indicators of impairment  for the Autonomy  long-lived assets. Based on  the
results  of  the  recoverability  test,  HP  determined  that  the  carrying  amount  of  the  Autonomy  asset  group
exceeded its undiscounted cash flows and was therefore  not  recoverable. HP then  compared the fair
value of the asset group to its carrying amount and determined the impairment  loss. The  impairment
loss was allocated  to the carrying values of the long-lived  assets  but not below their individual fair
values. Based on the analysis, HP recorded an impairment  charge  of $3.1 billion on  intangible  assets,
which resulted in a remaining carrying amount of approximately $0.8 billion  as of October 31, 2012.
The decline in the fair value of the Autonomy intangible assets was attributable to the same factors as
discussed above for the fair value of  the Autonomy reporting unit.

The decline in the fair value of the Autonomy reporting unit and Autonomy  intangibles, as well  as

fair value changes for other assets and liabilities  in the step two  goodwill impairment test, resulted in
an  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  substantially  below  the  carrying  amount  of  the  goodwill  for  the
Autonomy  reporting  unit.  As  a  result,  HP  recorded  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  of  $5.7 billion,  which
resulted in a $1.2 billion remaining carrying amount of  Autonomy goodwill as of October 31, 2012.
Both the goodwill impairment charge and  the intangible assets impairment  charge, totaling  $8.8 billion,
were  included  in  the  Impairment  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  line  item  in  the  Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.

Subsequent  to  the  Autonomy  purchase  price  allocation  period,  which  concluded  in  the  first  quarter

of fiscal 2012, and in conjunction with HP’s  annual goodwill impairment testing,  HP identified certain
indicators of impairment. The indicators of impairment included lower-than-expected revenue  and
profitability  levels  over  a  sustained  period  of  time,  the  trading  values  of  HP  stock  and  downward
revisions to management’s short-term and long-term forecast  for the  Autonomy business. HP revised its
multi-year forecast for the Autonomy business, and the  timing of this forecast  revision coincided with
the  timing  of  HP’s  overall  forecasting  process  for  all  reporting  units,  which  is  completed  each  year  in
the  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  conjunction  with  the  annual  goodwill  impairment  analysis.  The  change  in
assumptions used in the revised forecast and the fair  value  estimates utilized in the impairment testing
of  the  Autonomy  goodwill  and  long-lived  assets  incorporated  insights  gained  from  having  owned  the
Autonomy  business  for  the  preceding  year.  The  revised  forecast  reflected  changes  related  to  organic
revenue growth rates, current market trends, business  mix, cost structure, expected  deal  synergies and
other  expectations about the anticipated short-term  and long-term  operating results of the Autonomy
business, driven by HP’s analysis regarding certain  accounting improprieties, incomplete disclosures  and
misrepresentations at Autonomy that occurred prior to the Autonomy acquisition with respect to
Autonomy’s  pre-acquisition  business  and  related  operating  results.  Accordingly,  the  change  in  fair
values represented a change in accounting estimate that  occurred outside the  purchase  price allocation
period, resulting in the recorded impairment charge.

Based  on  the  results  of  the  annual  impairment  test  for  all  other  reporting  units,  HP  concluded  that

no other goodwill impairment existed as of August 1,  2012,  apart from the  impairment charges
discussed above.

107

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 6:  Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

Intangible Assets

HP’s  intangible  assets  associated  with  completed  acquisitions  for  each  of  the  following  fiscal  years

ended October 31 are composed of:

October 31, 2013

October 31, 2012

Accumulated
Accumulated Impairment
Amortization

Loss

Gross

Accumulated
Accumulated Impairment
Amortization

Loss

Net

Net

Gross

In millions

Customer contracts,
customer lists and
distribution
agreements . . . . . . . $ 5,321

$(2,709)

$ (856) $1,756 $ 5,807

$(2,625)

$ (856) $2,326

Developed and core
technology and
patents . . . . . . . . . .

Trade name and trade

marks . . . . . . . . . . .
In-process research and
development . . . . . .

5,331

(1,966)

(2,138)

1,227

6,580

(2,501)

(2,138)

1,941

1,730

(211)

(1,336)

183

1,732

(155)

(1,336)

241

3

—

—

3

7

—

—

7

Total intangible assets . $12,385

$(4,886)

$(4,330) $3,169 $14,126

$(5,281)

$(4,330) $4,515

For  fiscal  2013,  the  majority  of  the  decrease  in  gross  intangibles  was  related  to  $1.7 billion  of  fully

amortized intangible assets that have been eliminated from both the gross  and accumulated amounts.

In  fiscal  2012,  HP  recorded  total  intangible  asset  impairment  charges  of  $4.3 billion,  of  which
$3.1 billion was related to the Autonomy reporting unit as described above. The remaining $1.2 billion
was related to a change in the Compaq branding strategy. In May 2012, HP  approved a change  to  its
branding  strategy  for  personal  computers,  which  has  resulted  in  a  more  limited  and  focused  use  of  the
‘‘Compaq’’ trade name acquired in fiscal  2002. In conjunction with the change in branding strategy, HP
revised  its  assumption  as  to  the  useful  life  of  that  intangible  asset,  which  resulted  in  a  reclassification  of
the asset from an indefinite-lived intangible to a finite-lived intangible.  These changes  triggered an
impairment review of the ‘‘Compaq’’ trade name  intangible asset. In conducting  an impairment review
of an intangible asset, HP compares the fair  value of the asset to its carrying amount. If the  fair value
of the asset is less than the carrying amount, the difference is recorded as an  impairment loss.  HP
estimated the fair value of the ‘‘Compaq’’  trade  name by calculating the present value of the royalties
saved that would have been paid to a third  party had  HP not owned the trade name. Following the
completion  of  that  analysis,  HP  determined  that  the  fair  value  of  the  trade  name  asset  was  less  than
the carrying amount due primarily to  the  change in  the useful life  assumption and a decrease in
expected future revenues related to Compaq-branded  products resulting from  the more focused
branding strategy. As a result, HP recorded an impairment  charge of $1.2 billion in  the third quarter of
fiscal  2012,  which  was  included  in  the  Impairment  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  line  item  in  the
Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

108

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 6:  Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

The  weighted-average  useful  lives  of  intangible  assets  at  the  time  of  acquisition  are  as  follows:

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

Weighted-Average
Useful Lives

Customer contracts, customer lists and distribution agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Developed and core technology and  patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade name and trade marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8
7
7

Estimated future amortization expense  related to finite-lived intangible  assets at  October 31,  2013

is as follows:

Fiscal year:

2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

In millions

$1,060
871
646
230
145
214

$3,166

109

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 7:  Restructuring

Summary of Restructuring Plans

HP’s  restructuring activities summarized by plan for the twelve months ended October 31, 2013

were as follows:

As of October 31, 2013

Balance,
October 31,
2012

Fiscal
Year
2013

Cash

Other
Adjustments
and Non-Cash October 31, Incurred Costs to Be

Total
Expected

Total
Costs

Balance,

Charges Payments

Settlements

2013

to Date

Incurred

In millions

Fiscal 2012 Plan

Severance and EER . . . . . . .
Infrastructure and other . . . .

$ 597
11

$1,053
141

Total 2012 Plan . . . . . . . . . .
Fiscal 2010 acquisitions . . . . . .
Fiscal 2010 ES Plan:

Severance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infrastructure . . . . . . . . . . .

Total ES Plan . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal 2008 HP/EDS Plan:

Severance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infrastructure . . . . . . . . . . .

Total HP/EDS Plan . . . . . . .

608
10

227
1

228

—
181

181

1,194
(10)

(189)
—

(189)

—
(5)

(5)

$(701)
(112)

(813)
—

(36)
—

(36)

—
(55)

(55)

$(4)
—

(4)
—

8
—

8

—
—

—

$ 945
40

985
—

10
1

11

$3,036
247

3,283
91

434
369

803

— 2,195
1,070
121

121

3,265

$3,500
600

4,100
91

434
369

803

2,195
1,074

3,269

Total restructuring plans . . . . .

$1,027

$ 990

$(904)

$ 4

$1,117

$7,442

$8,263

At October 31, 2013 and 2012, HP included  the short-term  portion of the restructuring  liability  of

$901 million and $771 million, respectively, in Accrued  restructuring, and the long-term  portion of
$216 million  and  $256 million,  respectively,  in  Other  liabilities  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated
Balance Sheets. The timing of associated cash  payments is  dependent upon the type of  restructuring
charge  and can extend over a multi-year  period.

Fiscal 2012 Restructuring Plan

On May 23, 2012, HP adopted a multi-year restructuring plan (the ‘‘2012 Plan’’) designed to
simplify business processes, accelerate  innovation and deliver better results  for customers, employees
and stockholders. As of July 31, 2013,  HP estimated that  it would eliminate approximately 29,000
positions  in  connection  with  the  2012  Plan  through  fiscal  year  2014,  with  a  portion  of  those  employees
exiting the company as part of voluntary  enhanced early retirement (‘‘EER’’) programs in the United
States and in certain other countries.  The majority of the U.S.  EER program was funded through the
HP  Pension  Plan.  As  of  that  same  date,  HP  estimated  it  would  recognize  approximately  $3.6 billion  of
total costs in connection with the 2012  Plan. HP also estimated that the number of positions ultimately
eliminated  and  the  total  expense  of  the  2012  Plan  could  vary  by  as  much  as  15%  from  these  estimates.
Due to continued market and business  pressures,  as of  October 31, 2013, HP  expects to eliminate an
additional  15%  of  those  29,000  positions,  or  a  total  of  approximately  34,000  positions,  and  to  record  an
additional  15%  of  that  $3.6  billion  in  total  costs,  or  approximately  $4.1 billion  in  aggregate  charges.  HP
expects to record these charges through the  end of HP’s  2014 fiscal year as the accounting recognition

110

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 7:  Restructuring (Continued)

criteria are met. HP expects approximately $3.5 billion  to  relate to workforce reductions, including  the
EER programs, and approximately $0.6 billion to relate  to  infrastructure,  including data center and real
estate consolidation, and other items. HP recorded a charge of approximately $1.2 billion  in fiscal 2013
relating to the 2012 Plan, of which $141  million related to data center and real  estate consolidations.
As of October 31, 2013, HP had eliminated approximately 24,600 positions  for which a severance
payment has been or will be made as part  of the  2012 Plan. The cash payments  associated with  the
2012 Plan are expected to be paid out through fiscal  2017.

Fiscal 2010 Acquisitions

In connection with the acquisitions of Palm, Inc.  (‘‘Palm’’) and 3Com Corporation  (‘‘3Com’’)  in

fiscal 2010, HP’s management approved and initiated plans to restructure the  operations  of  the
acquired companies, including severance  for employees, contract cancellation costs,  costs to vacate
duplicative facilities and other items. The total combined cost of  the  plans was  $91 million. As of
October  31, 2011, HP had recorded all  of  the costs of the plans based upon the anticipated timing of
planned terminations and facility closure costs. In  the second quarter of fiscal 2013, $10  million  was
credited to restructuring expense to close the Palm and  3Com  plans as no further restructuring costs or
payments are anticipated.

Fiscal 2010 Enterprise Services Business  Restructuring Plan

On June 1, 2010, HP’s management announced a plan  to  restructure its  enterprise services
business, which included the ITO and  ABS business  units. The multi-year restructuring  program
included plans to consolidate commercial data centers, tools and applications. The total expected cost
of the plan is approximately $803 million, which includes  severance  costs to eliminate approximately
8,200 positions and infrastructure charges. As of October 31, 2012 all  8,200 positions under the plan
had  been eliminated. For the fiscal year ended October  31, 2013, HP  reversed $189  million of  the
restructuring accrual to reflect an updated estimate of  expected cash payments  for severance.  The
majority of the infrastructure charges were  paid out  during fiscal  2012 with the  remaining charges
expected to be paid out through the first half  of fiscal 2015. This plan is now  closed  with no further
restructuring charges anticipated. HP expects  the majority of  the remaining severance for the plan to
be  paid  out  through  fiscal  2014.

Fiscal 2008 HP/EDS Restructuring Plan

In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  Electronic  Data  Systems  Corporation  (‘‘EDS’’)  in  August
2008, HP’s management approved and initiated  a  restructuring plan  to  combine  and align  HP’s services
businesses, eliminate duplicative overhead functions  and consolidate and vacate duplicative facilities.
The restructuring plan is expected to be implemented at a total expected  cost of $3.3  billion.

The restructuring plan included severance costs related to eliminating  approximately  25,000

positions. As of October 31, 2011, all actions had occurred  and the associated severance costs had  been
paid out. The infrastructure charges in the restructuring plan included  facility  closure and consolidation
costs and the costs associated with early termination  of certain related  contractual obligations. HP  has
recorded the majority of these costs based on the  anticipated execution  of site closure and
consolidation plans. The associated cash payments  are  expected to be paid out  through fiscal 2016.

111

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 8:  Fair Value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to  sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability  (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between  market  participants  at the  measurement date.

Fair Value Hierarchy

Valuation techniques used by HP are based  upon  observable and unobservable  inputs.  Observable

or market inputs reflect market data  obtained from independent sources, while  unobservable inputs
reflect HP’s assumptions about market  participant assumptions based  on the best information  available.
Assets and liabilities are classified in  the fair  value hierarchy based on the lowest  level input that is
significant to the fair value measurement:

Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted)  in active  markets for identical assets or  liabilities.

Level 2—Quoted prices in active markets  for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for  identical

or similar assets or liabilities in markets  that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques  for
which all significant assumptions are  observable  in the market or can be corroborated  by  observable
market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to observable inputs  and lowest  priority to

unobservable inputs.

112

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 8:  Fair Value (Continued)

The following table presents HP’s assets and liabilities that are measured  at fair  value on a

recurring basis:

As of October 31, 2013

As of October  31, 2012

Fair Value
Measured Using

Total

Fair  Value
Measured Using

Total

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Balance Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Balance

In millions

Assets
Time deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ — $2,221
Money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mutual funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marketable equity  securities . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Derivatives:

— —
— 313 —
5 —
10
387 —
9
47
—

6,819

2

Interest rate contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . .
Other derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— 156 —
3
— 284
9 —
—

$— $ 2,221 $ — $3,641

4,630

$— $3,641
— — 4,630
469
63
385
56

— 469 —
60
3 —
377 —
8
— 55
1

— 344 —
— 291 —
1 —
—

344
291
1

6,819
313
15
396
49

156
287
9

Total Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $6,838 $3,377

$50

$10,265 $4,699 $5,126

$55

$9,880

Liabilities
Derivatives:

Interest rate contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ — $ 107
— 547
Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . .
—
Other derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$— $
2
— —

107 $ — $
549
—

29
— 485
—

$— $
1
3 —

29
486
3

Total Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ — $ 654

$ 2

$

656 $ — $ 517

$ 1

$ 518

For the twelve months ended October  31, 2013  and October 31, 2012, there were  no material

transfers between the levels within the fair  value hierarchy.

Valuation Techniques

Cash Equivalents and Investments: HP  holds time deposits, money market funds, mutual funds,
other debt securities primarily consisting  of corporate and foreign government  notes and bonds, and
common stock and equivalents. HP values cash  equivalents and equity investments using quoted  market
prices, alternative pricing sources, including net  asset value, or models utilizing market observable
inputs. The fair value of debt instruments were  based on quoted market prices or model driven
valuations using inputs primarily derived  from or corroborated by observable market data, and in
certain instances internally developed  valuation models  that utilize assumptions which cannot be
corroborated with observable market  data.

Derivative Instruments: As discussed  in Note 9, HP mainly holds non-speculative forwards,  swaps

and options to hedge certain foreign  currency and interest rate exposures. When prices  in active
markets are not available for the identical  asset or liability,  HP uses industry standard valuation models
to measure fair value. Where applicable,  these models  project future cash flows and discount the future
amounts to present value using market-based observable inputs, including interest rate curves, HP and
counterparty credit risk, foreign exchange  rates,  and  forward and spot prices for currencies.

113

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 8:  Fair Value (Continued)

Other Fair Value Disclosures

Short- and Long-Term Debt: HP calculates the estimated fair value of its debt primarily using an

expected present value technique which is based  upon observable market inputs using interest rates
currently available to companies of similar credit standing  for  similar terms and remaining maturities
and  considers HP’s own credit risk. The portion  of HP’s  fixed-rate debt obligations that is hedged is
reflected  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  an  amount  equal  to  the  debt’s  carrying  amount,  which
includes a fair value adjustment representing  changes  in the  fair value of the  hedged debt obligations
arising from movements in benchmark  interest rates.  The  estimated fair value  of  HP’s short-  and
long-term debt was approximately $22.7 billion at October 31,  2013, compared to its carrying value of
$22.6 billion at that date. The estimated fair value  of  HP’s short- and  long-term  debt  approximated  its
carrying value of $28.4 billion at October 31,  2012. If  measured at fair value in  the Consolidated
Balance Sheets, short- and long-term  debt  would be classified  in Level 2 of the  fair value  hierarchy.

Other Financial Instruments: For the  balance  of HP’s financial instruments,  primarily  accounts

receivable, accounts payable and financial liabilities in other accrued liabilities, the carrying  amounts
approximate fair value due to their short maturities. If measured at fair  value  in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets, these other financial instruments  would be  classified in Level 3  of  the fair value
hierarchy.

Non-Marketable Equity Investments and Non-Financial  Assets: HP’s non-marketable equity
investments and non-financial assets, such as  intangible assets, goodwill  and  property, plant and
equipment, are recorded at fair value only  if an impairment charge is  recognized. For the  fiscal year
ended  October 31,  2012,  HP  recognized  a  goodwill  and  intangible  asset  impairment  charge  of
$8.8 billion associated with the Autonomy  reporting unit within  the Software  segment, a goodwill
impairment charge of $8.0 billion associated  with the ES  reporting  unit within the  Services segment  and
an intangible asset impairment charge of $1.2 billion associated with  the ‘‘Compaq’’ trade name within
the Personal Systems segment.

The fair value of HP’s reporting units was classified in  Level 3 of the  fair value hierarchy  due  to

the  significance  of  unobservable  inputs  developed  using  company-specific  information.  HP  used  the
income approach to measure the fair value of the ES and Autonomy reporting units.  Under  the income
approach,  HP  calculated  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  based  on  the  present  value  of  the  estimated
future  cash  flows.  Cash  flow  projections  were  based  on  management’s  estimates  of  revenue  growth
rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and  market conditions. The discount
rate  used  was  based  on  the  weighted-average  cost  of  capital  adjusted  for  the  relevant  risk  associated
with  business-specific  characteristics  and  the  uncertainty  related  to  the  business’s  ability  to  execute  on
the projected cash flows. The discount rate  also  reflected adjustments required when comparing the
sum of the fair values of HP’s reporting units  to  HP’s  market capitalization as discussed  in Note 6. The
unobservable inputs used to estimate the fair value  these reporting  units included projected revenue
growth rates, profitability and the risk factor added  to  the discount rate.

The inputs used to estimate the fair value of the intangible assets of  Autonomy and the ‘‘Compaq’’
trade  name  were  largely  unobservable,  and,  accordingly,  these  measurements  were  classified  in  Level 3
of the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the intangible assets for Autonomy were estimated using
an  income  approach,  which  is  based  on  management’s  cash  flow  projections  of  revenue  growth  rates
and  operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. HP estimated the fair
value  of  the  ‘‘Compaq’’  trade  name  by  calculating  the  present  value  of  the  royalties  saved  that  would
have  been paid to a third party had HP not owned the  trade name. The discount  rates used  in the fair

114

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 8:  Fair Value (Continued)

value calculations for the Autonomy  intangibles and the ‘‘Compaq’’ trade name were based  on a
weighted  average  cost  of  capital  adjusted  for  the  relevant  risk  associated  with  those  assets.  The
unobservable  inputs  used  in  these  valuations  include  projected  revenue  growth  rates,  operating  margins,
royalty rates and the risk factor added  to  the discount rate. The discount rates  ranged  from 11% to
16%. Projected revenue growth rates ranged from (61)% to 13%. The (61)%  rate reflected  the
significant  decline  in  expected  future  revenues  for  Compaq-branded  products  from  fiscal  2013  to  fiscal
2014  due  to  the  change  in  branding  strategy  discussed  in  Note 6.

Note 9:  Financial Instruments

Cash Equivalents and Available-for-Sale Investments

Cash  equivalents  and  available-for-sale  investments  as  of  October  31,  2013  and  October  31,  2012

were as follows:

October 31, 2013

Gross

Gross

Unrealized Unrealized

Cost

Gain

Loss

Fair
Value

October 31, 2012

Gross

Gross

Unrealized Unrealized

Cost

Gain

Loss

Fair
Value

In millions

Cash Equivalents

Time deposits . . . . . . . . . . $2,207
6,819
Money market funds . . . . .
13
Mutual funds . . . . . . . . . .

Total cash equivalents . . . . . .

9,039

Available-for-Sale
Investments
Debt securities:

Time deposits . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign bonds . . . . . . . . . .
Other debt securities . . . . .

Total debt securities . . . . . . .

Equity securities:

Mutual funds . . . . . . . . . .
Equity securities in public

14
310
64

388

300

companies . . . . . . . . . . .

5

Total equity securities . . . . . .

305

Total available-for-sale

$—
—
—

—

—
86
—

86

—

6

6

$ — $2,207 $3,633
4,630
6,819
69
13

—
—

—

9,039

8,332

$—
—
—

—

$ — $3,633
4,630
69

—
—

—

8,332

—
—
(15)

(15)

—

—

—

14
396
49

459

300

11

311

8
303
73

384

400

50

450

—
82
—

82

—

9

9

—
—
(17)

(17)

—

—

—

8
385
56

449

400

59

459

908

investments . . . . . . . . . . . .

693

92

(15)

770

834

91

(17)

Total cash equivalents and

available-for-sale
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . $9,732

$92

$(15)

$9,809 $9,166

$91

$(17)

$9,240

All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three  months  or  less  at the  date of

acquisition are considered to be cash equivalents. As of October  31, 2013  and 2012,  the carrying value
of cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the  short  period of time to maturity. Interest  income

115

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 9:  Financial Instruments (Continued)

related to cash and cash equivalents was  approximately $148  million  in fiscal 2013, $155 million  in fiscal
2012  and  $167  million  in  fiscal  2011.  Time  deposits  were  primarily  issued  by  institutions  outside  the
United States as of October 31, 2013  and  October 31, 2012. The estimated fair values of the
available-for-sale investments may not be representative of actual values  that  will be realized in  the
future.

The gross unrealized loss as of October 31,  2013 and October 31, 2012  was due primarily to
decline in the fair value of a debt security of $15 million and $17 million, respectively,  that  has been  in
a continuous loss position for more than twelve months. HP  does not intend to sell  this  debt security,
and  it is not likely that HP will be required to sell this debt security  prior to the recovery of the
amortized cost.

Contractual maturities of short-term and long-term investments  in available-for-sale debt securities

were as follows:

Due in one to five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due in  more than five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

October 31, 2013

Cost

Fair Value

In millions

$ 16
372

$388

$ 16
443

$459

Equity securities in privately held companies include  cost basis and equity  method investments.
These amounted to $50 million and $51 million  at October 31, 2013  and  October 31,  2012, respectively,
and are included in long-term financing receivables and  other assets.

Derivative Financial Instruments

HP is a global company exposed to foreign  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations and  interest  rate

changes in the normal course of its business. As part of its risk management strategy,  HP uses
derivative instruments, primarily forward  contracts, option contracts, interest rate swaps,  and total
return  swaps, to hedge certain foreign  currency, interest rate and, to a lesser extent, equity exposures.
HP’s objective is to offset gains and losses resulting from these exposures with losses  and gains on the
derivative contracts used to hedge them,  thereby reducing volatility of earnings or protecting  fair values
of assets and liabilities. HP does not have  any  leveraged derivatives  and does not use derivative
contracts for speculative purposes. HP designates its derivatives as  fair value hedges, cash  flow hedges
or hedges of the foreign currency exposure  of  a net investment  in a foreign  operation (‘‘net investment
hedges’’). Additionally, for derivatives not  designated as  hedging instruments,  HP categorizes  those
economic hedges as other derivatives.  HP  recognizes all  derivatives,  on a  gross basis,  in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. HP classifies cash flows  from the derivative programs as
operating activities in the Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows.

As a result of its use of derivative instruments, HP is exposed to the risk that its counterparties
will fail  to meet their contractual obligations. To mitigate this counterparty credit risk, HP has  a policy
of only entering into contracts with carefully selected major  financial  institutions  based upon their
credit ratings and other factors, and  HP maintains dollar risk limits that  correspond  to  each  institution’s
credit rating and other factors. HP’s established policies and procedures for  mitigating credit risk
include reviewing and establishing limits for credit exposure and  periodically  re-assessing  the

116

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 9:  Financial Instruments (Continued)

creditworthiness of counterparties. Master agreements  with  counterparties include master netting
arrangements as further mitigation of credit exposure to counterparties.  These  arrangements permit HP
to net amounts due from HP to a counterparty with amounts  due to HP from  the same counterparty.
HP does not offset the fair value of its derivative  instruments against the fair value of cash collateral
receivable  or  payable  under  its  master  netting  arrangements.

To further mitigate credit exposure to counterparties, HP has collateral security  arrangements that
cover the vast majority of its counterparty risk. These arrangements require HP to post collateral or to
hold  collateral from counterparties when  derivative fair  values exceed contractually established
thresholds which are generally based on the credit ratings  of HP and  its counterparties. If  HP’s or the
counterparty’s credit rating falls below a specified credit rating, either  party  has the right  to  request full
collateralization on the derivatives’ net liability position. Such  funds are generally transferred within  two
business days of the due date. As of October 31, 2013, HP  held $30 million of collateral and  posted
$283 million under these collateralized arrangements, of which $30  million was  through re-use of
counterparty cash collateral and $253  million was  in cash.  As of October 31,  2012, HP held
$198 million of collateral and posted  $72 million under these  collateralized  arrangements, of which
$49 million was through re-use of counterparty cash collateral and  $23 million in cash.

Further,  under HP’s agreements with its counterparties,  the counterparty  can terminate  all

outstanding  trades  following  a  covered  change  of  control  event  affecting  HP  that  results  in  the  surviving
entity being rated below a specified credit rating.  This credit contingent provision did not affect HP’s
financial position as of October 31, 2013  and  October 31, 2012.

Fair Value Hedges

HP enters into fair value hedges to reduce the  exposure of its debt portfolio to interest rate risk.
HP issues long-term debt in U.S. dollars  based on market conditions at the  time of  financing.  HP uses
interest rate swaps to mitigate the market risk exposures in connection with the  debt to achieve  a
primarily  U.S. dollar LIBOR-based floating interest expense.  The swap  transactions generally involve
principal and interest obligations for U.S. dollar-denominated amounts. Alternatively, HP may  choose
not to swap fixed for floating interest  payments or may terminate  a previously executed swap  if  it
believes a larger proportion of fixed-rate  debt  would be beneficial.

When investing in  fixed-rate instruments, HP may  enter  into interest rate swaps  that  convert  the

fixed interest payments into variable interest payments and  would classify these swaps as fair value
hedges.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as  fair value hedges, HP recognizes  the

gain or loss on the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting loss  or gain on the hedged  item, in
Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements  of  Earnings  in the  period of change.

Cash Flow Hedges

HP uses a combination of forward contracts  and options  designated as  cash flow hedges to protect

against the foreign currency exchange rate risks  inherent  in  its  forecasted net  revenue and, to a lesser
extent, cost of sales, operating expenses, and intercompany loans denominated in currencies  other  than
the U.S. dollar. HP’s foreign currency cash  flow hedges mature  generally  within twelve months.
However, certain leasing revenue-related forward  contracts  and intercompany  loan forward contracts
extend for the duration of the lease or loan term, which can be up to five  years.

117

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 9:  Financial Instruments (Continued)

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as  cash flow hedges, HP initially records

the  effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the  derivative  instrument  in  Accumulated  other
comprehensive loss as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in the  Consolidated Balance  Sheets
and  subsequently reclassifies these amounts into earnings  in the period  during which the  hedged
transaction is recognized in earnings. HP reports  the effective portion of  cash flow hedges in the same
financial  statement  line  item  as  the  changes  in  value  of  the  hedged  item.  During  fiscal  2013  and  2012
there was no significant impact to results of operations as a result  of discontinued cash flow hedges.
During fiscal 2011, HP did not discontinue any cash flow hedge for which  it was  probable that a
forecasted transaction would not occur.

Net Investment Hedges

HP uses forward contracts designated as  net investment  hedges  to  hedge  net  investments in certain

foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency  is the  local currency. These  derivative instruments are
designated as net investment hedges  and,  as such, HP records the effective portion  of  the gain or loss
on  the  derivative  instrument  together  with  changes  in  the  hedged  items  in  Cumulative  translation
adjustment as a separate component of  stockholders’  equity in the Consolidated  Balance Sheets.

Other Derivatives

Other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments consist primarily of forward  contracts HP

uses to hedge foreign currency balance  sheet exposures.  HP also uses total return swaps and,  to  a lesser
extent, interest rate swaps, based on the  equity and fixed income indices,  to  hedge its executive
deferred compensation plan liability.

For derivative instruments not designated as hedging  instruments, HP  recognizes changes in the

fair values in earnings in the period of change. HP  recognizes  the gain  or loss  on foreign currency
forward  contracts  used  to  hedge  balance  sheet  exposures  in  Interest  and  other,  net  in  the  Consolidated
Statements of Earnings in the same period  as the remeasurement gain and  loss of  the related foreign
currency denominated assets and liabilities. HP  recognizes the gain or loss on the  total return swaps
and  interest rate swaps in Interest and other, net in the same  period  as the gain or  loss from  the
change  in market value of the executive  deferred  compensation plan liability.

Hedge Effectiveness

For interest rate swaps designated as fair  value hedges, HP  measures effectiveness by offsetting the

change  in fair value of the hedged instrument with the change in fair value of the derivative. For
foreign currency options and forward contracts designated as cash flow or net investment  hedges,  HP
measures effectiveness by comparing  the cumulative change in the hedge  contract with the cumulative
change  in the hedged item, both of which are based  on  forward rates.  HP recognizes  any ineffective
portion of the hedge, as well as amounts not  included in  the assessment of effectiveness, in  the
Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

118

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 9:  Financial Instruments (Continued)

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments in  the  Consolidated Balance  Sheets

As discussed in Note 8, HP estimates the fair values of derivatives primarily  based on pricing
models using current market rates and records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The
gross notional and fair value of derivative  financial instruments in  the Consolidated Balance Sheets
were as follows:

As  of  October 31,  2013

As of  October 31, 2012

Long-Term
Financing
Other Receivables Other
Current and Other Accrued
Assets

Gross

Notional(1) Assets

Long-Term
Other

Gross

Long-Term
Financing
Other Receivables Other
Current and  Other Accrued
Assets

Long-Term
Other

Liabilities Liabilities Notional(1) Assets

Liabilities Liabilities

Derivatives designated as
hedging instruments

Fair value hedges:

In millions

Interest rate contracts .

.

.

.

$11,100

$ 31

$125

$ —

$107

$ 7,900

$ 43

$276

$ —

$ —

Cash flow hedges:

Foreign exchange contracts .

22,463

Net investment hedges:

Foreign exchange contracts .

1,920

79

30

40

40

Total derivatives designated as
.

hedging instruments

.

.

.

Derivatives not designated  as

hedging instruments

Foreign exchange contracts
Interest rate contracts(2)
.
.
.
Other derivatives

.

.

.

.
.
.

.
.

.

.
.
.

Total derivatives not designated
.

as hedging instruments .

.

.

35,483

140

205

16,048
—
344

16,392

72
—
8

80

26
—
1

27

341

20

361

76
—
—

76

80

12

19,409

160

1,683

14

24

15

199

28,992

217

315

20
—
—

20

18,687
2,200
383

21,270

61
25
1

87

17
—
—

17

277

36

313

51
29
3

83

79

24

103

19
—
—

19

Total derivatives . . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

$51,875

$220

$232

$437

$219

$50,262

$304

$332

$396

$122

(1)

(2)

Represents the face amounts of contracts  that  were outstanding as of October  31, 2013 and October  31, 2012, respectively.

Represents offsetting swaps acquired through  previous  business  combinations that were not designated  as hedging instruments.

Effect of  Derivative Instruments on the  Consolidated Statements of Earnings

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments and related hedged  items in  a fair value hedging

relationship for fiscal years ended October 31, 2013 and  October 31,  2012 were as follows:

Derivative Instrument

Location

2013

Hedged Item

Location

Interest  rate  contracts

. . . . .

Interest and other, net

In millions
$(270)

Fixed-rate debt

Interest and  other, net

2013

In millions
$270

(Loss) Gain Recognized in Income on Derivative and Related Hedged Item

Derivative Instrument

Location

2012

Hedged  Item

Location

Interest  rate  contracts

. . . . .

Interest and other, net

In millions
$(130)

Fixed-rate debt

Interest and  other, net

2012

In millions
$134

(Loss) Gain Recognized in Income on Derivative and Related Hedged  Item

119

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 9:  Financial Instruments (Continued)

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments in cash flow and net investment hedging  relationships

for fiscal 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Other
Comprehensive
Income (‘‘OCI’’)
on Derivative
(Effective Portion)

2013

In millions

Cash flow hedges:

Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . .

Total cash flow hedges . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (53)
(192)
(19)
21

$(243)

Net investment hedges:

Gain (Loss) Reclassified from
Accumulated  OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)

Location

Net revenue
Cost of products
Other operating expenses
Interest and other, net

2013

In millions

$ 48
(165)
1
10

$(106)

Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . .

$ 38

Interest and other, net

$ —

Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI on Derivative
(Effective Portion)

2012

In millions

$415
(65)
(7)
(8)

$335

Gain (Loss)  Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)

Location

Net revenue
Cost of products
Other operating expenses
Interest and other, net

2012

In  millions

$423
(15)
(6)
(3)

$399

Cash flow hedges:

Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . .
Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . .
Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . .
Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . .

Total cash flow hedges . . . . . . . . . . .

Net investment hedges:

Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . .

$ 37

Interest and other, net

$ —

As of October 31, 2013, no portion of the  hedging instruments gain or loss was excluded from  the
assessment of effectiveness for fair value,  cash flow or  net investment hedges. As  of October 31, 2012,
the portion of hedging instruments gain or loss excluded from the  assessment of effectiveness was not
material for fair value, cash flow or net  investment hedges. Hedge ineffectiveness for fair  value, cash
flow and net investment hedges was not material for fiscal 2013, 2012  and  2011.

As  of  October  31,  2013,  HP  expects  to  reclassify  an  estimated  net  Accumulated  other

comprehensive loss of approximately  $177 million, net  of  taxes, to earnings in the next twelve  months
along  with  the  earnings  effects  of  the  related  forecasted  transactions  associated  with  cash  flow  hedges.

120

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 9:  Financial Instruments (Continued)

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments not designated  as hedging instruments on  the

Consolidated  Statements  of  Earnings  for  fiscal  2013  and  2012  were  as  follows:

Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest rate contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest and other, net
Interest and other, net
Interest and other, net

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Location

2013

In millions
$166
11
3

$180

Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on  Derivative

Foreign exchange contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest rate contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest and other, net
Interest and other, net
Interest and other, net

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Location

2012

In millions
$171
(32)
13

$152

Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on  Derivative

Note 10: Financing Receivables and Operating Leases

Financing receivables represent sales-type and direct-financing leases resulting from the  placement

of HP and third-party products. These receivables typically  have terms  from two  to  five years and are
usually collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets. Financing receivables  also include
billed receivables from operating leases. The  components of financing receivables,  which are  included
in Financing receivables, net and Long-term financing receivables  and other  assets in  the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets, were as follows:

Minimum lease payments receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unguaranteed residual value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unearned income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Financing receivables, gross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Financing receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

October 31, October 31,

2013

2012

In millions

$ 7,505
252
(604)

7,153
(131)

7,022
(3,144)

$ 8,133
248
(688)

7,693
(149)

7,544
(3,252)

Amounts due after one year, net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3,878

$ 4,292

121

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 10:  Financing Receivables and Operating Leases (Continued)

As of October 31, 2013, scheduled maturities of HP’s  minimum lease payments receivable were as

follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31:

Scheduled maturities of minimum lease  payments

receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,490 $2,022 $1,237 $555

$201

$7,505

2014

2015

2016

2017 Thereafter

Total

In millions

Credit  Quality  Indicators

Due to the homogenous nature of its  leasing transactions, HP manages its financing receivables  on
an aggregate basis when assessing and monitoring credit  risk.  Credit risk is  generally  diversified due to
the large number of entities comprising  HP’s customer base and  their  dispersion across many different
industries and geographical regions. HP  evaluates the credit quality of an obligor  at lease  inception and
monitors that credit quality over the  term of a transaction.  HP assigns risk ratings  to  each lease based
on the creditworthiness of the obligor  and other variables that  augment  or mitigate the inherent  credit
risk of a particular transaction. Such variables include the underlying value and  liquidity of the
collateral, the essential use of the equipment, the term  of  the lease, and the inclusion of guarantees,
letters  of credit, security deposits or  other  credit enhancements.

The credit risk profile of gross financing receivables,  based on internally assigned ratings, was as

follows:

Risk Rating
Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moderate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

October 31, October 31,

2013

2012

In millions

$3,948
3,084
121

$7,153

$4,461
3,151
81

$7,693

Accounts rated low risk typically have the  equivalent of a Standard  & Poor’s rating of BBB(cid:5)  or
higher, while accounts rated moderate  risk generally have the  equivalent of  BB+ or lower. HP classifies
accounts as high risk when it considers  the financing  receivable to be impaired or when management
believes that there is a near-term risk of impairment.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for Financing Receivables

The allowance for doubtful accounts is  comprised of a general  reserve and a  specific reserve. HP

maintains general reserve percentages on a regional  basis and bases such  percentages on several
factors, including consideration of historical  credit losses  and portfolio delinquencies,  trends in the
overall weighted-average risk rating of  the  portfolio, current economic  conditions  and information
derived from competitive benchmarking. HP excludes accounts evaluated  as part  of the specific reserve
from the general reserve analysis. HP  establishes a specific  reserve for leases with  identified exposures,
such as customer defaults, bankruptcy or  other  events, that make it  unlikely that HP will recover its
investment in the lease. For individually evaluated receivables,  HP determines the expected cash  flow

122

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 10:  Financing Receivables and Operating Leases (Continued)

for the receivable, which includes consideration of  estimated proceeds from  disposition of the collateral,
and  calculates an estimate of the potential loss and the probability  of loss. For those  accounts where  a
loss is probable, HP records a specific reserve.  HP generally  records a write-off or specific reserve  when
an account reaches 180 days past due,  or sooner  if HP determines that  the  account is not collectible.

The allowance for doubtful accounts for  financing receivables was as  follows:

For the fiscal years
ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

Balance at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deductions, net of recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$149
38
(56)

In millions
$130
42
(23)

Balance at end of  year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$131

$149

$140
58
(68)

$130

The allowance and related gross financing receivables collectively  and individually evaluated for

loss were as follows:

Allowance for financing receivables collectively  evaluated for  loss . . . . . . . . . . .
Allowance for financing receivables individually evaluated for  loss . . . . . . . . . .

$

In millions
95
36

$ 104
45

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 131

Gross financing receivables collectively evaluated for loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross financing receivables individually evaluated for loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$6,773
380

$7,153

$ 149

$7,355
338

$7,693

October 31, October 31,

2013

2012

Non-Accrual and Past-due Financing Receivables

HP considers a financing receivable to be past  due when the minimum payment is not received by

the contractually specified due date. HP generally places financing receivables on non-accrual status
(suspension of interest accrual) and considers  such receivables to be non-performing at  the earlier of
the time at which full payment of principal  and interest becomes doubtful  or the receivable becomes
contractually 90 days past due. Subsequently, HP  may recognize  revenue on non-accrual financing
receivables as payments are received (i.e., on a cash basis) if  HP deems the recorded financing
receivable to be fully collectible; however,  if  there is  doubt regarding the ultimate  collectability of  the
recorded  financing  receivable,  HP  applies  all  cash  receipts  to  reduce  the  carrying  amount  of  the
financing receivable (i.e., the cost recovery  method).  In certain circumstances, such as when HP deems
a delinquency to be of an administrative nature, financing receivables may accrue interest  after they
reach  90  days past due. The non-accrual  status of a  financing receivable may not impact a customer’s
risk rating. After all of a customer’s delinquent principal and  interest balances  are settled,  HP may
return  the related financing receivable to accrual status.

123

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 10:  Financing Receivables and Operating Leases (Continued)

The following table summarizes the aging and non-accrual status of  gross financing receivables:

October 31, October 31,

2013

2012

In millions

Billed(1):

Current 1-30 days . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Past due 31-60 days . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Past due 61-90 days . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Past due >90 days . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unbilled sales-type and direct-financing  lease receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total gross financing receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross financing receivables on non-accrual status(2)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross financing receivables 90 days past due and still accruing interest(2) . . . . . .

$ 217
50
15
46
6,825

$7,153

$ 199

$ 181

$ 216
53
13
51
7,360

$7,693

$ 225

$ 113

(1)

(2)

Includes  billed  operating  lease  receivables  and  billed  sales-type  and  direct-financing  lease
receivables.

Includes  billed operating lease receivables and billed and unbilled sales-type and  direct-financing
lease receivables.

Operating Leases

Operating lease assets included in machinery and equipment were as  follows:

October 31, October 31,

2013

2012

In millions

Equipment leased to customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3,822
(1,452)

$ 3,865
(1,499)

Operating lease assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,370

$ 2,366

As of October 31, 2013, minimum future  rentals on non-cancelable operating leases related to

leased equipment were as follows for  the following fiscal years ended October 31:

Minimum future rentals on non-cancelable  operating leases . . $1,212 $759 $346 $93

$28

$2,438

2014

2015

2016

2017 Thereafter

Total

In millions

Note 11: Guarantees

Guarantees

In the ordinary course of business, HP may issue performance  guarantees to certain of its clients,

customers and other parties pursuant  to  which  HP has guaranteed  the performance  obligations of third
parties. Some of those guarantees may be backed  by  standby letters of credit or surety bonds. In
general, HP would be obligated to perform over the  term of the guarantee in the event a  specified

124

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 11:  Guarantees (Continued)

triggering event occurs as defined by the guarantee. HP believes the likelihood of having to perform
under a material guarantee is remote.

HP has entered into service contracts with certain  of its  clients that  are  supported by financing

arrangements. If a service contract is terminated as  a  result of HP’s non-performance under the
contract or failure  to comply with the terms of the  financing  arrangement, HP could, under certain
circumstances, be required to acquire  certain assets  related  to  the  service  contract. HP  believes the
likelihood of it being required to acquire a material amount  of assets under these  arrangements is
remote.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, HP enters  into  contractual  arrangements under which  HP may

agree to indemnify the third party to such arrangement from any losses incurred relating to the  services
they perform on behalf of HP or for losses arising from certain events as defined within the  particular
contract, which may include, for example,  litigation  or  claims relating to past performance.  HP also
provides indemnifications to certain vendors against claims of intellectual property  infringement made
by third  parties arising from the vendor’s use of HP’s  software products  and certain other matters. Such
indemnification obligations may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. Historically, payments made
related to these indemnifications have  been immaterial.

Warranty

HP accrues the estimated cost of product warranties  at  the time it  recognizes revenue. HP engages

in extensive product quality programs and processes,  including actively  monitoring  and evaluating the
quality of its component suppliers; however,  contractual warranty terms,  repair costs,  product call  rates,
average cost per call, current period  product shipments,  ongoing product failure rates, as well  as
specific product class failures outside of HP’s baseline  experience, affect  the estimated warranty
obligation.

The changes in HP’s aggregate product warranty  liabilities were as  follows for the following fiscal

years ended October 31:

Balance at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accruals for warranties issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments related to pre-existing warranties  (including changes in estimates) . . . .
Settlements made  (in cash or in kind) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,170
2,007
(4)
(2,142)

$ 2,451
2,249
(79)
(2,451)

Balance at end of  year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,031

$ 2,170

2013

2012

In millions

125

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 12:  Borrowings

Notes Payable and Short-Term Borrowings

Notes payable and short-term borrowings, including  the current portion of  long-term debt,  were as

follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31:

Current portion of long-term debt
. . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes payable to banks, lines of credit and

other(1)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

Weighted-
Average Interest
Rate

2.8%
0.4%

1.7%

Amount
Outstanding

In millions
$5,226
327

426

$5,979

Amount
Outstanding

In millions
$5,744
365

538

$6,647

2012

Weighted-
Average Interest
Rate

1.6%
0.9%

2.3%

(1) Commercial paper includes $327 million and $365 million and Notes payable to banks, lines of

credit and other includes $368 million and  $465 million at October  31, 2013 and October 31, 2012,
respectively, of borrowing and funding  related activity  associated with  HP Financial Services
(‘‘HPFS’’) and its subsidiaries.

126

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 12:  Borrowings (Continued)

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt was as follows for the following fiscal  years ended October 31:

2013

2012

In millions

U.S. Dollar Global Notes

2006 Shelf Registration Statement:

$500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.694%  in February 2007 at 5.4%, due March 2017 . . . . .
$1,500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.921% in March 2008 at 4.5%, paid March 2013 . . . . .
$750 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.932%  in March 2008 at  5.5%, due March 2018 . . . . . .
$2,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.561% in December 2008 at 6.125%, due March 2014 .
$1,500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.993% in February 2009 at 4.75%, due June 2014 . . . .

$

499
—
750
1,999
1,500

$

499
1,500
750
1,998
1,500

2009 Shelf Registration Statement:

$1,100 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.921% in September 2010 at 1.25%, paid September

2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

1,100

$1,100 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.887% in September 2010 at 2.125%, due September

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$650 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.911%  in December  2010 at 2.2%, due December 2015 . .
$1,350 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.827% in December 2010 at 3.75%, due December

2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,750 issued at par in May 2011 at three month USD LIBOR plus 0.28%, paid May 2013 . . . . . . . .
$500 issued at par in May 2011 at three month USD LIBOR plus 0.4%,  due May 2014 . . . . . . . . . . .
$500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.971%  in May  2011 at 1.55%, due May 2014 . . . . . . . .
$1,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.958% in May 2011  at 2.65%, due June 2016 . . . . . . .
$1,250 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.799% in May 2011  at 4.3%, due June 2021 . . . . . . . .
$750 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.977%  in September 2011 at 2.35%, due March 2015 . . .
$1,300 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.784% in September 2011 at 3.0%, due September 2016
$1,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.816% in September 2011 at 4.375%, due September

2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,200 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.863% in September 2011 at 6.0%, due September 2041
$350 issued at par in September 2011 at three-month USD LIBOR plus 1.55%, due September 2014 . .
$650 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.946%  in December  2011 at 2.625%, due December 2014
$850 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.790%  in December  2011 at 3.3%, due December 2016 . .
$1,500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.707% in December 2011 at 4.65%, due December

2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.985% in March 2012 at 2.6%, due September 2017 . . .
$500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.771%  in March 2012 at  4.05%, due September 2022 . . .

1,100
650

1,349
—
500
500
1,000
1,248
750
1,298

999
1,198
350
650
849

1,496
1,500
499

1,100
650

1,348
1,750
500
500
1,000
1,248
750
1,298

998
1,198
350
650
849

1,496
1,500
499

20,684

25,031

EDS Senior Notes

$1,100 issued June 2003 at 6.0%, paid August 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$300 issued October 1999 at 7.45%, due October 2029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
314

314

Other, including capital lease obligations, at 0.00%-8.39%, due in calendar years 2014-2024(1) . . . . . . . . . .
Fair  value adjustment related to hedged debt
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: current  portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

689
147
(5,226)

1,109
314

1,423

680
399
(5,744)

Total long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$16,608

$21,789

(1)

Other, including capital lease obligations includes $244 million and $225 million at October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012,
respectively, of borrowing and funding related activity associated with HPFS and its subsidiaries.

As disclosed in Note 9, HP uses interest rate swaps to mitigate interest  rate risk in  connection with

certain fixed-rate global notes in order to achieve  primarily U.S. dollar LIBOR-based  floating interest
expense. The interest rates in the table  above have not been  adjusted  to  reflect  the impact of any
interest rate swaps.

127

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 12:  Borrowings (Continued)

HP may redeem some or all of the fixed-rate U.S. Dollar Global Notes set forth in  the above table

at any time in accordance with the terms thereof. The  U.S.  Dollar Global  Notes are senior  unsecured
debt.

In May 2012, HP filed a shelf registration statement (the ‘‘2012 Shelf Registration Statement’’)

with the Securities and Exchange Commission (‘‘SEC’’) to enable the company  to  offer for sale, from
time to time, in one or more offerings, an unspecified  amount  of  debt  securities, common  stock,
preferred stock, depositary shares and warrants.  The  2012 Shelf  Registration Statement replaced  the
registration statement filed in May 2009.

HP’s  Board of Directors has authorized the  issuance  of up to $16.0 billion  in aggregate principal

amount of commercial paper by HP. HP’s  subsidiaries are authorized to issue  up to an additional
$1.0 billion in aggregate principal amount  of commercial paper. HP maintains  two commercial  paper
programs, and a wholly owned subsidiary maintains a third program. HP’s U.S. program provides for
the issuance of U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper up  to  a maximum  aggregate principal
amount of $16.0 billion. HP’s euro commercial  paper program, which was established in September
2012, provides for the issuance of commercial paper outside of the  United States denominated  in U.S.
dollars,  euros or British pounds up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $3.0  billion or the
equivalent in those alternative currencies. The combined aggregate  principal amount of commercial
paper outstanding under those programs at any one time  cannot exceed the $16.0 billion authorized by
HP’s Board of Directors. The HP subsidiary’s Euro Commercial Paper/Certificate of Deposit
Programme  provides  for  the  issuance  of  commercial  paper  in  various  currencies  up  to  a  maximum
aggregate principal amount of $500 million.

HP maintains senior unsecured committed  credit facilities primarily  to  support the issuance of

commercial paper. HP has a $3.0 billion  five-year  credit facility that expires in March  2017 and  a
$4.5 billion four-year credit facility that  expires  in February 2015. Both facilities support  the U.S.
commercial paper program and the euro  commercial paper program. In addition,  the five-year credit
facility was amended in September 2012 to permit borrowings in euros  and British pounds, with  the
amounts available in euros and pounds  being  limited  to  the U.S. dollar equivalent  of $2.2 billion  and
$300 million, respectively. Commitment fees, interest  rates and  other terms  of borrowing under the
credit facilities vary based on HP’s external  credit ratings. HP’s ability  to  have an outstanding U.S.
commercial paper balance that exceeds the $7.5 billion supported by these credit facilities is  subject to
a number of factors, including liquidity conditions  and business performance.

Within Other, including capital lease  obligations, are borrowings that are  collateralized  by  certain

financing receivable assets. As of October 31, 2013  and October 31,  2012, the  carrying value  of the
assets  approximated  the  carrying  amount  of  the  borrowings  of  $244  million  and  $225  million,
respectively.

As of October 31, 2013, HP had the capacity to issue  an unspecified amount of  additional debt

securities, common stock, preferred stock,  depositary  shares  and warrants under  the 2012 Shelf
Registration Statement. As of that date, HP also had up  to $17.8  billion of available borrowing
resources, including $16.2 billion in available capacity  under its commercial paper programs and
$1.6 billion relating to uncommitted  lines of credit. The extent  to  which HP  is able to utilize the  2012
Shelf Registration Statement and the commercial paper programs as sources of  liquidity at any given
time is subject to a number of factors, including market demand for HP securities and commercial
paper, HP’s financial performance, HP’s credit ratings and market conditions generally.

128

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 12:  Borrowings (Continued)

Aggregate future maturities of long-term  debt at  face value (excluding  a fair value adjustment
related to hedged debt of $147 million, a premium on debt issuance of $14  million, and a discount on
debt issuance of $16 million) were as follows at  October 31, 2013:

Aggregate future maturities of debt outstanding

including capital lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . $5,195 $2,543 $3,013 $2,891 $842

$7,205

$21,689

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018 Thereafter

Total

In millions

Interest expense on borrowings was as follows:

Financing interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Note 13: Taxes on Earnings

Provision for Taxes

For the fiscal years ended
October 31

2013

2012

2011

$312
426

$738

In millions
$317
514

$831

$306
216

$522

The domestic and foreign components of earnings (loss) before  taxes were as follows for the

following fiscal years ended October  31:

U.S.
Non-U.S.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,618
3,892

In millions
$ (3,192) $3,039
5,943

(8,741)

2013

2012

2011

$6,510

$(11,933) $8,982

The provision for (benefit from) taxes on earnings was as follows for the following fiscal years

ended October 31:

U.S. federal taxes:

2013

2012

2011

In millions

Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 475
(666)

$ 330
81

$ 390
(590)

Non-U.S. taxes:

Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,275
89

1,139
(787)

1,177
611

State taxes:

Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

57
167

(41)
(5)

141
179

$1,397

$ 717

$1,908

129

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 13:  Taxes on Earnings (Continued)

There was no net excess tax benefit recorded as  a result of the exercise of  employee stock options

and  other  employee  stock  programs  in  fiscal  2013.  Deficits  of  approximately  $149  million  and
$175 million were recorded as a decrease  in stockholders’ equity in  fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively,
and  excess tax benefits of $128 million  were recorded in  fiscal  2011.

The differences between the U.S. federal statutory income tax  rate  and  HP’s effective tax rate

were as follows for the following fiscal years ended October 31:

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lower rates in other jurisdictions, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nondeductible goodwill
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uncertain tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

2012(1)

2011

35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
0.5
0.1
13.9
(24.5)
0.1
(0.7)
(14.0)
3.8
(40.3)
—
(1.4)
4.1
0.2
3.7

0.5
(23.3)
(0.6)
5.2
3.4
(1.1)
2.1

21.5% (6.0)% 21.2%

(1) Positive numbers represent tax benefits and negative numbers represent tax expense as HP

recorded  income  tax  expense  on  a  pretax  loss.

The jurisdictions with favorable tax rates that have  the most significant effective tax rate impact in
the periods presented include China,  Ireland, the Netherlands, Puerto Rico and  Singapore. HP  plans to
reinvest some of the earnings of these jurisdictions indefinitely outside the United  States,  and therefore
has not provided U.S. taxes on those  indefinitely reinvested  earnings.

In fiscal  2013, HP recorded $471 million of net income tax charges related to items  unique to the
year. These amounts included $214 million of net  increases to valuation allowances, $406 million of  tax
charges  for  adjustments  to  uncertain  tax  positions  and  the  settlement  of  tax  audit  matters  and
$47 million of tax charges for various  prior period adjustments. In addition, HP recorded $146 million
of tax benefits from adjustments to prior  year foreign  income tax accruals  and a  tax benefit  of
$50  million  arising  from  the  retroactive  research  and  development  credit  resulting  from  the  American
Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which was signed into law in  January 2013.

In fiscal  2012, HP recorded a $1.3 billion income tax  charge  to  record  valuation  allowances  on
certain U.S. deferred tax assets related  to  the enterprise services  business, which was unique to the
year. Other unique items included charges of $297 million for various foreign valuation allowances, as
well as $26 million of income tax benefits  related to adjustments to prior year foreign  income  tax
accruals, settlement of tax audit matters,  and  miscellaneous  other items.

In fiscal  2011, HP recorded $325 million of net income tax charges related to items  unique to the

year. These amounts included $468 million of  tax charges for increases  to  foreign and  state valuation
allowances, offset by $78 million of income  tax  benefits for adjustments to prior  year foreign  income
tax accruals, $63 million of income tax benefits for uncertain tax position reserve  adjustments and
settlement of tax audit matters, and $2  million  of  tax  benefits associated  with miscellaneous prior
period items.

130

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 13:  Taxes on Earnings (Continued)

As a  result of certain employment actions  and capital investments  HP has  undertaken,  income
from manufacturing and services in certain countries  is subject to reduced tax rates, and in some cases
is wholly  exempt from taxes, through 2024.  The  gross income tax benefits attributable to these actions
and  investments were estimated to be  $827 million ($0.42  diluted net  earnings per share) in  fiscal 2013,
$900  million  ($0.46  diluted net  earnings  per  share)  in  fiscal  2012  and  $1.3  billion  ($0.62  diluted net
earnings per share) in fiscal 2011. The gross  income  tax benefits were offset partially by accruals of
U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings, among  other factors.

Uncertain Tax Positions

A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits is  as follows:

2013

2012

2011

Balance at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,573

Increases:

In millions
$2,118

$2,085

For current year’s tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For prior years’ tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Decreases:

For prior years’ tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statute of limitations expiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlements with taxing authorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

290
997

(146)
(11)
(219)

209
651

(321)
(1)
(83)

384
426

(159)
(20)
(598)

Balance at end of  year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,484

$2,573

$2,118

Up to $1.9 billion, $1.4 billion and $1.1 billion of HP’s unrecognized tax benefits at  October 31,

2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, would  affect HP’s effective tax rate if realized.

HP recognizes interest income from  favorable  settlements and income tax  receivables and  interest

expense and penalties accrued on unrecognized tax benefits  within income tax expense.  As of
October  31,  2013,  HP  had  accrued  $196  million  for  interest  and  penalties.

HP engages in continuous discussion and negotiation with taxing authorities regarding  tax matters
in  various  jurisdictions.  HP  does  not  expect  complete  resolution  of  any  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service
(‘‘IRS’’) audit cycle within the next 12  months. However, it is reasonably  possible  that  certain  federal,
foreign and state tax issues may be concluded  in the next  12 months, including issues involving  transfer
pricing and other matters. Accordingly, HP believes  it  is reasonably possible that its  existing
unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced  by  an amount up to $1.1 billion within  the next 12  months.

HP  is  subject  to  income  tax  in  the  United  States  and  approximately  80  other  countries  and  is
subject to routine corporate income tax  audits in many of these jurisdictions. In addition, HP is subject
to numerous ongoing audits by state and  foreign tax  authorities. The IRS  is conducting an audit of
HP’s 2009, 2010 and 2011 income tax  returns. HP has  received from the IRS  Notices of Deficiency for
its  fiscal 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004 and 2005 tax years, and Revenue Agent’s Reports (‘‘RAR’’) for  its  fiscal
2001, 2002, 2006, 2007 and 2008 tax years. The proposed IRS adjustments for these tax  years  would, if
sustained, reduce the benefits of tax  refund  claims  HP has filed for net operating loss  carrybacks to
earlier fiscal years and tax credit carryforwards to subsequent  years  by approximately  $446 million.

131

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 13:  Taxes on Earnings (Continued)

HP has filed petitions with the U.S. Tax Court  regarding certain proposed  IRS adjustments

regarding tax years 1999 through 2003  and  is continuing to contest additional adjustments  proposed by
the IRS for other tax years. The U.S.  Tax Court ruled in May 2012 against HP regarding one of the
IRS adjustments. HP intends to appeal  the decision.

Tax years of HP’s U.S. group of subsidiaries  providing enterprise services through 2002  have been

audited by the IRS, and all proposed adjustments have been resolved.  RARs  have been received for
exam years 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and the short period ended  August 26, 2008, proposing total
tax  deficiencies  of  $320  million.  HP  is  contesting  certain  of  these  issues.

The IRS began an audit in 2013 of the 2010 income tax  return of HP’s  U.S. group of subsidiaries
providing enterprise services, and has issued  an RAR for the short period  ended October  31, 2008 and
the period ending October 31, 2009 proposing a total tax deficiency of $62  million. HP is contesting
certain  of  these  issues.

With  respect  to  major  foreign  and  state  tax  jurisdictions,  HP  is  no  longer  subject  to  tax  authority
examinations for years prior to 1999. HP is subject  to  a  foreign tax audit concerning  an intercompany
transaction  for  fiscal  2009.  The  relevant  taxing  authority  has  proposed  an  assessment  of  approximately
$680 million. HP is contesting this proposed assessment.

HP  believes  it  has  provided  adequate  reserves  for  all  tax  deficiencies  or  reductions  in  tax  benefits

that  could  result  from  IRS,  foreign  and  state  tax  audit  matters.

HP has not provided for U.S. federal  income and foreign withholding taxes  on $38.2 billion  of
undistributed earnings from non-U.S.  operations as of October 31,  2013 because HP intends  to  reinvest
such  earnings indefinitely outside of the United States.  If HP  were to distribute these earnings, foreign
tax credits may become available under  current law to reduce the resulting  U.S. income tax liability.
Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability related to these  earnings is  not
practicable. HP will remit non-indefinitely reinvested earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries for  which
deferred U.S. federal and withholding  taxes have been provided where excess  cash has accumulated  and
it determines that it is advantageous  for business operations,  tax or cash management reasons.

132

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 13:  Taxes on Earnings (Continued)

Deferred Income Taxes

The significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows for

the following fiscal years ended October 31:

2013

2012

Deferred
Tax
Assets

Deferred
Tax
Liabilities

Deferred
Tax
Assets

Deferred
Tax
Liabilities

Loss carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Credit  carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory valuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intercompany transactions—profit in inventory . . . . . . . . . .
Intercompany transactions—excluding inventory . . . . . . . . .
Fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Employee and retiree benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,807
4,261
—
128
125
1,923
289
622
2,350
185
224
340
1,119
1,443

In millions
$ — $ 9,142
3,884
—
185
463
881
349
663
3,264
161
264
225
969
1,107

—
7,469
13
—
—
72
—
11
1
886
—
19
759

Gross deferred tax assets and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

22,816
(11,390)

9,230
—

21,557
(10,223)

$ —
—
7,559
12
—
—
65
—
16
2
1,111
—
16
367

9,148
—

Net deferred tax assets and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 11,426

$9,230

$ 11,334

$9,148

Current  and  long-term  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  presented  in  the  Consolidated  Balance

Sheets as follows for the following fiscal  years ended October  31:

2013

2012

In millions

Current deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3,893
(375)
1,346
(2,668)

$ 3,783
(230)
1,581
(2,948)

Net deferred tax assets net of deferred  tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,196

$ 2,186

As of October 31, 2013, HP had $1.4 billion, $5.6 billion and $30.8 billion  of  federal, state and
foreign net operating loss carryforwards,  respectively.  Amounts included in  each  of these  respective
totals will begin to expire in fiscal 2014. HP also has a capital loss carryforward of approximately
$272 million which will expire in fiscal 2015.  HP has provided a valuation allowance  of  $162 million for
deferred tax assets related to state net  operating losses, $104 million for deferred tax assets  related to
capital loss carryforwards and $8.9 billion  for deferred tax assets related to  foreign net operating  loss
carryforwards that  HP does not expect to realize.

133

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 13:  Taxes on Earnings (Continued)

As of October 31, 2012, HP had $2.9 billion, $6.2 billion and  $25.7 billion of federal, state and

foreign  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  respectively.  HP  had  a  capital  loss  carryforward  of
approximately $286 million at October 31, 2012.  HP provided a valuation allowance of $166 million  for
deferred tax assets related to federal and state net operating losses,  $104 million for deferred  tax assets
related to capital loss carryforwards and $7.6 billion for deferred tax assets related to foreign net
operating loss carryforwards that HP  did not expect to realize as of October 31, 2012.

As of October 31, 2013, HP had recorded deferred tax assets for  various tax credit  carryforwards

as follows:

U.S. foreign tax credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. research and development and other  credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax  credits in state and foreign jurisdictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at end of  year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Carryforward

Valuation
Allowance

Initial
Year of
Expiration

In millions

$3,200
653
408

$4,261

$ 47
—
239

$286

2021
2018
2014

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance

Valuation allowance balance as of October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and changes  during  fiscal 2013,

2012 and 2011 were as follows:

Balance at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charged to expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other  comprehensive  income,  currency  translation  and  other . . . . . . . . . .

$10,223
1,644
(477)

In millions
$ 9,057
865
301

$8,755
315
(13)

Balance at end of  year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$11,390

$10,223

$9,057

2013

2012

2011

Total valuation allowances increased  by $1.2  billion in fiscal 2013 associated primarily with foreign

net operating losses. Total valuation allowances increased by $1.1 billion  in fiscal 2012  associated
primarily with the net effects of increases  of $1.3 billion, $317 million, and $669 million, respectively, in
valuation allowances on certain U.S.  deferred tax assets related to legal entities within the enterprise
services business, other U.S. deferred  tax  assets, and  certain  foreign deferred  tax assets, respectively,
and a $1.1 billion decrease in foreign valuation allowance attributable to foreign currency translation.

Note 14: Stockholders’ Equity

Dividends

The stockholders of HP common stock are entitled to receive  dividends when and  as declared by

HP’s Board of Directors. Dividends are paid quarterly.  Dividends  declared were  $0.55 per common
share in fiscal 2013, $0.50 per common share in fiscal  2012  and $0.40 per common  share in  fiscal  2011.

134

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 14:  Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)

Share Repurchase Program

HP’s  share repurchase program authorizes both open market and  private  repurchase transactions.
In fiscal 2013, HP executed share repurchases of 77  million  shares which were  settled for $1.5 billion.
In fiscal 2012, HP executed share repurchases of 67  million  shares which were  settled for $1.6 billion.
In fiscal 2011, HP executed share repurchases of 259  million  shares. Repurchases of  262 million shares
were settled for $10.1 billion, which included 3 million  shares  repurchased  in transactions that were
executed in fiscal 2010 but settled in fiscal  2011. The foregoing shares  repurchased  and settled in fiscal
2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 were  all open market repurchase  transactions.

In fiscal 2013 and 2012, there was no  additional authorization for future share repurchases  by  HP’s

Board of Directors. In fiscal 2011, HP’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $10.0 billion for
future share repurchases. As of October  31, 2013, HP had  remaining  authorization of approximately
$7.6 billion for future share repurchases.

Taxes related to Other Comprehensive Income/Loss

Tax  (expense) benefit on change in unrealized gains/losses on

available-for-sale securities:
Tax  (expense) benefit on unrealized gains/losses arising during  the period . .
Tax  expense (benefit) on gains/losses reclassified into earnings . . . . . . . . . .

Tax  benefit (expense) on change in unrealized gains/losses on  cash flow

hedges:
Tax  benefit (expense) on unrealized gains/losses arising during  the period . .
Tax  (benefit) expense on gains/losses reclassified into earnings . . . . . . . . . .

Tax  (expense) benefit on change in unrealized  components of defined benefit

plans:
Tax  (expense) benefit on net losses arising during the period . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax  (benefit) expense on amortization  of  actuarial loss  and prior service

benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax (expense) benefit on curtailments, settlements and other . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

2012

2011

In millions

$ (14) $ 25
—

—

$ —
—

(14)

25

—

97
(49)

48

(137)
143

6

86
(210)

(124)

(258)

261

263

(35)
(5)

(31)
(48)

(298)

182

(36)
2

229

(20)

Tax  benefit (expense) on change in cumulative  translation adjustment . . . . .

25

(25)

Tax  (expense) benefit on other comprehensive income/loss . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(239) $188

$ 85

135

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 14:  Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss,  net of taxes,  were as  follows  for the

following fiscal years ended October  31:

2013

2012

2011

Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net unrealized loss on cash flow hedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unrealized components of defined benefit plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cumulative translation adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Note 15: Retirement and Post-Retirement  Benefit Plans

Defined Benefit Plans

$

$

In millions
87
$
(99)
(5,090)
(457)

76
(188)
(3,084)
(582)

37
(41)
(3,109)
(385)
$(3,778) $(5,559) $(3,498)

HP sponsors a number of defined benefit pension plans  worldwide, of which the most significant
are in the United States. Both the HP Retirement Plan (the  ‘‘Retirement Plan’’),  a traditional defined
benefit pension plan based on pay and  years of service, and the HP Company  Cash  Account Pension
Plan (the ‘‘Cash Account Pension Plan’’), under which  benefits  are accrued  pursuant  to  a cash
accumulation account formula based  upon a  percentage  of pay  plus interest,  were frozen effective
January 1, 2008. The Cash Account Pension Plan and the Retirement Plan were merged in 2005  for
certain funding and investment purposes. Effective  October 30,  2009 the EDS U.S. qualified pension
plan  was also merged into the HP Pension Plan.

HP reduces the benefit payable to a  U.S. employee  under the Retirement Plan for service before

1993, if  any, by any amounts due to the employee  under HP’s  frozen defined contribution  Deferred
Profit-Sharing Plan (the ‘‘DPSP’’). HP closed the DPSP to  new participants in  1993. The DPSP plan
obligations  are  equal  to  the  plan  assets  and  are  recognized  as  an  offset  to  the  Retirement  Plan  when
HP calculates its defined benefit pension  cost and  obligations. The  fair value of plan assets and
projected benefit obligations for the U.S. defined  benefit plans combined with the  DPSP are  as follows
for the following fiscal years ended October  31:

2013

2012

Projected
Benefit

Projected
Benefit

Plan Assets Obligation

Plan Assets Obligation

In millions

U.S. defined benefit plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10,866
837
$11,703

$11,866
837
$12,703

$11,536
958
$12,494

$14,237
958
$15,195

Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

HP sponsors retiree health and welfare benefit plans in the Americas, of which the most significant

are in the United States. Under the HP  Retiree Welfare  Benefits Plan, certain pre-2003  retirees and
grandfathered participants with continuous service  with HP since 2002 are eligible to receive partially-
subsidized medical coverage based on  years  of  service at retirement. Former grandfathered employees
of Digital Equipment Corporation also  receive partially-subsidized medical  benefits that are not service-
based. HP’s share of the premium cost is capped for  all subsidized medical coverage provided under

136

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 15:  Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

the HP Retiree Welfare Benefits Plan. HP currently leverages the employer  group waiver  plan process
to provide HP Retiree Welfare Benefits Plan post-65  prescription drug coverage under  Medicare
Part D, thereby giving HP access to federal subsidies to help pay  for  retiree benefits.

Certain employees not grandfathered under the  above programs, as  well as  employees hired after

2002 but before August 2008, are eligible for credits under the HP Retirement Medical Savings
Account Plan (the  ‘‘RMSA’’) upon attaining age 45. Credits offered after September 2008 are provided
only  in  the  form  of  matching  credits  on  employee  contributions  made  to  a  voluntary  employee
beneficiary association. Upon retirement, former employees may  use these credits  for the
reimbursement of certain eligible medical expenses,  including premiums required for coverage.

Defined Contribution Plans

HP offers various defined contribution plans  for U.S. and non-U.S. employees. Total defined

contribution expense was $603 million in fiscal 2013,  $628 million in  fiscal  2012 and $626 million in
fiscal 2011. U.S. employees are automatically enrolled in the  Hewlett-Packard Company 401(k) Plan
(the ‘‘HP 401(k) Plan’’) when they meet eligibility  requirements,  unless they decline participation.

Effective at the beginning of fiscal 2011, the quarterly  employer matching contributions  in the HP

401(k) Plan were set to equal 100% of an  employee’s contributions, up  to  a maximum of 4% of eligible
compensation.

Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Expense

HP’s  net pension and post-retirement  benefit  cost (credit) recognized  in the Consolidated

Statements of Earnings was as follows  for the  following  fiscal  years  ended  October 31:

Service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected return  on plan assets .
Amortization and deferrals:

Actuarial loss (gain) . . . . . . .
Prior service benefit . . . . . . .

Net periodic benefit (credit)

cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curtailment (gain) loss . . . . .
Settlement loss (gain) . . . . . .
Special termination benefits .
Net benefit (credit) cost . . . . . .

U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans

2013

2012

2011

2013

2012

2011

2013

2012

2011

$

1
560
(845)

$

1
566
(793)

$

1
594
(744)

$

In millions
$ 294
690
(816)

337
676
(1,007)

$ 343
694
(890)

$ 6
31
(34)

$

7
35
(38)

$ 9
35
(37)

77
—

43
—

33
—

(207)
—
12
—

(183)
—
11
833
$(195) $ 661

(116)
—
3
—
$(113) $

341
(27)

320
(3)
18
31
366

235
(24)

235
(14)

2
(67)

(3)
(79)

3
(83)

379
4
(18)
17
$ 382

368
—
9
16
$ 393

(62)
(7)
—
(5)

(78)
(73)
(30) —
—
—
—
227
$(73)
$(74) $119

137

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 15:  Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

The weighted-average assumptions used to calculate net benefit (credit)  cost were  as follows for

the following fiscal years ended October 31:

U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans

2013

2012

2011

2013

2012

2011

2013

2012

2011

Discount rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected increase in compensation levels
Expected long-term return on assets . . . .

Funded Status

4.1% 4.8% 5.6% 3.8% 4.5% 4.4% 3.0% 4.4% 4.4%
2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.4% 2.5% 2.5% —
7.8% 7.6% 8.0% 7.2% 6.4% 6.8% 9.0% 10.0% 10.5%

—

—

The funded status of the defined benefit and  post-retirement benefit plans was as follows for the

following fiscal years ended October  31:

U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

In millions

Change in fair value of plan assets:

Fair value—beginning of year . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition/addition of plans . . . . . . . . . .
Actual return on plan assets . . . . . . . . . . .
Employer contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Participant contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currency impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$11,536
—
629
54
—
(1,320)
(33)
—

$10,662
—
1,411
50
—
(556)
(31)
—

$14,021
7
1,842
634
63
(504)
(96)
116

$13,180
8
1,327
582
57
(462)
(193)
(478)

$ 395
—
32
102
72
(205)
—
—

$ 394
—
36
31
59
(125)
—
—

Fair value—end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10,866

11,536

16,083

14,021

396

395

Change in benefit obligation:

Projected benefit obligation—beginning of
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition/addition of plans . . . . . . . . . .
Service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest cost
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Participant contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actuarial (gain) loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plan amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curtailment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special termination benefits . . . . . . . . . . .
Currency impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14,237
—
1
560
—
(1,579)
(1,320)
—
—
(33)
—
—

11,945
—
1
566
—
1,479
(556)
—
—
(31)
833
—

18,097
14
337
676
63
343
(504)
6
13
(100)
31
176

16,328
25
294
690
57
2,143
(462)
(67)
5
(395)
17
(538)

1,056
—
6
31
72
(85)
(205)
—
—
—
(5)
(3)

816
—
7
35
59
34
(125)
—
5
—
227
(2)

Projected benefit obligation—end of year . . .

11,866

14,237

19,152

18,097

867

1,056

Funded status at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (1,000) $ (2,701) $ (3,069) $ (4,076) $ (471) $ (661)

Accumulated benefit obligation . . . . . . . . . .

$11,865

$14,236

$18,254

$17,070

138

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 15:  Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

The  weighted-average  assumptions  used  to  calculate  the  projected  benefit  obligations  were  as

follows for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012:

U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S.
Defined
Benefit Plans

Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

Discount rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected increase in compensation levels . . . . . . . . . .

4.9% 4.1% 3.9% 3.8% 3.9% 3.0%
2.0% 2.0% 2.4% 2.4% —

—

The net amounts recognized for HP’s  defined benefit and post-retirement benefit plans in HP’s

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31,  2013 and October  31, 2012 were as follows:

U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

Noncurrent assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noncurrent liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $ — $

(33)
(967)

(33)
(2,668)

In millions
$

479
(46)
(3,502)

260
(39)
(4,297)

$ — $ —
(124)
(109)
(537)
(362)

Funded status at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(1,000) $(2,701) $(3,069) $(4,076) $(471) $(661)

The following table summarizes the pretax net actuarial loss (gain) and  prior service benefit

recognized  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  for  the  defined  benefit  and  post-retirement  benefit
plans as of October 31, 2013.

U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans

Net actuarial loss (gain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prior service benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive  loss

$377
—

$377

In millions
$4,220
(231)

$3,989

$ (96)
(161)

$(257)

The  following  table  summarizes  the  net  actuarial  loss  (gain)  and  prior  service  benefit  that  are
expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss  (income) and recognized  as
components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) during the next fiscal year.

Net actuarial loss (gain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prior service benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  expected  to  be  recognized  in  net  periodic  benefit

cost (credit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$16
—

$16

In millions
$311
(24)

$287

$(10)
(41)

$(51)

U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans

139

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 15:  Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

Defined benefit plans with projected benefit obligations exceeding the  fair value of plan  assets

were as follows:

U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

2013

2012

2013

2012

In millions

Aggregate fair value of plan assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aggregate projected benefit obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10,866
$11,866

$11,536
$14,237

$10,462
$14,010

$10,283
$14,618

Defined benefit plans with accumulated benefit obligations exceeding the  fair value  of plan assets

were as follows:

U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

2013

2012

2013

2012

In millions

Aggregate fair value of plan assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10,866
$11,865

$11,536
$14,236

$ 9,926
$12,703

$10,193
$13,645

Settlements

During  the first quarter of fiscal 2012, HP completed the transfer  of  the substitutional portion of

its  Japan pension obligation to the Japanese government. This transfer resulted in  recognizing a  net
gain of $28 million, which is comprised of a net settlement loss of $150 million and a gain  on
government subsidy of $178 million.  The  government subsidy consisted of  the elimination  of
$344 million of pension obligations and the transfer of  $166 million of pension  assets to the Japanese
government.

Retirement Incentive Program

As part of the 2012 restructuring plan, the company announced  a voluntary enhanced early

retirement program for its U.S employees.  Participation  in the EER program  was  limited to those
employees whose combined age and  years of service equaled 65 or more.  Approximately  8,500
employees elected to participate in the  EER  program  and left the company on dates designated  by  the
company with the majority of the EER participants  having left the company  on August 31, 2012  and
others exiting through August 31, 2013. The HP  Pension Plan was amended to provide for an EER
benefit from the plan for electing EER participants who were current participants in the plan. The
retirement incentive benefit was calculated as a  lump  sum and ranged between five and  fourteen
months of pay depending on years of service at the time of retirement  under the  program. As a result
of this retirement incentive, HP recognized a special termination benefit (‘‘STB’’) of $833 million,
which  reflected  the  present  value  of  all  additional  benefits  that  HP  would  distribute  from  the  HP
Pension  Plan.  HP  recorded  these  expenses  as  a  restructuring  charge.  In  addition,  the  HP  Pension  Plan
was remeasured on June 30, 2012, which resulted in no material change to the  2012 net periodic
benefit cost or funded status.

HP extended to all employees participating  in the EER program the opportunity to continue
health care coverage at active employee  contribution rates for up  to  24 months  following retirement. In

140

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 15:  Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

addition, for employees not grandfathered into certain employer-subsidized  retiree medical plans, HP
provided up to $12,000 in employer credits under  the RMSA.  These  items resulted  in an additional
STB  expense  of  $227  million,  which  was  offset  by  net  curtailment  gains  of  $37  million,  due  primarily  to
the resulting accelerated recognition of existing  prior service cost/credits. The entire STB and
approximately  $30  million  in  curtailment  gains  were  recognized  in  the  second  half  of  fiscal  2012.  HP
reported this net expense as a restructuring  charge.

Fair Value of Plan Assets

The table below sets forth the fair value of plan assets as of October 31,  2013 by asset category

within the fair value hierarchy.

U.S.  Defined Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined  Benefit  Plans Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

Level 1 Level 2 Level  3 Total Level  1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level  1 Level  2 Level 3 Total

In millions

Asset  Category:
Equity  securities

31
670

$ — $ 2,487

$—
4,806 —

$— $ — $ —
—
—

—

U.S.
Non-U.S.
Debt  securities

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,711 $ — $ — $ 1,711 $2,456 $

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,274

—

— 1,274

4,059

Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Government(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— 3,028
— 1,849

— 3,028
— 1,849

— 3,347
— 1,751

Alternative Investments

Private Equity(2)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hybrids(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hedge  Funds(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real  Estate Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insurance Group  Annuity Contracts . . . . . . .
Common  Collective Trusts and 103-12

Investment Entities(5)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registered Investment Companies (‘‘RICs’’)(6) .
Cash  and Cash  Equivalents(7) . . . . . . . . . . .
Other(8)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
—
—
—
—

— 1,250
2
—
113
—
—
—
—
—

—

1,250
2
113
—
— 470
—
—

2
1,223
226
237
50

— 1,233
329
61
62
11
(20)
(37)

— 1,233
390
—
73
—
(57)
—

—
—
648
110

—
—
4
62

77

—
—

48
—
204
325
81

—
—
—
2

3,347 —
5
1,751

50 —
1,223 —
430 —
1,032 —
131 —

— —
— 79
652 —
(2)
174

17
17

—
—
—
—
—

42
—
3
—

—
—

234
1
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

17
22

234
1
—
—
—

42
79
3
(2)

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,020 $6,481 $1,365 $10,866 $7,743 $7,603

$737

$16,083

$82

$79

$235

$396

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

Includes  debt issued by national, state  and  local  governments and agencies.

Includes  limited partnerships  and venture capital  partnerships as well as equity / buyout  funds, venture capital, real estate and other
similar funds that invest in the United States and internationally where  foreign currencies  are hedged.

Includes  a fund that invests in both private and  public equities primarily in the  United  States and  the United Kingdom, as  well as
emerging markets across all sectors. The  fund also holds  fixed income and derivative instruments  to hedge interest rate  and inflation risk.
In addition,  the fund includes units in transferable securities, collective investment schemes, money market funds, cash and deposits.

Includes  those that invest both long and short  primarily in common stocks and credit, relative value, event driven equity, distressed debt
and macro strategies. Management of  the hedge funds has the ability to shift investments from value to growth strategies, from small to
large capitalization stocks and bonds,  and from a net long position to a net short position.

Department of Labor 103-12 IE (Investment Entity) designation is for plan assets held by two or more unrelated employee benefit plans
which  includes limited partnerships and venture capital partnerships.

Includes  publicly and privately traded RICs.

Includes  cash and cash equivalents such as  short-term marketable securities.

Includes  international insured contracts, derivative instruments and unsettled transactions.

141

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 15:  Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

Changes in fair value measurements of  Level 3 investments during the year ended October 31,

2013, were as follows:

.

Beginning balance at October 31, 2012 .
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting
.
.
.
Relating to assets sold during the period .
.
Purchases, sales, and settlements (net) .
.
.
Transfers in and/or out of  Level 3 .

date .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Ending balance at October 31, 2013 .

.

.

U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans

Debt
Securities

Alternative
Investments

Equity

Alternative
Investments

Insurance

Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans

Alternative
Investments

Corporate Private

Hedge

Non U.S. Private Hedge Real Group

Private

Debt

Equity Hybrids Funds Total Equities Equity Funds Estate Annuities Other Total Equity Hybrids Total

.

.

$ 1

$1,300

$ 2

$ 65 $1,368

$76

$21

$233 $194

$88

$ 2 $614 $235

$1

$236

.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.

.

—
—
—
(1)

(9) —
143 —
(184) —
— —

13
4
— 143
35
—

1
—
(149) —
(1) —

8
—
19
—

— 16
11 —
(40)
115
— —

(5)
—
(2)
—

5 —
— 20
21 —
— 11
— 92
(27) —
— — — —

5
21
(27)
—

$— $1,250

$ 2

$113 $1,365

$77

$48

$204 $325

$81

$ 2 $737 $234

$1

$235

142

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 15:  Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

The table below sets forth the fair value of our plan assets as of October  31, 2012 by asset

category within the fair value hierarchy.

U.S. Defined Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans

Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

Total

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

Total

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

In millions

Asset Category:
Equity securities

U.S.
Non-U.S.
Debt securities

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,150
866

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $ — $ 1,150 $1,621
4,049

866

—

—

$

28
50

$ — $ 1,649
4,175

76

$—
—

$—
—

$ — $ —
—

—

Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Government(1)
. . . . . . . . . . .

— 3,442
— 3,037

1

3,443
— 3,037

— 2,878
— 1,653

Alternative Investments

Private Equity(2)
Hybrids(3)
Hedge Funds(4)
Real Estate Funds
Insurance Group Annuity

. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .

Contracts

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Common Collective Trusts and

103-12 Investment  Entities(5) . . .

Registered Investment Companies

(‘‘RICs’’)(6)

. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and Cash Equivalents(7) . . . .
Other(8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3
—
—
—

—

— 1,300
2
—
65
—
—
—

1,303
2
65
—

2

—
— 1,089
296
—
177
449

—

—

—

— 1,546

— 1,546

119
(66)
(245)

342
108
(134)

—
—
—

461
42
(379)

—

—

—
439
575

60

—

—
5
36

—
—

21
—
233
194

88

—

—
—
2

2,878
1,653

23
1,089
529
820

148

—

—
444
613

—
6

—
—
—
—

—

—

73
—
(4)

17
16

—
—
—
—

—

49

—
2
—

—
—

235
1
—
—

—

—

—
—
—

17
22

235
1
—
—

—

49

73
2
(4)

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,827

$8,341

$1,368 $11,536 $7,135

$6,272

$614

$14,021

$75

$84

$236

$395

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

Includes debt issued by national, state and local  governments and agencies. Certain U.S.  treasury debt securities in the aggregate of
$1.6 billion have been reclassified from  level 1 to level 2  based upon further  analysis  of the investments.

Includes limited partnerships and venture capital partnerships as well  as equity  / buyout funds, venture capital,  real estate and other
similar funds that invest in the United States and internationally where foreign currencies are hedged.

Includes a fund that invests in both private  and  public equities  primarily in the United States  and the United Kingdom, as well as
emerging markets across all sectors. The fund also holds fixed income and derivative instruments to hedge interest rate and
inflation risk. In addition, the fund includes  units in transferable securities, collective investment schemes, money market funds, cash
and deposits.

Includes those that invest both long and short primarily  in common stocks  and  credit, relative value, event driven  equity, distressed
debt and macro strategies. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to shift investments from value to growth strategies,  from
small to large capitalization stocks and bonds, and from a net long position to a net short position.

Department of Labor 103-12 IE (Investment Entity) designation is for plan assets held by two or  more unrelated employee benefit
plans which includes limited partnerships and venture  capital partnerships.

Includes publicly and privately traded RICs.

Includes cash and cash equivalents such as short-term marketable securities.

Includes international insured contracts, derivative instruments and unsettled transactions.

143

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 15:  Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

Changes in fair value measurements of  Level 3 investments during the year ended October 31,

2012, were as follows:

U.S. Defined Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans

Debt
Securities

Alternative
Investments

Equity

Debt
Securities

Alternative
Investments

Insurance

Corporate Private

Hedge

U.S. Non U.S. Corporate Private Hedge Real Group

Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans

Alternative
Investments

Private

Debt

Equity Hybrids Funds Total Equities Equities

Debt

Equity Funds Estate Annuities Cash Other Total Equity Hybrids Total

In millions

.

.

.

$— $1,356

$ 4

$— $1,360

$ 30

$—

$ 3

$ 20

$300

$199

$89

$ (4) $ 19

$656 $227

$ 1

$228

Beginning balance at
October 31, 2011 .
Actual return on plan

assets:

Relating to assets still

held at the reporting
.
.
.
date .
Relating to assets sold
during the period .

.

.

.

.

.

.

Purchases, sales, and
settlements (net) .

.
Transfers in and/or out of
.
.

Level 3 .

.

.

.

.

.

.

Ending balance at

October 31, 2012 .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

—

—

1

—

(67)

(1)

103

1

(92)

(2)

— —

—

—

65

—

(68)

(2)

104

—

(28) —

— (28)

—

—

—

76

(1)

—

(2)

—

(1)

(76)

(5)

—

16

—

—

—

43

1

—

—

(1)

(85)

13

— —

3

—

—

(2)

— —

(8) —

—

55

(14)

9

(43)

—

4

(16)

(12) —

—

13

3

(8)

—

$ 1

$1,300

$ 2

$65

$1,368

$ —

$76

$—

$ 21

$233

$194

$88

$— $ 2

$614 $235

$ 1

$236

The following is a description of the  valuation  methodologies used for plan  assets measured  at fair

value. There have been no changes in  the methodologies  used  during the reporting period.

Investments  in  publicly-traded  equity  securities  are  valued  using  the  closing  price  on  the

measurement date as reported on the  stock exchange on which  the individual securities  are traded. For
corporate, government and asset-backed  debt securities, fair value is based  upon observable inputs of
comparable  market  transactions.  For  corporate  and  government  debt  securities  traded  on  active
exchanges,  fair  value  is  based  upon  observable  quoted  prices.  The  valuation  of  alternative  investments,
such  as  limited  partnerships  and  joint  ventures,  may  require  significant  management  judgment.  For
alternative investments, valuation is based on  net asset value (‘‘NAV’’) as  reported by the asset
manager and is adjusted when management  determines that NAV is not  representative of fair value. In
making such an assessment, a variety  of  factors are reviewed by management,  including, but not limited
to, the timeliness of NAV as reported  by the asset  manager and changes in general economic and
market conditions subsequent to the last  NAV reported  by the asset manager. Depending  on the
amount of management judgment, the lack  of near-term liquidity, and the absence of quoted market
prices, these assets are classified in Level 2 or Level 3  of  the fair value hierarchy. Further, depending
on how quickly HP can redeem its hedge fund investments, and the extent of any adjustments to NAV,
hedge funds are classified within either  Level 2 or Level 3 of  the  fair value hierarchy. Common
collective trusts, interest in 103-12 entities  and registered  investment companies  are valued at NAV. The
valuation  for  some  of  these  assets  requires  judgment  due  to  the  absence  of  quoted  market  prices,  and
these assets are generally classified in  Level 2  of  the fair value hierarchy.  Cash and cash equivalents
includes money market funds, which are  valued  based on  NAV. Other  assets were  classified in the fair
value hierarchy based on the lowest level  input (e.g., quoted prices and  observable inputs) that is
significant to the fair value measure  in  its entirety.

144

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 15:  Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

Plan Asset Allocations

The weighted-average target and actual asset allocations across  the  benefit plans at the  respective

measurement dates were as follows:

Asset  Category

Public equity securities . . . . . .
Private/other equity securities .
Real estate and other . . . . . . .

U. S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S.  Defined
Benefit  Plans

Post-Retirement
Benefit  Plans

2013
Target
Allocation

Plan Assets

2013

2012

2013
Target
Allocation

Plan Assets

2013

2012

2013
Target
Allocation

Plan Assets

2013

2012

37.2% 23.7%
12.6% 11.9%
(0.5)% (3.3)%

48.0% 41.5%
7.9% 11.7%
7.5% 10.2%

9.5% 8.6%
59.2% 59.6%
(0.1)% (0.9)%

Equity related investments . . .
Debt securities . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

55.0% 49.3% 32.3% 64.0% 63.4% 63.4% 68.0% 68.6% 67.3%
45.0% 48.2% 61.5% 35.2% 32.5% 33.4% 28.0% 29.0% 27.9%
2.5% 6.2% 0.8% 4.1% 3.2% 4.0% 2.4% 4.8%

—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Investment Policy

HP’s investment strategy is to seek a  competitive  rate  of  return relative  to an appropriate level of

risk depending on the funded status of  each plan. The majority of the plans’ investment managers
employ active investment management strategies  with the  goal of outperforming the  broad markets in
which  they invest. Risk management  practices include diversification across asset classes and  investment
styles  and periodic rebalancing toward asset allocation targets. A number of the plans’ investment
managers are authorized to utilize derivatives for investment or liability exposures, and HP  may utilize
derivatives to effect asset allocation changes or to hedge certain investment or  liability  exposures.

The target asset allocation selected for each  U.S. plan reflects  a  risk/return profile HP believes  is

appropriate relative to each plan’s liability structure and  return goals.  HP conducts periodic asset-
liability studies for U.S. plans in order  to  model various potential asset  allocations in comparison to
each  plan’s forecasted liabilities and liquidity needs. HP  invests a portion of  the U.S.  defined benefit
plan  assets and post-retirement benefit  plan assets in  private market securities such as private  equity
funds  to provide diversification and a higher expected return on  assets.

Outside the United States, asset allocation  decisions are typically made by an independent board
of trustees for the specific plan. As in the  U.S., investment objectives are  designed to generate returns
that will enable the plan to meet its future obligations. In some countries,  local regulations may restrict
asset  allocations,  typically  leading  to  a  higher  percentage  of  investment  in  fixed  income  securities  than
would otherwise be deployed. HP reviews  the investment strategy and provides a recommended  list of
investment managers for each country  plan,  with final decisions on asset allocation and investment
managers made by the board of trustees  for the specific plan.

Basis for Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Plan Assets

The expected long-term rate of return on  plan assets  reflects the expected returns for each major

asset class in which the plan invests and the  weight of each asset class in  the target mix. Expected asset
returns  reflect  the  current  yield  on  government  bonds,  risk  premiums  for  each  asset  class,  and  expected

145

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 15:  Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

real  returns  which  considers  each  country’s  specific  inflation  outlook.  Because  HP’s  investment  policy  is
to employ primarily active investment managers who  seek to outperform the broader market, the
expected returns are adjusted to reflect the  expected additional returns  net of fees.

Future Contributions and Funding Policy

In fiscal 2014, HP expects to contribute approximately $617 million to its non-U.S.  pension plans
and  approximately $33 million to cover benefit payments to  U.S. non-qualified plan participants. HP
expects to pay approximately $109 million  to  cover benefit claims for HP’s  post-retirement benefit
plans. HP’s funding policy is to fund its pension plans so that it meets at  least the minimum
contribution requirements, as established  by local government, funding and taxing  authorities.

Estimated Future Benefits Payable

HP estimates that  the future benefits payable for the retirement  and  post-retirement  plans were as

follows at October 31, 2013:

U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S.
Defined
Benefit Plans

In millions

Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans

Fiscal year ending October 31

2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Next five fiscal years to October 31, 2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 694
$ 553
$ 573
$ 610
$ 653
$3,681

$ 549
$ 538
$ 546
$ 596
$ 636
$3,960

$146
$ 76(1)
$ 70
$ 67
$ 65
$286

(1) Decrease in future benefits payable due to the winding down of the 2012  EER program.

Note 16: Commitments

Lease Commitments

HP leases certain real and personal property under  non-cancelable operating leases.  Certain leases
require HP to pay  property taxes, insurance and routine maintenance and include renewal  options and
escalation clauses. Rent expense was $1.0 billion  in fiscal 2013, 2012  and 2011. Sublease  rental income
was $30 million in fiscal 2013, $37 million  in  fiscal  2012 and  $38 million in fiscal  2011.

Property under capital lease comprised primarily of equipment and furniture,  which was
$437 million and $482 million as of October 31, 2013  and October 31, 2012, respectively,  and was
included  in  property,  plant  and  equipment  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  Accumulated
depreciation  on  the  property  under  capital  lease  was  $404  million  and  $418  million  as  of  October  31,
2013 and October 31, 2012, respectively. The related  depreciation  is included in depreciation expense.

146

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 16:  Commitments (Continued)

Future annual lease commitments and sublease  rental income as of October 31, 2013  were as

follows:

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Thereafter

Total

Operating lease commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Sublease rental income . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$763
(35)

$605
(24)

$435
(12)

In millions
$275
(5)

$180
(5)

$728

$581

$423

$270

$175

Capital lease commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Interest payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$229
(5)

$ 20
(3)

$224

$ 17

$

$

7
(2)

5

$

$

4
(2)

2

$

$

4
(2)

2

$735
(12)

$723

$ 25
(6)

$ 19

$2,993
(93)

$2,900

$ 289
(20)

$ 269

Unconditional Purchase Obligations

At  October  31,  2013,  HP  had  unconditional  purchase  obligations  of  approximately  $2.2  billion.
These unconditional purchase obligations  include  agreements  to  purchase goods or  services that are
enforceable and legally binding on HP and that  specify  all  significant terms, including  fixed  or
minimum quantities to be purchased,  fixed,  minimum or variable  price provisions and the approximate
timing of  the transaction. Unconditional purchase  obligations exclude agreements that are  cancelable
without penalty. These unconditional  purchase obligations are related principally to inventory and  other
items. Future unconditional purchase obligations at October  31, 2013 were as  follows:

Unconditional purchase obligations . . . . . . . .

$1,191

$510

In millions
$141

$196

$128

$—

$2,166

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Thereafter

Total

Note 17: Litigation and Contingencies

HP is involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings, including those identified below,

consisting of intellectual property, commercial,  securities, employment,  employee benefits  and
environmental matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. HP accrues a  liability  when
management believes that it is both probable  that a liability has been incurred and the amount of  loss
can be reasonably estimated. HP believes it has recorded  adequate provisions for any  such matters,
and, as of October 31, 2013, it was not reasonably possible that an additional  material  loss had been
incurred in an amount in excess of the amounts already recognized in  HP’s financial statements. HP
reviews these matters at least quarterly and adjusts its accruals to reflect the impact of negotiations,
settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel,  and  other  information  and events pertaining to a particular
case. Based on its experience, HP believes  that any damage amounts claimed in  the specific  matters
discussed below are not a meaningful  indicator of HP’s potential  liability. Litigation is inherently
unpredictable. However, HP believes that  it  has valid defenses with respect to legal  matters pending
against it. Nevertheless, cash flows or  results of operations could be materially affected  in any
particular period by the resolution of one or more of these  contingencies.

147

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 17:  Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

Litigation, Proceedings and Investigations

Copyright Levies. As described below, proceedings are ongoing  or have been concluded involving

HP in certain European Union (‘‘EU’’) member countries, including litigation in Germany, Belgium
and  Austria, seeking to impose or modify  levies upon equipment (such as multifunction devices
(‘‘MFDs’’), personal computers (‘‘PCs’’)  and  printers) and alleging that these devices enable producing
private copies of copyrighted materials. Descriptions of some of the  ongoing proceedings are  included
below. The levies are generally based upon the number of products sold and the per-product amounts
of the levies,  which vary. Some EU member countries that  do not yet have  levies on digital devices are
expected to implement similar legislation to enable them  to extend  existing levy  schemes, while  some
other  EU member countries have phased  out levies  or  are expected to limit  the scope of levy schemes
and  applicability in the digital hardware  environment, particularly with  respect to sales to business
users. HP, other companies and various industry  associations  have opposed the extension  of  levies  to
the digital environment and have advocated alternative models of compensation to rights  holders.

VerwertungsGesellschaft Wort (‘‘VG  Wort’’), a collection  agency  representing  certain  copyright
holders,  instituted  legal  proceedings  against  HP  in  the  Stuttgart  Civil  Court  seeking  to  impose  levies  on
printers. On December 22, 2004, the  court  held that  HP is  liable  for payments regarding  all  printers
using  ASCII code sold in Germany but did not determine the  amount  payable per unit.  HP appealed
this decision in January 2005 to the Stuttgart Court of Appeals. On May 11, 2005,  the Stuttgart Court
of Appeals issued a decision confirming that levies are due. On  June  6, 2005, HP  filed an  appeal to the
German Federal Supreme Court in Karlsruhe. On December 6, 2007, the German Federal  Supreme
Court issued a judgment that printers  are  not  subject to levies under existing  law. VG Wort  appealed
the decision by filing a claim with the German Federal Constitutional Court challenging the ruling  that
printers are not subject to levies. On September 21, 2010,  the Constitutional Court published a decision
holding that the German Federal Supreme Court erred by not referring questions  on interpretation  of
German copyright law to the Court of Justice of the European Union (‘‘CJEU’’) and  therefore revoked
the German Federal Supreme Court decision and remitted the matter to it.  On July  21, 2011, the
German Federal Supreme Court stayed the proceedings and  referred several  questions to the CJEU
with regard to the interpretation of the  European Copyright Directive.  On June 27,  2013, the CJEU
issued  its decision responding to those questions.  The  German  Federal Supreme Court subsequently
scheduled a joint hearing on this matter with other cases relating to reprographic levies on  printers and
PCs that was held on October 31, 2013, and is expected  to  be  followed by  a decision in January  2014.

In September 2003, VG Wort filed a lawsuit against Fujitsu Technology Solutions GmbH

(‘‘Fujitsu’’)  in  the  Munich  Civil  Court  in  Munich,  Germany  seeking  to  impose  levies  on  PCs.  This  is  an
industry test case in Germany, and HP has  agreed not  to  object to the delay if VG Wort  sues HP for
such  levies on PCs following a final decision against Fujitsu. On December  23, 2004, the  Munich Civil
Court held that PCs are subject to a levy and that Fujitsu must pay A12 plus compound interest for
each  PC sold in Germany since March  2001. Fujitsu  appealed this decision in January  2005 to the
Munich Court of Appeals. On December  15, 2005,  the Munich  Court  of  Appeals affirmed the Munich
Civil Court decision. Fujitsu filed an appeal with  the German Federal  Supreme Court  in February 2006.
On October 2, 2008, the German Federal Supreme Court issued a judgment that PCs were  not
photocopiers within the meaning of the  German  copyright  law  that was in effect until  December 31,
2007 and, therefore, were not subject to the  levies  on photocopiers established  by  that  law. VG Wort
subsequently filed a claim with the German Federal  Constitutional Court  challenging that ruling. In
January 2011, the Constitutional Court published a decision holding that the  German Federal  Supreme

148

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 17:  Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

Court decision was inconsistent with the German Constitution and revoking the German Federal
Supreme  Court  decision.  The  Constitutional  Court  also  remitted  the  matter  to  the  German  Federal
Supreme Court for further action. On July  21, 2011, the German  Federal Supreme Court stayed the
proceedings and referred several questions to the CJEU with  regard to the  interpretation of the
European Copyright Directive. On June 27, 2013, the CJEU issued its decision  responding  to  those
questions.  The  German  Federal  Supreme  Court  subsequently  scheduled  a  joint  hearing  on  that  matter
with other cases relating to reprographic levies on printers that was held on  October 31,  2013, and is
expected to be followed by a decision in January 2014.

Reprobel, a cooperative society with  the authority to collect and  distribute the  remuneration for

reprography to Belgian copyright holders, requested by extra-judicial means that HP amend certain
copyright levy declarations submitted  for inkjet MFDs  sold in  Belgium from  January 2005 to December
2009 to enable it to collect copyright levies  calculated  based on the generally higher  copying  speed
when the MFDs are operated in draft  print mode rather than when operated  in normal  print mode.  In
March 2010, HP filed a lawsuit against  Reprobel in the  French-speaking chambers of the Court of First
Instance of Brussels seeking a declaratory judgment  that no copyright levies are payable on sales of
MFDs in Belgium or, alternatively, that copyright levies  payable on such MFDs must be assessed based
on the copying speed when operated in the normal print mode set by  default in  the device.  On
November 16, 2012, the court issued  a decision holding that  Belgium law is  not  in conformity  with EU
law in a number of respects and ordered that, by November  2013, Reprobel substantiate that the
amounts claimed by Reprobel are commensurate with the  harm resulting  from legitimate copying under
the reprographic exception. HP subsequently appealed  that court decision to the  Courts  of  Appeal in
Brussels  seeking to confirm that the Belgian  law  is not  in conformity with EU law and that, if  Belgian
law is interpreted in a manner consistent  with EU law, no payments  by HP  are required or,
alternatively, the payments already made by  HP are sufficient to comply with its  obligations under
Belgian law. On October 23, 2013, the Court of Appeal in Brussels stayed  the proceedings  and referred
several questions to the CJEU relating to whether the  Belgian reprographic copyright levies system  is
in conformity with EU law.

Based on industry opposition to the  extension of  levies to digital  products,  HP’s assessments  of  the
merits of various proceedings and HP’s estimates  of  the number of  units  impacted and  the amounts of
the levies, HP has accrued amounts that it believes are adequate to address the matters described
above. However, the ultimate resolution of these matters and the associated financial impact on HP,
including the number of units impacted  and the amount of levies imposed, remains  uncertain.

Fair Labor Standards Act Litigation. HP is involved in several lawsuits in which  the plaintiffs are

seeking unpaid overtime compensation and other damages based on allegations that various employees
of EDS or HP have been misclassified as  exempt employees under  the Fair Labor Standards  Act and/or
in violation of the California Labor Code  or other  state laws. Those matters include the following:

• Cunningham and Cunningham, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation is a purported

collective action filed on May 10, 2006 in the  United States District  Court  for the  Southern
District of New York claiming that current  and former EDS employees allegedly involved in
installing and/or maintaining computer software  and hardware  were  misclassified as  exempt
employees. Another purported collective action, Steavens, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems
Corporation, which was filed on October 23, 2007,  is also now pending in the same  court alleging
similar facts. The  Steavens case has been consolidated for pretrial purposes with the Cunningham

149

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 17:  Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

case. On December 14, 2010, the court granted conditional certification of a class consisting  of
employees in 20 legacy EDS job codes  in the consolidated Cunningham and Steavens matter.
Approximately 2,600 current and former EDS  employees have filed  consents  to  opt in to the
litigation. Plaintiffs had alleged separate  ‘‘opt-out’’ classes based  on the overtime laws of the
states of California, Washington, Massachusetts and New York, but plaintiffs have dismissed
those claims.

• Salva v. Hewlett-Packard Company is a purported collective action filed on June 15, 2012  in the

United States District Court for the Western District  of  New York alleging that certain
information technology employees allegedly involved in installing and/or maintaining computer
software and hardware were misclassified as exempt employees under the Fair Labor  Standards
Act. On August 31, 2012, HP filed its answer to plaintiffs’ complaint and filed counterclaims
against two of the three named plaintiffs.  Also on August 31, 2012,  HP filed a motion to transfer
venue to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. A  hearing on  HP’s
motion to transfer venue was scheduled for November  21, 2012, but was postponed by the court.

• Karlbom, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation is a class action filed on March 16, 2009 in

California Superior Court alleging facts similar  to  the Cunningham and Steavens matters. In
March 2010, the court stayed the matter; that stay was  lifted in October 2012.

• Blake,  et al. v. Hewlett-Packard Company is a purported nationwide collective action filed on

February 17, 2011 in the United States  District Court for the Southern  District of Texas  claiming
that a class of information technology support personnel were misclassified as exempt employees
under the Fair Labor Standards Act. On February 10, 2012,  plaintiffs  filed  a motion  requesting
that the court conditionally certify the  case as a  collective  action. On July 11,  2013, the court
denied  plaintiffs’ motion for conditional  certification  in its  entirety. Only  one opt-in plaintiff had
joined the named plaintiff in the lawsuit at  the time  that the motion was  filed.

• Benedict v. Hewlett-Packard Company is a purported collective action filed  on January 10, 2013 in

the United States District Court for the  Northern District of California alleging that certain
technical support employees allegedly involved in installing, maintaining  and/or supporting
computer software and/or hardware for HP were  misclassified as exempt employees under the
Fair Labor Standards Act. The plaintiff has  also alleged  that HP violated  California law by,
among other things, allegedly improperly classifying these employees as exempt. On
September 20, 2013, the plaintiffs filed a motion for conditional class certification.

State of  South Carolina Department of Social  Services Contract  Dispute.

In October 2012, the State

of South Carolina Department of Social Services and related government  agencies (‘‘SCDSS’’) filed a
proceeding before  South Carolina’s Chief Procurement Officer (‘‘CPO’’) against Hewlett-Packard
State & Local Enterprise Services, Inc., a  subsidiary of HP (‘‘HPSLES’’). The dispute arises from a
contract between SCDSS and HPSLES  for the design,  implementation and maintenance of  a Child
Support Enforcement and a Family Court Case Management System  (the  ‘‘CFS System’’).  SCDSS seeks
aggregate damages of approximately  $275 million,  a declaration that  HPSLES is  in material breach of
the contract and, therefore, that termination of the contract for cause by  SCDSS would be appropriate,
and a declaration that HPSLES is required to perform certain additional  disputed work that expands
the scope of the original contract. In November 2012, HPSLES  filed responsive pleadings  asserting
defenses and seeking payment of past-due  invoices totaling more  than $12  million.  On July  10, 2013,

150

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 17:  Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

SCDSS terminated the contract with HPSLES for  cause, and, in  its  termination notice, SCDSS asserted
that HPSLES is responsible for all future  federal penalties until the CFS System  achieves federal
certification, sought an immediate order  requiring HPSLES to transfer  to SCDSS  all  work completed
and  in progress, and indicated that it  intends to seek suspension and debarment  of  HPSLES from
contracting with the State of South Carolina. HPSLES is  disputing the  termination as improper  and
defective. In addition, on August 9, 2013, HPSLES filed its own  affirmative claim within the proceeding
alleging that SCDSS materially breached the  contract by its  improper termination and that SCDSS was
a primary and material cause of the project delays.  On  September  4, 2013, the  CPO denied  SCDSS’s
motion for injunctive relief seeking immediate transfer  of  the system  assets to SCDSS  and indicated
that the CPO would address that request following a hearing on the merits. The hearing on the merits
before the CPO commenced on October  21, 2013, and is  expected to continue through early January
2014.

India Directorate of Revenue Intelligence  Proceedings. On April 30 and May 10, 2010, the India

Directorate of Revenue Intelligence (the  ‘‘DRI’’) issued show cause notices  to  Hewlett-Packard India
Sales Private Ltd (‘‘HPI’’), a subsidiary  of HP,  seven  current HP employees and one former HP
employee alleging that HP underpaid customs duties while importing products and spare parts into
India and seeking to recover an aggregate of  approximately  $370 million,  plus penalties. Prior to the
issuance of the show cause notices, HP  deposited approximately $16  million with the DRI and agreed
to post a provisional bond in exchange  for the  DRI’s agreement to not seize HP products  and spare
parts and to not interrupt the transaction  of business by HP  in India.

On April 11, 2012, the Bangalore Commissioner  of  Customs  issued an order  on the  products-
related show cause notice affirming certain duties and penalties  against  HPI and the named individuals
of approximately $386 million, of which  HPI had already deposited $9  million. On  December 11,  2012,
HPI  voluntarily deposited an additional $10 million in  connection with  the products-related  show cause
notice.

On April 20, 2012, the Commissioner issued an  order on the  parts-related  show cause notice

affirming certain duties and penalties against HPI and certain of the named  individuals of
approximately $17 million, of which HPI had already deposited $7 million. After the  order,  HPI
deposited an additional $3 million in  connection with the parts-related show cause notice so as to avoid
certain penalties.

HPI  filed appeals of the Commissioner’s orders before the Customs Tribunal along with

applications for waiver of the pre-deposit  of remaining demand amounts as  a condition for hearing the
appeals. The Customs Department has also filed cross-appeals  before  the  Customs  Tribunal. On
January 24, 2013, the Customs Tribunal ordered  HPI to deposit  an additional $24 million against  the
products order, which HPI deposited in  March 2013. The  Customs Tribunal did  not  order any
additional deposit to be made under the parts order. In December 2013, HPI filed  applications before
the  Customs  Tribunal  seeking  early  hearing  of  appeals  as  well  as  the  extension  of  the  stay  already
granted until  final disposition of the appeals. These applications are currently  pending  before the
Customs  Tribunal.

Russia GPO and Other FCPA Investigations. The German Public Prosecutor’s Office (‘‘German

PPO’’) has been conducting an investigation into allegations that current and  former employees  of  HP
engaged in bribery, embezzlement and  tax  evasion relating  to  a  transaction between Hewlett-Packard

151

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 17:  Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

ISE GmbH in Germany, a former subsidiary of HP, and the General Prosecutor’s  Office of the Russian
Federation. The approximately A35 million transaction, which was referred  to  as the Russia GPO deal,
spanned the years 2001 to 2006 and was  for the delivery and installation of an IT  network. The
German PPO has issued an indictment of  four  individuals,  including one current and  two former HP
employees, on charges including bribery,  breach of trust  and tax  evasion. The German PPO has  also
requested that HP be made an associated  party  to  the case, and, if that request is granted, HP would
participate in any portion of the court proceedings that  could ultimately bear on  the question of
whether HP should be subject to potential disgorgement  of  profits based  on the conduct of the indicted
current and former employees.

The U.S. Department of Justice and  the SEC have been  conducting an investigation into the
Russia GPO deal and potential violations of  the Foreign  Corrupt Practices  Act (‘‘FCPA’’). These U.S.
enforcement agencies, as well as the Polish  Central Anti-Corruption Bureau, are also conducting
investigations into potential FCPA violations by an employee of Hewlett-Packard Polska Sp. z o.o., an
indirect subsidiary of HP, in connection with  certain public-sector transactions in  Poland.  In addition,
the same U.S. enforcement agencies  are conducting investigations into certain other  public-sector
transactions in Russia, Poland, the Commonwealth of Independent States, and Mexico, among other
countries.

HP is cooperating with these investigating agencies. In  addition, HP is in advanced discussions with

the  U.S.  enforcement  agencies  to  resolve  their  investigations.

Under the FCPA, a person or an entity  could be subject to fines, civil penalties of up  to  $725,000

per  violation and equitable remedies,  including  disgorgement of  profits, pre-judgment interest and other
injunctive relief. In addition, criminal penalties could range from the  greater  of $25 million per
violation or twice the gross pecuniary  gain  or loss from the violation.

ECT Proceedings.

In January 2011, the postal service of  Brazil,  Empresa Brasileira de Correios e

Tel´egrafos  (‘‘ECT’’), notified an HP subsidiary in Brazil  (‘‘HP Brazil’’)  that it had  initiated
administrative proceedings to consider whether to suspend HP Brazil’s right to bid and contract with
ECT related to alleged improprieties  in the  bidding  and contracting processes whereby employees of
HP Brazil and employees of several other  companies allegedly coordinated their bids and fixed results
for three ECT contracts in 2007 and 2008. In late July  2011, ECT notified HP Brazil it had decided to
apply  the penalties against HP Brazil and  suspend HP Brazil’s right  to  bid  and contract with ECT  for
five years, based upon the evidence before it. In August 2011, HP Brazil appealed ECT’s decision. In
April 2013, ECT rejected HP Brazil’s  appeal,  and the administrative proceedings were closed with the
penalties against HP Brazil remaining  in  place. In parallel, in September 2011,  HP Brazil filed a civil
action against ECT seeking to have ETC’s decision revoked. HP Brazil also requested an injunction
suspending the application of the penalties until a  final ruling on the merits of  the case. The court of
first instance has not issued a decision on  the merits  of the case, but it has denied HP Brazil’s request
for injunctive relief. HP Brazil appealed the  denial of  its request for injunctive relief to the
intermediate appellate court, which issued  a preliminary  ruling  denying the request for  injunctive relief
but reducing the length of the sanctions from five to two  years. HP Brazil  appealed that decision and,
in December 2011, obtained a ruling  staying  enforcement of ECT’s sanctions until a final ruling on the
merits  of the  case. HP expects the court  of first instance to issue  a decision on  the merits of the case
before the end of the first six months of calendar year 2014 and any  subsequent appeal on the merits
to last several years.

152

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 17:  Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

Stockholder Litigation. As described below, HP is involved in various  stockholder litigation

matters commenced against certain current  and  former HP executive  officers and/or certain current and
former members of the HP Board of  Directors in which  the plaintiffs are  seeking  to  recover damages
related to HP’s allegedly inflated stock  price, certain  compensation  paid  by HP to the defendants,  other
damages and/or injunctive relief:

• Saginaw Police & Fire Pension Fund v.  Marc  L. Andreessen, et al. is a lawsuit filed on October 19,
2010 in the United States District Court  for  the Northern District of  California  alleging, among
other things, that the defendants breached their fiduciary  duties and  were  unjustly enriched by
consciously disregarding HP’s alleged violations  of the FCPA. On August 15, 2011,  the
defendants filed a motion to dismiss the  lawsuit. On March  21, 2012, the  court granted the
defendants’ motion to dismiss, and the court entered judgment in  the defendants’ favor and
closed the case on May 29, 2012. On  June  28, 2012, the  plaintiff  filed an appeal with the United
States Court of Appeals for the Ninth  Circuit.

• A.J. Copeland v. Raymond J. Lane, et  al. is a lawsuit filed on March 7, 2011 in the United States

District  Court for the Northern District  of California alleging, among other  things, that the
defendants breached their fiduciary duties  and  wasted corporate assets in connection with HP’s
alleged violations of the FCPA, HP’s severance payments made to Mark Hurd  (a former HP
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), and  HP’s acquisition of 3PAR Inc.  The lawsuit also
alleges  violations  of  Section  14(a)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  ‘‘Exchange  Act’’)
in connection with HP’s 2010 and 2011 proxy statements. On February  8, 2012, the  defendants
filed a motion to dismiss the lawsuit. On October  10,  2012, the  Court granted the defendants’
motion to dismiss with leave to file an  amended  complaint. On November 1, 2012, plaintiff filed
an amended complaint adding an unjust  enrichment  claim  and claims that the defendants
violated Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and breached their fiduciary duties in connection
with HP’s 2012 proxy statement. On December  13, 14  and 17, 2012, the defendants moved to
dismiss the amended complaint. On December 28, 2012, plaintiff moved  for  leave to file a third
amended complaint. On May 6, 2013, the  court denied the motion  for leave to amend, granted
the motions to dismiss with prejudice and entered  judgment in the defendants’  favor. On
May 31, 2013, plaintiff filed an appeal with the  United  States Court of Appeals for the Ninth
Circuit.

• Richard Gammel v. Hewlett-Packard  Company, et al. is a putative securities class action filed on
September 13, 2011 in the United States District Court for the  Central District of California
alleging, among other things, that from  November  22, 2010 to August 18, 2011, the defendants
violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the  Exchange Act by concealing material information and
making false statements about HP’s business model, the  future of the webOS operating  system,
and HP’s commitment to developing and integrating webOS products,  including  the TouchPad
tablet PC. On April 11, 2012, the defendants filed a motion  to  dismiss the lawsuit. On
September 4, 2012, the court granted the defendants’  motion to dismiss and gave  plaintiff
30 days to file an amended complaint.  On October 19, 2012,  plaintiff filed an amended
complaint asserting the same causes of action but dropping one of the  defendants and
shortening the period that the alleged violations  of  the Exchange Act occurred to February 9,
2011 to August 18, 2011. On December 3, 2012,  the defendants moved  to  dismiss the  amended
complaint. On May 8, 2013, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss in part and
denied it in part. As a result of the  court’s ruling, the alleged class period in  the action runs

153

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 17:  Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

from June 1, 2011 to August 18, 2011. The  parties commenced mediation  before a  private
mediator  on  December 3,  2013.

• Ernesto Espinoza v. L´eo Apotheker, et al. and Larry Salat v. L´eo Apotheker, et al. are consolidated
lawsuits filed on September 21, 2011 in  the United  States  District Court for  the Central District
of California alleging, among other things,  that the defendants violated Section  10(b) and 20(a)
of the Exchange Act by concealing material information and making false statements  about HP’s
business model and the future of webOS,  the TouchPad  and HP’s PC business. The  lawsuits  also
allege that the defendants breached their fiduciary  duties, wasted corporate assets and  were
unjustly enriched when they authorized HP’s repurchase of  its own  stock on August 29,  2010 and
July 21, 2011. These lawsuits were previously  stayed pending developments in the Gammel
matter, but those stays have been lifted.  The Plaintiffs  filed an  amended consolidated complaint
on August 21, 2013, and, on October 28, 2013, the  defendants  filed a motion  to  stay these
matters.

• Luis Gonzalez v. L´eo Apotheker, et al. and Richard Tyner v. L´eo Apotheker, et al. are consolidated
lawsuits filed on September 29, 2011 and October  5, 2011, respectively, in  California Superior
Court alleging, among other things, that the  defendants  breached their fiduciary duties,  wasted
corporate assets and were unjustly enriched by concealing  material  information  and making  false
statements about HP’s business model and the future of webOS,  the TouchPad  and HP’s  PC
business and by authorizing HP’s repurchase of its own stock on  August 29, 2010 and July  21,
2011. The lawsuits are currently stayed  pending  resolution  of the Espinoza/Salat consolidated
action in federal court.

• Cement & Concrete Workers District Council Pension Fund  v. Hewlett-Packard Company,  et al. is a

putative securities class action filed on August  3, 2012 in the United States  District Court for  the
Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that from  November 13, 2007 to
August  6, 2010 the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a)  of  the Exchange Act  by  making
statements regarding HP’s Standards of Business Conduct (‘‘SBC’’) that were false and
misleading because Mr. Hurd, who was serving as HP’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
during that period, had been violating the  SBC  and  concealing his misbehavior  in a manner that
jeopardized his continued employment with  HP. On February 7, 2013,  the defendants moved to
dismiss the amended complaint. On August  9, 2013, the  court granted the defendants’ motion to
dismiss with leave to amend the complaint  by September 9,  2013. The plaintiffs filed an
amended complaint on September 9, 2013, and the defendants moved to dismiss that complaint
on October 24, 2013. A hearing on defendants’  motion to dismiss  is scheduled  for January 23,
2014.

Autonomy-Related Legal Matters

Investigations. As a result of the findings of an ongoing  investigation, HP has provided

information to the U.K. Serious Fraud  Office, the U.S. Department of Justice  and the  SEC related  to
the accounting improprieties, disclosure failures and  misrepresentations at Autonomy  that  occurred
prior to and in connection with HP’s  acquisition of Autonomy. On  November 21,  2012, representatives
of the U.S. Department of Justice advised HP that  they had opened an investigation relating to
Autonomy. On February 6, 2013, representatives  of the U.K. Serious  Fraud Office advised  HP that they

154

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 17:  Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

had  also opened an investigation relating to Autonomy.  HP is cooperating with the three investigating
agencies.

Litigation. As described below, HP is involved in  various stockholder litigation relating to, among

other  things, its November 20, 2012 announcement that  it recorded a non-cash  charge for the
impairment of goodwill and intangible assets  within its Software  segment of approximately $8.8 billion
in the  fourth quarter of its 2012 fiscal  year and HP’s statements that, based on HP’s  findings from an
ongoing investigation, the majority of this impairment charge related to accounting improprieties,
misrepresentations to the market and disclosure failures at Autonomy that occurred prior  to  and in
connection with HP’s acquisition of Autonomy and the impact  of  those improprieties, failures and
misrepresentations on the expected future financial  performance of the Autonomy business over the
long term. This stockholder litigation was commenced against, among others, certain  current and
former HP executive officers, certain  current and former members of the  HP Board  of  Directors, and
certain advisors to HP. The plaintiffs in these litigation matters are seeking to recover certain
compensation paid by HP to the defendants and/or other damages. These matters  include the
following:

• In re HP Securities  Litigation consists of two consolidated putative class  actions filed on

November 26 and 30, 2012 in the United States District  Court for the Northern District of
California alleging, among other things, that from August  19,  2011 to November 20, 2012, the
defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of  the Exchange Act by concealing material
information and making false statements related to HP’s acquisition of  Autonomy and the
financial performance of HP’s enterprise services  business. On May 3, 2013, the lead plaintiff
filed a consolidated complaint alleging  that, during that same period, all  of the defendants
violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange  Act and SEC Rule 10b-5(b) by concealing
material information and making false statements related to HP’s  acquisition of Autonomy and
that certain defendants violated SEC Rule  10b-5(a)  and (c) by engaging in a ‘‘scheme’’ to
defraud investors. On July 2, 2013, HP filed  a motion  to  dismiss the lawsuit. On November 26,
2013, the court granted in part and denied in part  HP’s motion to dismiss, allowing claims to
proceed  against  HP  and  Margaret C.  Whitman  based  on  alleged statements  and/or  omissions
made on or after May 23, 2012. The court dismissed all of  the plaintiff’s claims that were based
on alleged statements and/or omissions  made between August 19, 2011 and May 22, 2012.

• In re Hewlett-Packard Shareholder Derivative Litigation consists of seven consolidated lawsuits
filed beginning on November 26, 2012 in the  United States  District Court for the Northern
District of California alleging, among  other  things, that  the  defendants violated Sections  10(b)
and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by concealing material information  and  making  false statements
related to HP’s acquisition of Autonomy  and  the financial performance of HP’s enterprise
services business. The lawsuits also allege that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties,
wasted corporate assets and were unjustly enriched  in connection with HP’s acquisition of
Autonomy and by causing HP to repurchase  its own stock at allegedly inflated prices between
August  2011 and October 2012. One lawsuit further alleges that certain individual defendants
engaged in or assisted insider trading and thereby breached their fiduciary duties,  were unjustly
enriched and violated Sections 25402 and  25403 of the  California Corporations Code. On  May 3,
2013, the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated complaint alleging, among other things, that the
defendants concealed material information and  made false statements related to HP’s acquisition

155

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 17:  Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

of Autonomy and Autonomy’s IDOL technology and  thereby  violated  Sections 10(b) and 20(a)
of the Exchange Act, breached their fiduciary duties, engaged  in ‘‘abuse  of control’’ over HP  and
corporate waste and were unjustly enriched.  The  litigation was stayed by agreement until  July 31,
2013. On July 30, 2013, HP filed a motion to further stay the litigation  until HP’s Board  of
Directors decides whether to pursue  any of the claims asserted in the litigation  or the court  rules
on HP’s motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint in  the In re HP Securities Litigation
matter. On September 6, 2013, the court  extended the stay of the  litigation until January 17,
2014.

• In re HP ERISA Litigation consists of three consolidated putative  class actions filed beginning on
December 6, 2012 in the United States  District Court for  the Northern District  of California
alleging,  among other things, that from  August  18, 2011 to November  22, 2012,  the defendants
breached their fiduciary obligations to HP’s 401(k) Plan and its participants and thereby violated
Sections 404(a)(1) and 405(a) of the Employee Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, by concealing negative information regarding the financial performance of Autonomy
and HP’s enterprise services business and by failing to restrict participants from  investing in HP
stock. On August 16, 2013, HP filed a motion to dismiss  the lawsuit.

• Vincent Ho v. Margaret C. Whitman, et  al. is a lawsuit filed on January 22, 2013 in  California

Superior Court alleging, among other  things,  that the defendants breached their  fiduciary duties
and wasted corporate assets in connection  with HP’s acquisition of Autonomy and  by  causing
HP to repurchase its own stock at allegedly  inflated prices between August 2011 and October
2012. On April 22, 2013, the court stayed the lawsuit pending resolution of the In re Hewlett-
Packard Shareholder Derivative Litigation matter in federal court. Two additional derivative
actions, James  Gould v. Margaret C. Whitman, et al. and Leroy Noel v. Margaret C. Whitman, et
al., were filed in California Superior Court on July 26, 2013 and August 16,  2013, respectively,
containing substantially similar allegations  and seeking substantially  similar relief. Those  actions
have  been  stayed  pending  resolution  of  the In  re  Hewlett-Packard  Shareholder  Derivative  Litigation
matter.

Environmental

HP’s operations and products are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and
regulations concerning environmental  protection, including laws addressing  the discharge of pollutants
into the air and water, the management  and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup
of contaminated sites, the content of  HP’s products and  the recycling,  treatment and disposal  of  those
products. In particular, HP faces increasing  complexity  in its product  design and  procurement
operations as it adjusts to new and future requirements relating to the  chemical  and materials
composition of its products, their safe  use, and the energy consumption associated  with those  products,
including requirements relating to climate  change. HP is also subject  to  legislation in an  increasing
number of jurisdictions that makes producers of electrical goods,  including  computers and  printers,
financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment  and disposal of past and future
covered products (sometimes referred  to  as ‘‘product take-back  legislation’’). HP  could  incur  substantial
costs, its products could be restricted  from entering certain jurisdictions, and it could face other
sanctions, if it were to violate or become  liable under environmental  laws or  if  its products become
non-compliant with environmental laws. HP’s  potential exposure includes  fines and civil or criminal

156

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 17:  Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury  claims and  clean-up costs. The  amount  and
timing of costs to comply with environmental laws are difficult to predict.

HP is party to, or  otherwise involved in, proceedings  brought by  U.S.  or  state environmental

agencies under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and  Liability  Act
(‘‘CERCLA’’), known as ‘‘Superfund,’’ or state laws similar to CERCLA,  and may  become a  party to, or
otherwise involved in, proceedings brought by private parties for  contribution towards  clean-up  costs.
HP is also conducting environmental  investigations or remediations at  several current  or former
operating sites pursuant to administrative orders or consent agreements  with state  environmental
agencies.

Note 18:  Segment Information

Description of Segments

HP is a  leading global provider of products, technologies, software, solutions and services to
individual consumers, small- and medium-sized businesses (‘‘SMBs’’), and large enterprises,  including
customers in the government, health  and education  sectors.  HP’s offerings span personal computing
and  other access devices; imaging and printing-related products and services; multi-vendor customer
services, including infrastructure technology and business process outsourcing, application development
and  support services, and consulting  and integration services; enterprise  information technology (‘‘IT’’)
infrastructure,  including  enterprise  server  and  storage  technology,  networking  products  and  solutions,
and  technology support and maintenance; and IT management software, information  management
solutions and security intelligence/risk management solutions.

HP’s  operations are organized into seven reportable business segments for  financial reporting

purposes: Personal Systems, Printing, the Enterprise Group, Enterprise Services, Software, HP
Financial Services and Corporate Investments. HP’s  organizational structure is  based on  a number  of
factors that management uses to evaluate,  view and run its business  operations, which include, but  are
not limited to, customer base, homogeneity of products and  technology.  The reportable  business
segments are based on this organizational structure and information reviewed  by  HP’s management to
evaluate the business segment results.

The Personal Systems segment and the Printing segment are structured beneath a broader Printing
and  Personal Systems Group (‘‘PPS’’). While PPS is  not  a reportable segment, HP sometimes  provides
financial data aggregating the Personal Systems and the  Printing  segments within it in  order to provide
a supplementary view of its business.

HP has implemented certain organizational realignments. As a result of these realignments, HP
re-evaluated its reportable segment structure  and,  effective in  the first quarter of fiscal 2013,  created
two new reportable segments, the EG  segment and the ES segment,  and  eliminated two  other
reportable segments, the ESSN segment  and  the Services segment.  The  EG segment consists of the
business units within the former ESSN segment and most of  the services offerings of the TS business
unit, which was previously a part of the former Services segment.  The  ES  segment consists  of the ABS
and  ITO business units from the former  Services  segment, along with the end-user workplace support
services business that was previously a part of the TS business unit.

Also as a result of these realignments, the financial results of the Personal Systems commercial
products support business, which were previously  reported as part of the  TS  business  unit, are now

157

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 18:  Segment Information (Continued)

reported as part of the Other business unit within the  Personal Systems segment,  and the  financial
results of the portion of the business intelligence services business that had continued to be reported as
part of the Corporate Investments segment following the implementation of prior realignment actions
are now reported as part of the ABS business  unit. In addition, the  end-user workplace support
business, which, as noted above, was previously a part of the  TS business  unit and  is now  a part  of  the
ES segment, is reported as part of the  ITO business  unit within that segment.

A description of the types of products and services provided by  each business segment follows.

The Printing and Personal Systems Group’s mission is to leverage the respective strengths of the
Personal Systems business and the Printing business by creating  a  unified business that is customer-
focused and poised to capitalize on rapidly shifting  industry  trends. Each of the business segments
within PPS is described in detail below.

Personal Systems provides commercial  personal computers (‘‘PCs’’),  consumer  PCs, workstations,

thin clients, tablets, retail point-of-sale  (‘‘POS’’)  systems, calculators  and  other  related accessories,
software, support and services for the commercial and consumer markets. HP groups commercial
notebooks,  commercial  desktops,  commercial  tablets  and  workstations  into  commercial  clients  and
consumer  notebooks,  consumer  desktops  and  consumer  tablets  into  consumer  clients  when  describing
its performance in these markets. Described below are HP’s  global business capabilities within Personal
Systems.

• Commercial PCs are optimized for use by commercial customers, including enterprise and SMB

customers, and for connectivity, reliability  and manageability in networked environments.
Commercial PCs include the HP ProBook and HP EliteBook lines of notebooks; the HP  Pro
and  HP Elite lines of business desktops  and  all-in-ones, retail POS systems, HP  Thin Clients and
HP ElitePad Tablet PCs. Commercial PCs also include Workstations that  are designed  and
optimized to reliably operate in high performance and demanding  application  environments
including Z desktop workstations, Z all-in-ones  and Z mobile workstations.

• Consumer PCs include  the HP Spectre, HP ENVY,  HP Pavilion, HP Chromebooks and  HP Split

series of multi-media consumer notebooks, consumer tablets, hybrids (detachable tablets),
desktops, including the TouchSmart line of touch-enabled  notebooks and all-in-one  desktops.
Consumer PCs also use the Compaq and  Slate sub-brands for certain  product offerings.

Printing provides consumer and commercial  printer  hardware, supplies,  media, software  and
services, as well as scanning devices. Printing  is also focused on imaging  solutions  in the commercial
markets. HP groups LaserJet, large format and Indigo  printers into commercial hardware and inkjet
printers into consumer hardware when  describing our performance  in these markets. Described below
are HP’s global business capabilities within  Printing.

• Inkjet and Printing Solutions delivers HP’s consumer and SMB inkjet solutions (hardware,

supplies, media, and web-connected hardware  and  services). It includes single-function and
all-in-one inkjet printers. Ongoing initiatives and programs such as Ink  in the  office and  Ink
Advantage  and  new  initiatives  such  as  Instant  Ink  are  meant  to  provide  innovative  printing
solutions to consumers and SMBs and include HP’s Officejet Premium  and  Officejet  Pro inkjet
product portfolios.

158

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 18:  Segment Information (Continued)

• LaserJet  and Enterprise Solutions  delivers  HP’s  commercial  and  laserjet  products,  services  and
solutions to SMB and enterprise segments,  including  LaserJet printers and supplies (toner),
multi-function  devices,  scanners,  web-connected  hardware  and  managed  services,  and  enterprise
software solutions, such as Exstream Software and Web Jetadmin. HP  managed services include
managed service products, support and  solutions delivered  to SMB and enterprise customers
partnering with third-party software providers to offer workflow  solutions.

• Graphics Solutions offers large format printing (Designjet  and  Scitex) and supplies, Indigo digital

presses and supplies, inkjet high-speed production solutions  and supplies,  specialty printing
systems and graphics services.

• Software and Web Services delivers a suite of offerings, including photo-storage and printing

offerings (such as Snapfish), document storage, entertainment services, web-connected printing,
and PC back-up and related services.

The Enterprise Group provides servers, storage, networking, technology services  that, when

combined with HP’s Cloud solutions,  enable the customers  to  manage applications across public  cloud,
virtual private cloud, private cloud and  traditional IT environments. Described below are HP’s business
units and capabilities within EG.

• Industry Standard Servers offers ProLiant servers, running primarily Windows,  Linux and
virtualization platforms from software providers such  as Microsoft Corporation  and
VMware, Inc. and open sourced software from other major vendors while  leveraging x86
processors from Intel Corporation and  Advanced Micro Devices,  Inc. The business spans a range
of server product lines, including microservers, towers, traditional rack, density-optimized rack
and  blades,  as  well  as  hyperscale  solutions  for  large,  distributed  computing  companies  who  buy
and deploy nodes at a massive scale. In fiscal 2013,  HP launched its HP Moonshot  servers that
operate on ARM-based and Intel Atom-based  processors that offer reduced cost, space, energy
and  complexity  compared  to  some  traditional  Servers.

• Business Critical Systems offers HP Integrity servers based on the Intel Itanium-based processor,

HP  Integrity  NonStop  solutions  and  mission  critical  x86  ProLiant  Servers.

• Storage offers traditional storage and converged storage solutions. Traditional storage includes
tape, storage networking and legacy external disk products such as EVA  and XP. Converged
storage solutions include 3PAR StoreServ, StoreOnce,  StoreVirtual and StoreAll products.

• Networking offers switches and routers that span the data  center, campus and branch

environments and deliver network management and unified communications. HP’s wireless
networking offerings include wireless LAN access points and controllers/switches.

• Technology Services  provides  technology  consulting  and  support  services  focused  on  cloud,
mobility and big data and provides IT organizations with advice, design, implementation,
migration and optimization of HP’s Enterprise Group platforms: servers, storage, networking
and  converged infrastructure. Support services  includes Datacenter  Care,  Foundation Care,
Proactive Care and Lifecycle Event services. These services are available in the  form of service
contracts, pre-packaged offerings or on a customized basis.

159

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 18:  Segment Information (Continued)

Enterprise Services provides technology consulting, outsourcing and support services  across

infrastructure, applications and business  process domains. ES  is divided  into  Infrastructure Technology
Outsourcing and Application and Business Services.

• Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing delivers comprehensive services that encompass  the

management of data centers, IT security, cloud computing, workplace technology, network,
unified communications, and enterprise service  management.

• Application and Business Services helps clients develop, revitalize and manage their applications

and information assets. The portfolio also  includes intellectual property-based  industry solutions,
services and technologies to help clients  better manage critical business processes and services
for customer relationship management, finance  and  administration, human resources, payroll and
document processing.

Software provides IT management big data and security solutions for businesses  and  enterprises of
all sizes. HP’s IT management solutions  help customers deliver applications and services that perform
to defined standards and automate and assure the underlying infrastructure, be it traditional, cloud or
hybrid. HP’s big data solutions include  the HP HAVEn Big Data platform,  which, together with  the
Autonomy and Vertica products, is designed to help  customers with their structured and unstructured
information. HP’s security solutions provide  security from the infrastructure through applications and
information. HP’s Software offerings include licenses, support, professional services and SaaS.

HP Financial Services acts as a strategic enabler for HP by  providing financing for  customers to

purchase complete IT solutions, including  hardware, software and  services  from HP. HPFS offers
financial solutions to customers to manage to the  lowest total cost of ownership—from planning and
acquiring  technology  all  the  way  to  replacing  or  retiring  it.  HPFS  offers  leasing,  financing,  utility
programs  and  asset  management  services  for  large  enterprise  customers.  HPFS  also  helps  customers  to
manage the risks of dealing with older  or surplus IT equipment, which helps provide full life cycle
coverage to HPFS customers.

Corporate Investments includes HP Labs, the webOS business and certain business incubation

projects.

Segment Data

HP derives the results of the business segments  directly from its internal management reporting
system. The accounting policies HP uses to derive business segment  results are  substantially  the same
as those the consolidated company uses. Management measures the performance of each business
segment based on several metrics, including earnings  from  operations. Management uses these  results,
in part, to evaluate the performance  of, and to assign resources to, each of the  business  segments. HP
does not allocate to its business segments certain operating expenses,  which it manages separately at
the corporate level. These unallocated costs include restructuring charges, amortization of intangible
assets,  impairment  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  certain  stock-based  compensation  expense  and
acquisition-related charges, as well as certain corporate governance costs.

Segment revenue includes revenues from sales  to  external customers  and  intersegment revenues
that reflect transactions between the  segments that  are  carried out  at an arm’s-length transfer price.
Intersegment revenues primarily consist  of sales  of hardware and software that are  sourced internally
and, in the majority of the cases, are classified as operating leases  within HPFS. HP’s  Consolidated Net

160

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 18:  Segment Information (Continued)

Revenue is derived and reported after elimination of intersegment  revenues  for such arrangements in
accordance with U.S. GAAP.

To provide improved visibility and comparability, HP has reflected the 2013  changes effective in

the first quarter of fiscal 2013 to its reporting structure in prior financial reporting periods on  an as-if
basis, which has resulted in the transfer  of  revenue and operating profit among  the Personal Systems,
EG, ES and Corporate Investments segments. These changes had no impact on the previously reported
financial results for the Printing, Software or HPFS segments.  In addition,  none of these changes
impacted HP’s previously reported consolidated net revenue, earnings  from operations, net earnings or
net earnings per share.

Selected operating results information for each  business segment was as  follows for  the following

fiscal years ended October 31:

Printing and
Personal Systems

Personal
Systems Printing

Enterprise Enterprise

Group

Services

2013
Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $31,124
947
Intersegment net revenue and other . . . .

$23,643
211

$27,303
880

$23,041
479

Total segment net revenue . . . . . . . . . $32,071

$23,854

$28,183

$23,520

Software(1)

In  millions

$3,593
320

$3,913

Earnings (loss) from operations . . . . . . $

949

$ 3,890

$ 4,301

$

679

$ 866

2012
Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $34,774
951
Intersegment net revenue and other . . . .

$24,266
221

$28,628
1,151

$25,091
518

Total segment net revenue . . . . . . . . . $35,725

$24,487

$29,779

$25,609

$3,757
303

$4,060

Earnings (loss) from operations . . . . . . $ 1,689

$ 3,585

$ 5,194

$ 1,045

$ 827

2011
Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $38,448
1,206
Intersegment net revenue and other . . . .

$25,874
302

$30,135
1,325

$25,938
330

Total segment net revenue . . . . . . . . . $39,654

$26,176

$31,460

$26,268

$3,128
239

$3,367

Earnings (loss) from operations . . . . . . $ 2,327

$ 3,927

$ 6,265

$ 1,972

$ 722

HP Financial
Services

Corporate
Investments(2)

Total

$3,570
59

$3,629

$ 399

$3,784
35

$3,819

$ 388

$3,568
28

$3,596

$ 348

$

$

24
—

24

$112,298
2,896

$115,194

$ (236)

$ 10,848

$

$

57
1

58

$120,357
3,180

$123,537

$ (233)

$ 12,495

$

$

154
12

166

$127,245
3,442

$130,687

$(1,633)

$ 13,928

(1)

(2)

Includes the results of Autonomy from the date of acquisition in October 2011.

Includes the impact of the decision to wind  down  the webOS device business during the quarter ended October  31, 2011.

161

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 18:  Segment Information (Continued)

The  reconciliation  of  segment  operating  results  to  HP  consolidated  results  was  as  follows  for  the

fiscal years ended October 31:

Net revenue:
Segment total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elimination of intersegment net revenue  and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$115,194
(2,896)

$123,537
(3,180)

$130,687
(3,442)

Total HP consolidated net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$112,298

$120,357

$127,245

2013

2012

2011

In millions

Earnings before taxes:
Total segment earnings from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate and unallocated costs and  eliminations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unallocated costs related to certain stock-based compensation

expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition-related charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 10,848
(832)

$ 12,495
(787)

$ 13,928
(314)

(500)
(1,373)

(635)
(1,784)
— (18,035)
(2,266)
(45)
(876)

(990)
(22)
(621)

(618)
(1,607)
(885)
(645)
(182)
(695)

Total HP consolidated earnings (loss)  before  taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

6,510

$ (11,933) $

8,982

HP  allocates  assets  to  its  business  segments  based  on  the  segments  primarily  benefiting  from  the

assets.  Total  assets  by  segment  and  the  reconciliation  of  segment  assets  to  HP  consolidated  assets  were
as follows at October 31:

2013

2012

2011

Personal Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 11,870
10,705

Printing and Personal Systems Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Enterprise Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HP Financial Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate Investments
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate and unallocated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

22,575

30,858
15,229
11,868
12,011
123
13,012

In millions
$ 12,752
11,169

$ 15,781
11,939

23,921

30,851
16,383
12,264
12,924
248
12,177

27,720

32,388
25,765
21,028
13,543
517
8,556

Total HP consolidated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$105,676

$108,768

$129,517

Assets  allocated to the Personal Systems segment in  fiscal 2012 decreased as compared to fiscal

2011 as a result of an impairment charge impacting the ‘‘Compaq’’ trade name  as described  further in
Note  6.  Assets  allocated  to  the  ES  segment  decreased  in  fiscal  2012  due  primarily  to  a  goodwill
impairment charge as described further in Note 6. In  addition,  assets allocated to the Software segment
decreased in fiscal 2012 due primarily to intangible asset and goodwill impairment charges  related to
the  Autonomy  reporting  unit  as  described  further  in  Note  6.

162

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 18:  Segment Information (Continued)

Major Customers

No single customer represented 10% or  more of HP’s  total net revenue in  any fiscal year

presented.

Geographic Information

Net revenue, classified by the major geographic areas in  which HP operates, was  as follows for  the

following fiscal years ended October  31:

2013

2012

2011

In millions

Net revenue:
U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-U.S.

$ 40,284
72,014

$ 42,140
78,217

$ 44,111
83,134

Total HP consolidated net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$112,298

$120,357

$127,245

Net revenue by geographic area is based upon the sales location  that predominately represents the
customer location. For each of the fiscal years ended October  31, 2013, 2012 and  2011, other than  the
United States, no country represented more  than 10% of HP’s total consolidated net revenue. HP
reports revenue net of sales taxes, use  taxes and value-added taxes  directly imposed  by  governmental
authorities on HP’s revenue producing transactions with its customers.

At October 31, 2013 and 2012, the United States, the  Cayman Islands  and Ireland  each had  10%
or more of HP’s consolidated net assets. At October 31,  2011, the United States and  the Netherlands
each  had 10% or more of HP’s consolidated net  assets.

Net property, plant and equipment, classified by major geographic  areas in which HP operates, was

as follows for the following fiscal years ended  October 31:

Net property, plant and equipment:
U.S.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.K.
Other countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5,546
1,090
4,827

$ 5,894
1,195
4,865

$ 6,126
1,195
4,971

Total HP consolidated net property, plant and  equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .

$11,463

$11,954

$12,292

2013

2012

2011

In millions

163

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

Note 18:  Segment Information (Continued)

Net revenue by segment and business unit

The following table provides net revenue by segment and business unit  for the  following  fiscal

years ended October 31:

Net revenue:

2013

2012

2011

In millions

Notebooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Desktops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Workstations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 16,029
12,844
2,147
1,051

$ 18,830
13,888
2,148
859

$ 21,319
15,260
2,216
859

Personal Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consumer Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Printing and Personal Systems Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Industry Standard Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Critical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Enterprise Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application and Business Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Enterprise Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HP Financial Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate Investments(2)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32,071

15,716
5,702
2,436

23,854

55,925

12,102
8,890
3,475
2,526
1,190

28,183

14,682
8,838

23,520

3,913
3,629
24

35,725

16,151
5,895
2,441

24,487

60,212

12,582
9,288
3,815
2,482
1,612

29,779

15,792
9,817

25,609

4,060
3,819
58

39,654

17,154
6,183
2,839

26,176

65,830

13,521
9,396
4,056
2,392
2,095

31,460

16,290
9,978

26,268

3,367
3,596
166

Total segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

115,194

123,537

130,687

Eliminations of intersegment net revenue and other . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2,896)

(3,180)

(3,442)

Total HP consolidated net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$112,298

$120,357

$127,245

(1)

(2)

Includes  the results of Autonomy from the date  of  acquisition in  October 2011.

Includes  the impact of the decision to wind down the webOS device business during the  quarter
ended October 31, 2011.

164

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES
Quarterly Summary
(Unaudited)
(In millions, except per share amounts)

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost  of  sales(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and  administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization  of  intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition-related  charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings  from  operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest  and other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings  before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for  taxes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net earnings per share:(2)

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash  dividends paid  per  share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range of per share stock prices on  the  New  York  Stock Exchange

Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost  of  sales(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and  administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization  of  intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment  of goodwill  and  intangible  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition-related charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings  (loss) from  operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest  and other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings  (loss) before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Provision) benefit  for taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net earnings (loss) per share:(2)

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash  dividends paid  per  share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range of per share stock prices on  the  New  York  Stock Exchange

Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Three-month periods ended in fiscal 2013

January 31

April 30

July 31

October  31

$28,359
22,029
794
3,300
350
130
4
26,607
1,752
(179)
1,573
(341)
$ 1,232

$
$
$

0.63
0.63
0.13

$ 11.35
$ 17.45

$27,582
21,055
815
3,342
350
408
11
25,981
1,601
(193)
1,408
(331)
$ 1,077

$27,226
20,859
797
3,274
356
81
4
25,371
1,855
(146)
1,709
(319)
$ 1,390

$
$
$

0.56
0.55
0.13

$
$
$

0.72
0.71
0.15

$ 16.03
$ 24.05

$ 20.15
$ 26.71

$29,131
22,437
729
3,351
317
371
3
27,208
1,923
(103)
1,820
(406)
$ 1,414

$
$
$

0.74
0.73
0.15

$ 20.25
$ 27.78

Three-month periods ended in fiscal 2012

January 31

April 30

July 31

October  31

$30,036
23,313
786
3,367
466
—
40
22
27,994
2,042
(221)
1,821
(353)
$ 1,468

$
$
$

0.74
0.73
0.12

$ 25.02
$ 28.88

$30,693
23,541
850
3,540
470
—
53
17
28,471
2,222
(243)
1,979
(386)
$ 1,593

$29,669
22,820
854
3,366
476
9,188
1,795
3
38,502
(8,833)
(224)
(9,057)
200
$ (8,857)

$
$
$

0.80
0.80
0.12

$ (4.49)
$ (4.49)
0.13
$

$29,959
22,711
909
3,227
372
8,847
378
3
36,447
(6,488)
(188)
(6,676)
(178)
$ (6,854)

$ (3.49)
$ (3.49)
0.13
$

$ 22.85
$ 30.00

$ 17.73
$ 25.40

$ 13.80
$ 20.26

(1)

(2)

Cost of products,  cost of services and  financing interest.

EPS  for  each quarter is computed using  the  weighted-average number of shares outstanding during that quarter,
while  EPS for the fiscal year is computed  using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year.
Thus the sum  of the EPS for  each of the  four quarters may not equal the EPS for the fiscal year.

165

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements  with Accountants on Accounting and  Financial Disclosure.

None.

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of  our management, including  our  principal
executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted  an evaluation of  the effectiveness  of the
design and operation of our disclosure  controls  and procedures, as  defined  in Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of  the end of the period covered by this report  (the ‘‘Evaluation
Date’’). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer
concluded as of the Evaluation Date that  our disclosure controls  and procedures  were effective such
that the information relating to HP, including our consolidated subsidiaries, required  to  be  disclosed in
our  SEC reports (i) is recorded, processed,  summarized  and reported within the  time periods specified
in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated  to  HP’s management,  including our
principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate  to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.

Under the supervision and with the participation of  our management, including  our  principal
executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted  an evaluation of  any changes  in our
internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and  15d-15(f) under
the Exchange Act) that occurred during  our most recently completed fiscal quarter. Based on that
evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that there  has not
been any change in our internal control  over financial reporting during that quarter that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal  control over financial reporting.

See Management’s Report on Internal  Control over  Financial Reporting and the Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting  Firm on our internal control over financial reporting in
Item 8, which are incorporated herein  by reference.

ITEM 9B. Other Information.

None.

166

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

PART III

The names of the  executive officers of HP  and  their  ages,  titles and biographies as  of  the date

hereof are incorporated by reference from Part  I, Item 1, above.

The following information is included in HP’s Proxy Statement related to its 2014 Annual Meeting

of Stockholders to be filed within 120  days after  HP’s fiscal year end of October 31, 2013  (the  ‘‘Proxy
Statement’’) and is incorporated herein by reference:

• Information regarding directors of  HP who are standing for reelection  and any persons

nominated to become directors of HP is  set forth under ‘‘Proposals to be Voted  On—Proposal
No. 1—Election of Directors.’’

• Information regarding HP’s Audit  Committee and designated ‘‘audit  committee financial

experts’’ is set forth under ‘‘Board Structure and Committee Composition—Audit Committee.’’

• Information on HP’s code of business conduct and  ethics for  directors, officers and employees,

also known as the ‘‘Standards of Business Conduct,’’ and on HP’s  Corporate Governance
Guidelines is set forth under ‘‘Corporate  Governance Principles  and Board Matters.’’

• Information regarding Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance is  set forth under

‘‘Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership  Reporting Compliance.’’

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation.

The following information is included in the  Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by

reference:

• Information regarding HP’s compensation of its named executive officers is  set forth under

‘‘Executive Compensation.’’

• Information regarding HP’s compensation of its directors is  set  forth under  ‘‘Director

Compensation and Stock Ownership Guidelines.’’

• The report of HP’s HR and Compensation Committee is set forth under ‘‘HR  and

Compensation Committee Report on  Executive Compensation.’’

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain  Beneficial Owners  and  Management  and Related Stockholder

Matters.

The following information is included in the  Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by

reference:

• Information regarding security ownership of certain  beneficial owners,  directors and executive

officers is set forth under ‘‘Common Stock  Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners  and
Management.’’

• Information regarding HP’s equity compensation plans, including both stockholder approved

plans and non-stockholder approved plans, is set forth in the section entitled  ‘‘Equity
Compensation Plan Information.’’

167

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and  Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The following information is included in the  Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by

reference:

• Information regarding transactions  with  related persons  is set forth under ‘‘Transactions with

Related Persons.’’

• Information regarding director independence  is set forth  under ‘‘Corporate Governance

Principles and Board Matters—Director  Independence.’’

ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and  Services.

Information regarding principal auditor fees and services is set forth under ‘‘Principal  Accounting

Fees and Services’’ in the Proxy Statement, which information is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.

168

PART IV

ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1. All Financial Statements:

The following financial statements are filed as  part of  this  report  under Item  8—‘‘Financial

Statements and Supplementary Data.’’

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’  Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quarterly Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

77
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
165

2.

Financial Statement Schedules:

All schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable  or  the information is

presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto  in Item  8 above.

3. Exhibits:

A list of exhibits filed or furnished with  this Annual Report on Form 10-K (or incorporated by

reference to exhibits previously filed or furnished by HP) is provided in the accompanying  Exhibit
Index. HP will furnish copies of exhibits for a reasonable fee  (covering the expense of furnishing
copies)  upon request. Stockholders may  request  exhibits copies  by contacting:

Hewlett-Packard Company
Attn: Investor Relations
3000 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, CA 94304

169

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section  13  or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the

registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its  behalf  by the undersigned,  thereunto duly
authorized.

Date:  December  27,  2013

HEWLETT-PACKARD  COMPANY

By:

/s/ CATHERINE A. LESJAK

Catherine A. Lesjak
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE  PRESENTS, that  each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Catherine  A.  Lesjak, John F. Schultz and Rishi  Varma,  or any  of them,
his or  her attorneys-in-fact, for such person in any and  all capacities, to sign any amendments to this
report and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby  ratifying and confirming all that either of said
attorneys-in-fact, or substitute or substitutes, may do or  cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934, this report has been signed

below by the following persons on behalf of  the registrant and in the capacities  and on the dates
indicated.

Signature

Title(s)

Date

/s/ MARGARET C. WHITMAN

Margaret C. Whitman

/s/ CATHERINE A. LESJAK

Catherine A. Lesjak

/s/ JEFF T. RICCI

Jeff T. Ricci

/s/ MARC L.  ANDREESSEN

Marc L. Andreessen

/s/ SHUMEET BANERJI

Shumeet Banerji

/s/ ROBERT R. BENNETT

Robert R. Bennett

/s/ RAJIV L.  GUPTA

Rajiv L. Gupta

President, Chief Executive Officer

and  Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Executive Vice President and Chief

Financial  Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

December  27,  2013

December  27,  2013

Vice President and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

December  27,  2013

Director

Director

Director

Director

170

December  27,  2013

December  27,  2013

December  27,  2013

December  27,  2013

Signature

Title(s)

Date

/s/ RAYMOND J.  LANE

Raymond J. Lane

/s/ ANN M. LIVERMORE

Ann M. Livermore

/s/ RAYMOND E. OZZIE

Raymond E. Ozzie

/s/ GARY M.  REINER

Gary M. Reiner

/s/ PATRICIA F. RUSSO

Patricia F. Russo

/s/ JAMES A. SKINNER

James A. Skinner

/s/ RALPH V. WHITWORTH

Ralph V. Whitworth

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

December  27,  2013

December  27,  2013

December  27,  2013

December  27,  2013

December  27,  2013

December  27,  2013

Non-Executive  Chairman

December  27,  2013

171

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND  SUBSIDIARIES
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit(s)

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference

3(a) Registrant’s Certificate of

10-Q 001-04423

3(a)

June 12, 1998

Incorporation.

3(b) Registrant’s Amendment to the
Certificate of Incorporation.

10-Q 001-04423

3(b)

March 16, 2001

3(c) Registrant’s Amended and Restated
Bylaws effective November 20, 2013.

8-K 001-04423

4(a) Senior  Indenture  between  the

S-3 333-134327

3.1

4.9

November 26, 2013

June  7,  2006

Registrant and The Bank of New
York Mellon Trust Company,
National Association, as successor in
interest to J.P. Morgan Trust
Company, National Association
(formerly known as Chase Manhattan
Bank and Trust Company, National
Association), as Trustee, dated
June 1, 2000.

4(b) Form  of  Subordinated  Indenture.

S-3

333-30786

4.2

March 17,  2000

4(c) Form of Registrant’s Floating Rate

Global  Note due March 1, 2012,
5.25% Global Note due March 1,
2012 and 5.40% Global Note due
March 1, 2017.

4(d) Form of Registrant’s Floating Rate

Global  Note due September 3, 2009,
4.50% Global Note due March 1,
2013 and 5.50% Global Note due
March 1, 2018.

4(e) Form of Registrant’s 6.125% Global
Note due March 1, 2014 and form of
related Officers’ Certificate.

4(f) Form of Registrant’s Floating Rate
Global  Note due February 24, 2011,
4.250% Global Note due
February 24, 2012 and 4.750% Global
Note due June 2, 2014 and form of
related Officers’ Certificate.

8-K 001-04423 4.1, 4.2 and February 28, 2007
4.3

8-K 001-04423 4.1, 4.2 and February 29, 2008
4.3

8-K 001-04423

4.1 and 4.2 December 8, 2008

8-K 001-04423

4.1, 4.2,  4.3 February 27,  2009

and 4.4

4(g) Form of Registrant’s Floating Rate

8-K 001-04423

4.1, 4.2, 4.3 September 13, 2010

Global  Note due September 13, 2012,
1.250% Global Note due
September 13, 2013 and 2.125%
Global  Note due September 13, 2015
and form of related Officers’
Certificate.

and 4.4

172

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit(s)

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference

4(h) Form of Registrant’s 2.200% Global
Note due December 1, 2015 and
3.750% Global Note due
December 1, 2020 and form of
related Officers’ Certificate.

4(i) Form of Registrant’s Floating Rate
Global Note due May 24, 2013,
Floating Rate Global Note due
May 30, 2014, 1.550% Global Note
due May 30, 2014, 2.650% Global
Note due June 1, 2016 and 4.300%
Global Note due June 1, 2021 and
form of related Officers’ Certificate.

8-K 001-04423 4.1, 4.2 and December 2,  2010
4.3

8-K 001-04423 4.1, 4.2, 4.3,
4.4, 4.5 and
4.6

June 1,  2011

4(j) Form of Registrant’s Floating Rate

8-K 001-04423 4.1,  4.2, 4.3, September 19, 2011

Global Note due September 19, 2014,
2.350% Global Note due March 15,
2015, 3.000% Global Note due
September 15, 2016, 4.375% Global
Note due September 15, 2021 and
6.000% Global Note due
September 15, 2041 and form of
related Officers’ Certificate.

4(k) Form of Registrant’s 2.625% Global
Note due December 9, 2014, 3.300%
Global Note due December 9, 2016,
4.650% Global Note due
December 9, 2021 and related
Officers’ Certificate.

4(l) Form of Registrant’s 2.600% Global

Note due September 15, 2017 and
4.050% Global Note due
September 15, 2022 and related
Officers’ Certificate.

4.4, 4.5 and
4.6

8-K 001-04423

4.1,  4.2, 4.3 December 12,  2011

and 4.4

8-K 001-04423 4.1, 4.2 and March  12, 2012
4.3

4(m) Specimen certificate for the
Registrant’s common stock.

8-A/A 001-04423

10(a) Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive

S-8 333-114253

4.1

4.1

June  23, 2006

April 7, 2004

Plan.*

10(b) Registrant’s 2000 Stock Plan,

10-K 001-04423

10(b)

December 18,  2008

amended and restated effective
September 17, 2008.*

10(c) Registrant’s Excess Benefit

8-K 001-04423

10.2

September 21, 2006

Retirement Plan, amended and
restated  as of January 1, 2006.*

10(d) Hewlett-Packard Company Cash

8-K 001-04423

99.3

November 23, 2005

Account Restoration Plan, amended
and restated as of January 1, 2005.*

173

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit(s)

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference

10(e) Registrant’s 2005 Pay-for-Results

10-K 001-04423

10(h)

December 14,  2011

Plan, as amended.*

10(f) Registrant’s 2005 Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan, as amended and
restated effective October 1, 2006.*

8-K 001-04423

10.1

September 21,  2006

10(g) First Amendment to the Registrant’s

10-Q 001-04423

10(q)

June  8, 2007

2005 Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan, as amended and
restated  effective October 1, 2006.*

10(h) Employment Agreement, dated

10-Q 001-04423

10(x)

September 8,  2005

June 9, 2005, between Registrant and
R. Todd Bradley.*

10(i) Registrant’s Executive Severance

10-Q 001-04423

10(u)(u)

June 13, 2002

Agreement.*

10(j) Registrant’s Executive Officers
Severance Agreement.*

10-Q 001-04423

10(v)(v)

June 13, 2002

10(k) Form letter regarding severance

8-K 001-04423

10.2

March 22, 2005

offset for restricted stock and
restricted units.*

10(l) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
for Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan, Registrant’s 2000 Stock Plan, as
amended, and Registrant’s 1995
Incentive Stock Plan, as amended.*

10-Q 001-04423

10(b)(b)

June 8, 2007

10(m) Form of Restricted Stock Unit

10-Q 001-04423

10(c)(c)

June 8,  2007

Agreement for Registrant’s 2004
Stock Incentive Plan.*

10(n) Second Amendment to the

10-K 001-04423

10(l)(l)

December 18, 2007

Registrant’s 2005 Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan, as amended and
restated  effective October 1, 2006.*

10(o) Form of Agreement Regarding

8-K 001-04423

10.2

January  24, 2008

Confidential Information and
Proprietary Developments
(California).*

10(p) Form of Agreement Regarding

10-Q 001-04423

10(o)(o) March 10, 2008

Confidential Information and
Proprietary Developments (Texas).*

10(q) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
for Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan.*

10-Q 001-04423

10(p)(p) March 10, 2008

10(r) Form of Restricted Stock Unit

10-Q 001-04423

10(q)(q) March 10, 2008

Agreement for Registrant’s 2004
Stock Incentive Plan.*

174

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit(s)

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference

10(s) Form of Stock Option Agreement for
Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan.*

10-Q 001-04423

10(r)(r) March 10, 2008

10(t) Form of Option Agreement for

10-Q 001-04423

10(t)(t)

June 6, 2008

Registrant’s 2000 Stock Plan.*

10(u) Form of Common Stock Payment
Agreement for Registrant’s 2000
Stock Plan.*

10-Q 001-04423

10(u)(u)

June 6, 2008

10(v) Third Amendment to the Registrant’s

10-K 001-04423

10(v)(v)

December 18, 2008

2005 Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan, as amended and
restated effective October 1, 2006.*

10(w) Form of Stock Notification and
Award Agreement for awards of
restricted stock units.*

10(x) Form of Stock Notification and
Award Agreement for awards of
non-qualified stock options.*

10(y) Form of Stock Notification and
Award Agreement for awards of
restricted stock.*

10-K 001-04423

10(w)(w) December 18, 2008

10-K 001-04423

10(y)(y)

December 18, 2008

10-K 001-04423

10(z)(z)

December 18, 2008

10(z) Form of Restricted Stock Unit

10-Q 001-04423

10(a)(a)(a) March 10, 2009

Agreement for Registrant’s 2004
Stock Incentive Plan.*

10(a)(a) First Amendment to the Hewlett-
Packard Company Excess Benefit
Retirement Plan.*

10-Q 001-04423

10(b)(b)(b) March  10, 2009

10(b)(b) Fourth Amendment to the

10-Q 001-04423

10(c)(c)(c)

June 5, 2009

Registrant’s 2005 Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan, as amended and
restated effective October 1, 2006.*

10(c)(c) Fifth Amendment to the Registrant’s

10-Q 001-04423

10(d)(d)(d) September 4, 2009

2005 Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan, as amended and
restated effective October 1, 2006.*

10(d)(d) Amended and Restated Hewlett-

8-K 001-04423

10.2

March 23,  2010

Packard Company 2004 Stock
Incentive Plan.*

10(e)(e) Form of Stock Notification and
Award Agreement for awards of
restricted stock units.*

10(f)(f) Form of Stock Notification and
Award Agreement for awards of
performance-based restricted units.*

10-K 001-04423

10(f)(f)(f) December 15, 2010

10-K 001-04423

10(g)(g)(g) December 15, 2010

175

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit(s)

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference

10(g)(g) Form of Stock Notification  and
Award Agreement for awards of
restricted stock.*

10(h)(h) Form of Stock Notification and
Award Agreement for awards of
non-qualified stock options.*

10-K 001-04423

10(h)(h)(h) December  15, 2010

10-K 001-04423

10(i)(i)(i) December 15, 2010

10(i)(i) Form of Agreement Regarding

10-K 001-04423

10(j)(j)(j) December 15, 2010

Confidential Information and
Proprietary Developments
(California—new hires).*

10(j)(j) Form of Agreement Regarding

10-K 001-04423

10(k)(k)(k) December 15, 2010

Confidential Information and
Proprietary Developments
(California—current employees).*

10(k)(k) Letter Agreement, dated

10-K 001-04423

10(l)(l)(l) December 15, 2010

December 15, 2010, between the
Registrant and Catherine A. Lesjak.*

10(l)(l) First Amendment to the Registrant’s

10-Q 001-04423

10(o)(o)(o) September  9, 2011

Executive Deferred Compensation
Plan, as amended  and restated
effective October 1, 2004.*

10(m)(m) Sixth Amendment to the Registrant’s
2005 Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan, as amended and
restated effective October 1, 2006.*

10-Q 001-04423

10(p)(p)(p) September 9, 2011

10(n)(n) Employment offer letter, dated

8-K 001-04423

10.2

September 29, 2011

September 27, 2011, between the
Registrant and Margaret C.
Whitman.*

10(o)(o) Letter Agreement, dated

8-K 001-04423

99.1

November 17, 2011

November 17, 2011, among the
Registrant, Relational Investors LLC
and the other parties named therein.*

10(p)(p) Seventh Amendment to the

10-K 001-04423

10(e)(e)(e) December 14, 2011

Registrant’s 2005 Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan, as amended and
restated effective October 1, 2006.*

10(q)(q) Registrant’s Severance Plan  for

Executive Officers, as amended and
restated September 18, 2013.*‡

10(r)(r) Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement,
dated March 16, 2012, between the
Registrant and Margaret C.
Whitman.*

10-Q 001-04423

10(h)(h)(h)

June  8, 2012

176

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit(s)

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference

8-K 001-04423

10.2

March 21, 2013

10-Q 001-04423

10(t)(t)

June  6, 2013

10-Q 001-04423

10(u)(u)

June 6, 2013

10(s)(s) Second Amended and Restated
Hewlett-Packard Company 2004
Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
effective February 28, 2013.*

10(t)(t) Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement,
dated April 22, 2013, between the
Registrant and John M. Hinshaw.*

10(u)(u) Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement,
dated April 22, 2013, between the
Registrant and R. Todd Bradley.*

11 None.

12 Statement of Computation of Ratio
of Earnings to Fixed Charges.‡

13-14 None.

16 None.

18 None.

21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant as of

October 31, 2013.‡

22 None.

23 Consent of Independent Registered

Public Accounting Firm.‡

24 Power of Attorney (included on the

signature page).

31.1 Certification of Chief Executive

Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)
and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.‡

31.2 Certification of Chief Financial

Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)
and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.‡

32 Certification of Chief Executive

Officer and Chief Financial Officer
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.†

101.INS XBRL Instance Document.‡

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension  Schema

Document.‡

101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension

Calculation Linkbase Document.‡

177

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit(s)

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension

Definition Linkbase Document.‡

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label

Linkbase Document.‡

101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension

Presentation Linkbase Document.‡

*

‡

†

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan,  contract or arrangement.

Filed herewith.

Furnished herewith.

The registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission supplementally upon  request  a copy of (1)  any
instrument with respect to long-term debt not filed herewith as  to  which the total  amount  of  securities
authorized thereunder does not exceed  10% of the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on
a consolidated basis and (2) any omitted  schedules to any material  plan of acquisition, disposition  or
reorganization set forth above.

178

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Statements of Computation of Ratio  of Earnings to Fixed Charges(1)

Exhibit 12

Earnings (loss):

Earnings (loss) before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments:

Non-controlling interests in the income  of

Fiscal years ended October 31

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

In millions, except ratios

$6,510

$(11,933) $ 8,982

$10,974

$ 9,415

subsidiaries with fixed charges . . . . . . . . . . . .

69

102

75

Undistributed (earnings) loss of equity  method

investees

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4)
1,162

(2)
1,297

3
1,027

108

12
868

74

2
1,098

$7,737

$(10,536) $10,087

$11,962

$10,589

Fixed charges:

Total interest expense, including interest expense
on borrowings, amortization of debt discount
and premium on all indebtedness and other . . . .
Interest included in rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 769
393

$

$

865
432

551
476

Total fixed charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,162

$ 1,297

$ 1,027

$

$

417
451

868

$

585
513

$ 1,098

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (excess  of  fixed

charges over earnings) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.7x

$(11,833)

9.8x

13.8x

9.6x

(1) HP computed the ratio of earnings to  fixed  charges  by dividing  earnings (earnings before taxes,

adjusted  for fixed charges, non-controlling interests in  the income  of subsidiaries with fixed charges
and undistributed earnings or loss of equity method investees) by fixed charges for the periods
indicated. Fixed charges include (i) interest expense on  borrowings and amortization of debt
discount or premium on all indebtedness and other, and (ii) a reasonable approximation  of  the
interest factor deemed to be included in rent expense.

Principal Subsidiaries of Hewlett-Packard Company

The registrant’s principal subsidiaries and affiliates as  of October 31,  2013 are  included in the list

Exhibit 21

below.

ANGOLA

—Hewlett-Packard Angola, Ltda.

ARGENTINA

—Hewlett-Packard Argentina S.R.L.

AUSTRALIA

—Hewlett-Packard Australia Pty. Ltd.

—HP Enterprise Services Australia Pty Ltd

—HP Financial Services (Australia) Pty  Limited

AUSTRIA

—Hewlett-Packard Gesellschaft mbH

BELGIUM

—Hewlett-Packard Belgium SPRL/BVBA

—Hewlett-Packard Coordination Center SVBA/SCRL

BERMUDA

—High Tech Services Insurance, Ltd.

BOTSWANA

—HP Botswana (Proprietary) Limited

BRAZIL

—Hewlett-Packard Brasil Ltda.

—HP Financial Services Arrendamento Mercantil S.A.

BULGARIA

—Hewlett-Packard Bulgaria EOOD

CANADA

—Hewlett-Packard (Canada) Co.

—Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Canada Company

CAYMAN ISLANDS

—Compaq Cayman Holdings Company

—Compaq Cayman Islands Vision Company

—Hewlett-Packard G1 SPV (Cayman)  Company

CHILE

—Hewlett-Packard Chile Comercial Limitada

—HP Financial Services (Chile) Limitada

CHINA

—China Hewlett-Packard Co., Ltd.

—Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd

—Hewlett-Packard (Chongqing) Co., Ltd

—Hewlett-Packard Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

—Hewlett-Packard Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

—Shanghai Hewlett-Packard Co. Ltd.

COLOMBIA

—Hewlett Packard Colombia Ltda.

COSTA RICA

—Hewlett-Packard Costa Rica Ltda

CROATIA

—Hewlett-Packard d.o.o.

CYPRUS

—Hewlett-Packard Cyprus Ltd

CZECH REPUBLIC

—Hewlett-Packard s.r.o.

DENMARK

—Hewlett-Packard ApS

ECUADOR

—Hewlett-Packard Ecuador CIA Ltda

EGYPT

—Hewlett-Packard Egypt Ltd.

FINLAND

—Hewlett-Packard OY

FRANCE

—Hewlett-Packard France SAS

GERMANY

—Hewlett-Packard GmbH

GHANA

—Hewlett-Packard Ghana Limited

GREECE

—Hewlett-Packard Hellas EPE

GUATEMALA

—Hewlett-Packard Guatemala, Limitada

HONG  KONG

—Hewlett-Packard HK SAR Ltd.

HUNGARY

—Hewlett-Packard Magyarorsz´ag Kft.

INDIA

—Hewlett-Packard Globalsoft Private  Limited

—Hewlett-Packard India Sales Private  Limited

—MphasiS Limited

INDONESIA

—PT. Hewlett-Packard Indonesia

IRELAND

—Hewlett-Packard International Bank  Public Limited Company

—Hewlett-Packard Ireland Limited

—Hewlett-Packard (Manufacturing) Ltd.

ISRAEL

—Hewlett-Packard Indigo Ltd.

ITALY

—Hewlett-Packard Italiana S.r.l.

JAPAN

—Hewlett-Packard Japan Ltd.

—HP Financial Services (Japan) K.K.

KOREA, REPUBLIC OF

—Hewlett-Packard Korea Ltd.

—HP Financial Services Company (Korea)

LATVIA

—Hewlett-Packard SIA

LITHUANIA

—UAB Hewlett-Packard

LUXEMBOURG

—Hewlett-Packard Luxembourg S.C.A.

MACAU

—Hewlett-Packard Macau Limited

MALAYSIA

—Hewlett-Packard (M) Sdn. Bhd.

MEXICO

—Hewlett-Packard Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.

—Hewlett-Packard Operations Mexico,  S.  de R.L. de C.V.

MOROCCO

—Hewlett-Packard SARL

MOZAMBIQUE

—Hewlett-Packard Mo¸cambique, Limitada

NETHERLANDS

—Compaq Trademark B.V.

—Hewlett-Packard Caribe B.V.

—Hewlett-Packard Europe B.V.

—Hewlett-Packard Europa Holding B.V.

—Hewlett-Packard Indigo B.V.

—Hewlett-Packard Nederland B.V.

—Hewlett-Packard Vision B.V.

NEW ZEALAND

—Hewlett-Packard New Zealand

NIGERIA

—Hewlett-Packard (Nigeria) Limited

NORWAY

—Hewlett-Packard Norge AS

PERU

—Hewlett-Packard Peru S.R.L.

PHILIPPINES

—Hewlett-Packard Philippines Corporation

POLAND

—Hewlett-Packard Polska Sp. z.o.o.

PORTUGAL

—Hewlett-Packard Portugal Lda.

PUERTO RICO

—Hewlett-Packard Technology Center, Inc.

ROMANIA

—Hewlett-Packard (Romania) SRL

RUSSIA

—ZAO Hewlett-Packard A.O.

SERBIA

—Hewlett-Packard d.o.o.

SINGAPORE

—Hewlett-Packard Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.

—Hewlett-Packard International Pte Ltd

—Hewlett-Packard Singapore (Private) Limited

—Hewlett-Packard Singapore (Sales) Pte. Ltd.

SLOVAKIA

—Hewlett-Packard Slovakia s.r.o.

SLOVENIA

—Hewlett-Packard d.o.o., druzba za tehnoloˇske reˇstive

SOUTH AFRICA

—Hewlett-Packard South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

SPAIN

—Hewlett-Packard Espa˜nola S.L.

SWEDEN

—Hewlett-Packard Sverige AB

SWITZERLAND

—Hewlett-Packard International S`arl

—Hewlett-Packard (Schweiz) GmbH

TAIWAN

—Hewlett-Packard Taiwan Ltd.

TANZANIA

—Hewlett-Packard (Tanzania) Limited

THAILAND

—Hewlett-Packard (Thailand) Limited

TURKEY

—Hewlett-Packard Teknoloji  ¸C¨oz¨umleri Limited  ¸Sirketi

UGANDA

—Hewlett Packard Uganda Limited

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

—Hewlett-Packard Middle East FZ-LLC

UNITED KINGDOM

—Hewlett-Packard Limited

—Hewlett-Packard Manufacturing Ltd

—HP Enterprise Services UK Ltd

UNITED STATES

—3Com International, Inc.

—3Par Inc.

—ArcSight, LLC

—Compaq Computer (Delaware), LLC

—Computer Insurance Company

—Compaq Latin America Corporation

—EDS Global Contracts, LLC

—EDS World Corporation (Far East) LLC

—EDS World Corporation (Netherlands) LLC

—EYP Mission Critical Facilities, Inc.

—Hewlett-Packard Administrative Services LLC

—Hewlett-Packard Asia Pacific Services  Corporation

—Hewlett-Packard Bermuda Enterprises, LLC

—Hewlett-Packard Brazil Holdings, LLC

—Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.

—Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Company

—Hewlett-Packard Luxembourg Enterprises, LLC

—Hewlett-Packard Products CV 1, LLC

—Hewlett-Packard Products CV 2, LLC

—Hewlett-Packard Software, LLC

—Hewlett-Packard State & Local Enterprise Services, Inc.

—Hewlett-Packard World Services Corporation

—Hewlett-Packard World Trade, LLC

—HP Enterprise Services, LLC

—HP Financial Services International Holdings Company

—HPFS Global Holdings I, LLC

—Indigo America, Inc.

—MphasiS Corporation

—NHIC, Corp.

—Palm, Inc.

—SafeGuard Services LLC

—Shoreline Investment Management  Company

—Tall Tree Insurance Company

—TippingPoint Holdings, Inc.

—TippingPoint Technologies, Inc.

—Vertica Systems, Inc.

—Wendover Financial Services Corporation

—WTAF, LLC

VENEZUELA

—Hewlett-Packard Venezuela, S.R.L.

VIETNAM

—Hewlett-Packard Vietnam Ltd.

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

We  consent to the  incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No.  333-86378)  pertaining to assumption of outstanding

options under various Compaq stock plans,

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-3ASR  No. 333-181669) pertaining to an unspecified amount

of debt securities, common stock, preferred  stock, depositary  shares and warrants,

(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-124281)  pertaining to the Executive Deferred

Compensation Plan,

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-114253)  pertaining to the 2004 Stock Incentive

Plan,

(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-124280)  pertaining to the 2000 Employee Stock

Purchase Plan,

(6) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-35836)  pertaining to the 2000 Stock Plan and 2000

Employee Stock Purchase Plan,

(7) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-22947)  pertaining to the 1997 Director Stock Plan,

(8) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  033-58447)  pertaining to the 1995 Incentive Stock Plan,

(9) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  033-38579)  pertaining to the 1990 Incentive Stock Plan,

(10) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-124282)  pertaining to the 2005 Executive Deferred

Compensation Plan,

(11) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  002-92331)  pertaining to the Hewlett-Packard Company

401(k) Plan,

(12) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  033-31496)  pertaining to the Employee Stock Purchase

Plan and Service Anniversary Stock Plan,

(13) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-138783)  pertaining to the Mercury  Interactive
Corporation Amended and Restated 2000 Supplemental Stock  Option Plan, Mercury
Interactive Corporation Amended and Restated  1999 Stock Option Plan, Appilog, Inc. 2003
Stock Option Plan, Freshwater Software, Inc. 1997  Stock Plan, Kintana, Inc. 1997 Equity
Incentive Plan, Performant, Inc. 2000 Stock Option/Restricted Stock Plan,  and Systinet
Corporation 2001 Stock Option and Incentive Plan,

(14) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-131406)  pertaining to the 2003 Equity Incentive

Plan of Peregrine Systems, Inc.,

(15) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-129863)  pertaining to the AppIQ, Inc. 2001  Stock

Option and Incentive Plan,

(16) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-114254)  pertaining to the TruLogica, Inc. 2003

Stock Plan,

(17) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-113148)  pertaining to the Consera Software

Corporation 2002 Stock Plan,

(18) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-45231)  pertaining to the VeriFone, Inc.  1997

Non-Qualified Employee Stock Purchase  Plan,

(19) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-30459)  pertaining to the VeriFone, Inc.  Amended

and Restated 1992 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock  Option Plan, VeriFone,  Inc. Amended and

Restated Incentive Stock Option Plan, VeriFone, Inc. Amended and Restated 1987
Supplemental Stock Option Plan and VeriFone, Inc. Amended and  Restated  Employee  Stock
Purchase Plan,

(20) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  033-65179)  pertaining to the 1995 Convex  Stock Option

Conversion Plan,

(21) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-114346)  pertaining to the Novadigm, Inc. 1992
Stock Option Plan, Novadigm, Inc. 1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan (as amended on
April 30, 2003) and Novadigm, Inc. 2000 Stock  Option Plan,

(22) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-114255)  pertaining to the Digital Equipment

(India) Limited 1999 Stock Option Plan  and  Digital GlobalSoft Limited  2001 Stock Option
Plan,

(23) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-87788)  pertaining to the Compaq Computer

Corporation 1985 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan, Compaq Computer Corporation 1985
Executive and Key Employee Stock Option Plan, Compaq Computer  Corporation 1985 Stock
Option Plan, Compaq Computer Corporation 1989 Equity Incentive Plan, Compaq Computer
Corporation 1995 Equity Incentive Plan, Compaq  Computer  Corporation  Nonqualified Stock
Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors,  Compaq Computer Corporation 1998 Stock Option
Plan and Compaq Computer Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan,

(24) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-85136)  pertaining to the Indigo  N.V. Flexible Stock

Incentive Plan and Indigo N.V. 1996  International Flexible Stock Incentive Plan,

(25) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-70232)  pertaining to the StorageApps Inc. 2000

Stock Incentive Plan,

(26) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-146630)  pertaining to the Opsware Inc. Amended

and Restated 2000 Incentive Stock Plan, the  iConclude  Co. 2005 Stock Plan and the Rendition
Networks, Inc. Amended and Restated  1998 Stock Option Plan,

(27) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-145920)  pertaining to the S.P.I. Dynamics

Incorporated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan,

(28) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-143632)  pertaining to the Arteis Inc. 2001 Stock

Plan and the Arteis Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Stock  Plan,

(29) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-142175)  pertaining to the Apatar, Inc. 2005 Stock

Incentive Plan and the PolyServe, Inc. 2000 Stock  Plan,

(30) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-140857)  pertaining to the Bitfone Corporation  2001

Stock Incentive Plan,

(31) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-153302)  pertaining to the Amended and Restated
2003 Incentive Plan of Electronic Data Systems Corporation; the Transition Incentive Plan of
Electronic Data Systems Corporation, the 2002  Transition Inducement Plan of Electronic  Data
Systems Corporation, the 1997 Nonqualified  Stock Option  Plan  of Electronic  Data Systems
Corporation, and the 2000 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan of Electronic  Data Systems
Corporation,

(32) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-149437)  pertaining to the EYP  Mission Critical

Facilities, Inc. 2001 Stock Option and Grant Plan,

(33) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-156257)  pertaining to the LeftHand  Networks, Inc.

Second Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan,

(34) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-166269)  pertaining to the Amended and Restated
3Com Corporation 2003 Stock Plan, the Amended and  Restated 3Com  Corporation 1994
Stock Option Plan, the Amended and  Restated 3Com Corporation 1983  Stock Option  Plan,

the 3Com Corporation Director Stock Option Plan, the 3Com Corporation Stand Alone Stock
Option Agreement with Saar Gillai,  the 3Com Corporation Stand Alone Restricted Stock
Agreement with Saar Gillai, the 3Com Corporation  Stand Alone Stock Option Agreement
with Ronald A. Sege, the 3Com Corporation Stand Alone Restricted Stock  Agreement with
Ronald A. Sege, the 3Com Corporation Stand  Alone Stock Option Agreement with Jay Zager,
and the 3Com Corporation Stand Alone  Restricted  Stock Agreement with Jay  Zager,

(35) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-166270)  pertaining to the Amended and Restated

Hewlett-Packard Company 2004 Stock Incentive Plan,

(36) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-168101)  pertaining to the Palm,  Inc. 2009 Stock

Plan, as amended,  and the Amended and Restated Palm, Inc.  1999 Stock Plan,

(37) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-169853)  pertaining to the Fortify Software, Inc.

2004 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan,  as amended,

(38) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-169854)  pertaining to the Amended and Restated
3PAR Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan,  the 3PARDATA, Inc. 2000  Management  Stock Option
Plan, as amended,  and the 3PARDATA,  Inc. 1999 Stock Plan, as amended,

(39) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-170373)  pertaining to the ArcSight, Inc.  2007

Equity Incentive Plan and the Amended and Restated  ArcSight, Inc. 2002 Stock Plan,

(40) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-173784)  pertaining to the Hewlett-Packard

Company 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan,

(41) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-174389)  pertaining to the Stonebraker Systems, Inc.

2005 Stock Plan,

(42) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No.  333-177263)  pertaining to the Autonomy

Corporation plc 1998 U.S. Share Option Plan, the Autonomy Corporation plc 2008  U.S. Share
Option Plan, the iManage, Inc. 2000 Non-Officer Stock  Option Plan, the iManage, Inc.
Amended 1997 Stock Option Plan, the Interwoven, Inc. 1999 Equity Incentive Plan, the
Interwoven, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan,  the Interwoven, Inc.  2003 Acquisition Plan, the
Interwoven, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, the Optimost LLC 2006  Equity Compensation
Plan, the Verity, Inc. 1996 Nonstatutory Stock  Option Plan, the Virage, Inc. 1997 Stock
Option Plan and the Zantaz, Inc. 1998 Stock Plan,

(43) Registration Statement (Form S-8  No. 333-156257) pertaining to the Left Hand Networks, Inc.

Second Amended and Restated 2000  Equity Incentive Plan,  and

(44) Registration Statement (Form S-8  No. 333-188108) pertaining to the Second  Amended  and

Restated Hewlett-Packard Company 2004 Stock  Incentive  Plan;

of Hewlett-Packard Company of our  reports  dated December 27, 2013, with  respect to the consolidated
financial statements of Hewlett-Packard  Company and the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting of Hewlett-Packard  Company included in  this Annual Report  (Form 10-K)  for the
year ended October 31, 2013.

/s/  ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California
December  27,  2013

Exhibit 31.1

I, Margaret C. Whitman, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report  on Form 10-K of Hewlett-Packard Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does  not  contain any untrue statement  of  a material fact or

omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,  in light  of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period  covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and  other financial  information included in  this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial  condition, results of operations and  cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in  this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying  officer(s)  and  I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in  Exchange  Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting  (as  defined in  Exchange Act  Rules 13a-15(f)  and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or  caused such  disclosure controls and

procedures to be designed under  our supervision,  to  ensure that material  information relating
to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made  known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during  the period in which  this  report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under  our  supervision, to  provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting  and  the preparation of financial statements for
external  purposes in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s  disclosure controls  and procedures and

presented in this report our conclusions about  the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period  covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the  registrant’s  internal control over  financial  reporting
that occurred during the registrant’s  most recent fiscal  quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that  has materially  affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control  over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying  officer(s)  and  I have disclosed,  based on our  most recent

evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,  to  the registrant’s auditors and the audit
committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material  weaknesses in the design or operation of internal

control over financial reporting which  are reasonably likely  to  adversely affect  the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that  involves  management or other employees who have  a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over  financial  reporting.

Date:  December  27,  2013

/s/ MARGARET C. WHITMAN

Margaret C. Whitman
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

I, Catherine A. Lesjak, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report  on Form 10-K of Hewlett-Packard Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does  not  contain any untrue statement  of  a material fact or

omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,  in light  of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period  covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and  other financial  information included in  this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial  condition, results of operations and  cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in  this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying  officer(s)  and  I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in  Exchange  Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting  (as  defined in  Exchange Act  Rules 13a-15(f)  and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or  caused such  disclosure controls and

procedures to be designed under  our supervision,  to  ensure that material  information relating
to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made  known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during  the period in which  this  report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under  our  supervision, to  provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting  and  the preparation of financial statements for
external  purposes in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s  disclosure controls  and procedures and

presented in this report our conclusions about  the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period  covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the  registrant’s  internal control over  financial  reporting
that occurred during the registrant’s  most recent fiscal  quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that  has materially  affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control  over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying  officer(s)  and  I have disclosed,  based on our  most recent

evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,  to  the registrant’s auditors and the audit
committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material  weaknesses in the design or operation of internal

control over financial reporting which  are reasonably likely  to  adversely affect  the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that  involves  management or other employees who have  a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over  financial  reporting.

December  27,  2013

/s/ CATHERINE A. LESJAK

Catherine A. Lesjak
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION
OF
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
AND
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Margaret C. Whitman, certify, pursuant to 18  U.S.C.  1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report  on  Form 10-K of  Hewlett-Packard
Company for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2013  fully complies with  the requirements  of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  and that information  contained in such
Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial  condition and  results
of operations of Hewlett-Packard Company.

December  27,  2013

By: /s/ MARGARET C. WHITMAN

Margaret C. Whitman
President and Chief Executive Officer

I, Catherine A. Lesjak, certify, pursuant  to  18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906  of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form  10-K of Hewlett-Packard Company
for the fiscal year ended October 31,  2013  fully complies with the requirements of Section  13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on
Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and  results of operations of
Hewlett-Packard Company.

December  27,  2013

By: /s/ CATHERINE A. LESJAK

Catherine A. Lesjak
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required  by  Section 906 has  been provided to Hewlett-

Packard Company and will be retained  by Hewlett-Packard Company and furnished  to  the Securities
and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

hp.com

Forward-Looking Statements
This document contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. 

If the risks or uncertainties ever materialize or the assumptions prove incorrect, the results of Hewlett-

Packard Company and its consolidated subsidiaries (cid:11)(cid:112)HP(cid:113)(cid:12) may di(cid:427)er materially from those e(cid:91)pressed 

or implied by such forward-looking statements and assumptions. All statements other than statements 

of historical fact are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements, including but not 

limited to any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations, 

including the e(cid:91)ecution of restructuring plans and any resulting cost savings or revenue or pro(cid:429)tability 

improvements; any statements concerning the e(cid:91)pected development, performance, market share or 

competitive performance relating to products or services; any statements regarding current or future 

macroeconomic trends or events and the impact of those trends and events on HP and its (cid:429)nancial 

performance; any statements of e(cid:91)pectation or belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any 

of the foregoing. Risks, uncertainties and assumptions include the need to address the many challenges 

facing HP(cid:111)s businesses; the competitive pressures faced by HP(cid:111)s businesses; risks associated with e(cid:91)ecuting 

HP’s strategy and plans for future operations; the impact of macroeconomic and geopolitical trends 

and events; the need to manage third-party suppliers and the distribution of HP’s products and services 

e(cid:427)ectively; the protection of HP’s intellectual property assets, including intellectual property licensed from 

third parties; risks associated with HP’s international operations; the development and transition of new 

products and services and the enhancement of e(cid:91)isting products and services to meet customer needs 

and respond to emerging technological trends; the e(cid:91)ecution and performance of contracts by HP and its 

suppliers, customers, clients and partners; the hiring and retention of key employees; integration and other 

risks associated with business combination and investment transactions; the e(cid:91)ecution, timing and results 

of restructuring plans, including estimates and assumptions related to the cost and the anticipated bene(cid:429)ts 

of implementing those plans; the resolution of pending investigations, claims and disputes; and other risks 

that are described in HP’s Annual Report on (cid:41)orm (cid:20)(cid:19)-(cid:46) for the (cid:429)scal year ended October (cid:22)(cid:20), (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22) and that 

are otherwise described or updated from time to time in HP’s (cid:54)ecurities and E(cid:91)change Commission reports. 

HP assumes no obligation and does not intend to update these forward-looking statements.

The cover of this annual report is printed on (cid:27)(cid:19) lb. Cougar(cid:137) (cid:20)(cid:19)(cid:8) Recycled Cover and the te(cid:91)t is printed on (cid:21)(cid:26) lb.  
White (cid:41)inancial Opa(cid:84)ue, (cid:41)(cid:54)C(cid:137) Certi(cid:429)ed stock, (cid:22)-(cid:20)(cid:19)(cid:8) Recycled content, both being environmentally and socially 
responsible papers. The cover and te(cid:91)t contain (cid:429)bers from well-managed forests, independently certi(cid:429)ed according  
to the standards of the Forest Stewardship Council ™ (“FSC”).

(cid:132) Copyright (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:23) Hewlett-Packard (cid:39)evelopment Company, (cid:47).P. The information contained herein is subject to change 
without notice. This document is provided for informational purposes only. The only warranties for HP products and 
services are set forth in the e(cid:91)press warranty statements accompanying such products and services. (cid:49)othing herein 
should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or 
omissions contained herein.

(cid:23)AA(cid:24)-(cid:19)(cid:25)(cid:20)(cid:25)E(cid:49)W, Created (cid:45)anuary (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:23)